Viking Two Way Radio 242 2009 632 User Manual
SERVICE MANUAL  
®
VIKING VX  
900 MHz LTR-Net  
®
75W-160W Repeater  
Part No. 242-2009-632/634  
First Printing  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
3-99mwp  
Printed in U.S.A.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
®
VIKING VX  
900 MHz LTR-Net REPEATER  
PART NO. 242-2009-632/634  
Copyright© 1999 by Transcrypt International, Inc.  
Transcrypt International, Inc. designs and manufactures two-way radio equipment to serve a wide variety of communications  
needs. Transcrypt International Inc. produces EFJohnson® brand equipment for the mobile telephone and land mobile radio  
services which include business, industrial, government, public safety, and personal users.  
LAND MOBILE PRODUCT WARRANTY  
The manufacturer’s warranty statement for this product is available from your product supplier or from the Transcrypt Interna-  
tional, Inc., 299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-0514. Phone (507) 835-6222.  
WARNING  
DO NOT allow the antenna to touch or come in very close proximity with the eyes, face, or any exposed body parts while the  
radio is transmitting.  
DO NOT operate the transmitter of a mobile radio whena person outside the vehicle is within one (1) meter of the antenna.  
DO NOT operate the transmitter of a stationary radio (base station, repeater or marine radio) when a person is within one (1)  
meter of the antenna.  
DO NOT operate the radio in explosive or flammable atmospheres. The transmitted radio energy could trigger blasting caps  
or cause an explosion.  
DO NOT operate the radio without the proper antenna installed.  
DO NOT allow children to operate or play with this equipment.  
NOTE: The above warning list is not intended to include all hazards that may be encountered when using this radio.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harm-  
ful interference. In addition, changes or modification to this equipment not expressly approved by Transcrypt International,  
Inc. could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment (FCC rules, 47CFR Part 15.19).  
SAFETY INFORMATION  
Proper operation of this radio will result in user exposure below the Occupational Safety and Health Act and Federal Commu-  
nication Commission limits.  
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.  
Transcrypt International Inc. will not be liable for any misunderstanding due to misinformation or errors found in this document.  
LTR, Multi-Net, LTR-Net, Viking Head/EFJohnson Logo, Call Guard and SUMMIT are registered trademarks of Transcrypt  
International, Inc. All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks  
of their respective manufacturer.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
1
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
REPEATER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
TRUNKED SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
LTR-Net TRUNKED SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
LTR-Net SIGNALING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3  
FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3  
FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.8  
1.9  
1.10 REPLACEMENT PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
1.11 INTERNET HOME PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
1.12 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
1.13 REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7  
INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7  
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
1.14 LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
CALL PROCESSOR AND SYSTEM and SUBSCRIBER MANAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
LOCALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
HOME REPEATER CHANNEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
STATUS REPEATER CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
MONITOR REPEATER CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
HOME CHANNEL ALIASING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10  
TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT AND DATA TRANSMISSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
PUBLIC SWITCHED TELEPHONE NETWORK (PSTN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE (PABX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
PULSE CODE MODULATION (PCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
1.15 LTR-Net FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
STANDARD AND SPECIAL CALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
UNIQUE ID CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
GROUP IDENTIFICATION CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12  
ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12  
1
INSTALLATION  
1.1  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1  
SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1  
ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1  
VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1  
AC POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1  
BATTERY BACKUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2  
800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2  
AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
1.6  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
1.7  
GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3  
PROTECTION GUIDELINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4  
UNPACKING AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5  
REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
1.8  
1.9  
1.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
1.11 CONNECTING AUDIO/DATA LINK TO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
VOICE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
DATA LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
1.12 OCXO DRAWER CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8  
VIKING VX CONNECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8  
3
SOFTWARE  
3.1  
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1  
PROGRAMMING SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1  
MINIMUM COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1  
PROGRAMMING CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2  
EEPROM DATA STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2  
GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2  
LIMITATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2  
MISCELLANEOUS SOFTWARE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
STARTING THE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
4
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.1  
4.2  
MENU DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
NEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
SAVE AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
EDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
LOCALITY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
SELECT REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
REPEATER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4  
DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
TRANSFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
HARDWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
INPUT MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
MODE SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
4.3  
4.4  
4.5  
ii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
4.6  
TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
RECEIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
FULL REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
COM PORT SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
ALARM DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
STATUS BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
TOOLBAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
SAVE SETTINGS ON EXIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
HELP TOPICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
HELP ON HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
ABOUT LTR-Net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12  
4.7  
4.8  
4.9  
5
REPEATER PROGRAMMING  
5.1  
OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
STARTING THE PROGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
USING THE TOOLBAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
LOCALITY SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
General Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
HOW DO I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
CREATING A NEW SITE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
OPEN AN EXISTING SITE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
MODIFY AN EXIXTING SITE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
ADD A REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
CHANGE A REPEATER NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2  
5.2  
5.3  
6
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.1  
RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
HELICAL FILTER, RF AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
FIRST MIXER, CRYSTAL FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
IF AMPLIFIER, CRYSTAL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1  
SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
WIDEBAND AUDIO AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3  
RSSI AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3  
HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3  
LOCK DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5  
VCO (A006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5  
ACTIVE FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5  
BUFFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5  
SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
VCO (A007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7  
EXCITER VCO AND TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
ACTIVE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8  
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10  
EXCITER SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
OCXO DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12  
OCXOs, BUFFERS, DIVIDER AND LINE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14  
OCXO SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14  
OCXO PULSE DETECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15  
DELTA F DETECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15  
75W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16  
AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16  
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16  
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16  
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
THERMAL SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
GAIN BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18  
POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18  
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18  
RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19  
POWER CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19  
SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19  
FAN CONNECTOR (J104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21  
POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21  
EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22  
RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23  
800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26  
FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26  
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26  
MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26  
SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28  
FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28  
+15V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29  
+5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29  
-5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29  
POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 6-29  
6.2  
6.3  
6.4  
6.5  
6.6  
6.7  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
6.8  
6.9  
BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30  
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30  
CHARGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30  
REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31  
ENGAGING THE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31  
OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31  
BBM FAN CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32  
CARD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32  
6.10 ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33  
6.11 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34  
MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34  
HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35  
CHIP SELECT DECODERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36  
P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36  
J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
J2 MEMORY SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
J3 BAUD RATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
J5 HSDB SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
J6 WATCHDOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37  
6.12 MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38  
AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38  
RECEIVE AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38  
RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39  
RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39  
RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40  
VOTER AUDIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40  
COMPANDOR OPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40  
TRANSMIT AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40  
TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41  
TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41  
FSK MODEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42  
P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44  
P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45  
J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45  
J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45  
J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45  
J103 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45  
J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
J105 WATCH DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
J106 TX DATA PATH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
6.13 INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
RELAY OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
ISOLATED INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47  
ALARM INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47  
ALARM FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47  
P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48  
P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51  
J501 GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51  
J502 +15V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51  
POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51  
J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51  
7
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.1  
7.2  
OCXO AND TEST EQUIPMENT FREQUENCY STABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
PRE-TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1  
FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2  
AUDIO DISTORTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2  
EXCITER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3  
PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3  
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3  
PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3  
TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4  
VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4  
TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4  
75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5  
FORWARD POWER OUTPUT CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5  
PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5  
REFLECTED POWER ADJUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7  
POWER OUTPUT ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7  
PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7  
REFLECTED POWER ADJUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7  
FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14  
PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14  
REPEATER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14  
TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14  
RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14  
RECEIVER EXPANDER MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16  
TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16  
TRANSMITTER COMPRESSOR MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18  
AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18  
REPEATER OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20  
SWITCH (RNT) INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21  
REPEATER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21  
CIM SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21  
VOICE AUDIO TO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22  
VOICE AUDIO FROM SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22  
BLANK AND BURST - FSK DATA FROM SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23  
FSK LINK - FSK DATA LEVEL TO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24  
VISUAL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24  
BATTERY REVERT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24  
7.3  
7.4  
7.5  
7.6  
7.7  
7.8  
7.9  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
7.10 BATTERY CHARGER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24  
8
SERVICING  
8.1  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
PERIODIC CHECKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
SYNTHESIZER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1  
TCXO MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2  
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2  
INTERNAL PRESCALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2  
CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3  
RECEIVER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3  
TRANSMITTER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3  
POWER SUPPLY SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3  
VOLTAGE CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5  
CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5  
CERAMIC CHIP CAPS (510-36xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5  
TANTALUM CHIP CAPS (510-26xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5  
CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-xxx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5  
CHIP RESISTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5  
CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6  
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7  
GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7  
8.2  
8.3  
8.4  
8.5  
8.6  
8.7  
8.8  
9
PARTS LIST  
900 MHZ LTR-NET 75W REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1  
900 MHZ LTR-NET 160W REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1  
900 MHZ 75W REPEATER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1  
900 MHZ 160W REPEATER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2  
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2  
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2  
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3  
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3  
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4  
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4  
RE INTERFACE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4  
RECEIVE VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7  
900 MHZ RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7  
TRANSMIT VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11  
900 MHZ EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11  
75W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15  
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17  
900 MHZ 75W PA MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18  
900 MHZ 160W PA MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19  
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY WIREHARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19  
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20  
AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25  
BATTERY BACK-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25  
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27  
OCXO DRAWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27  
OCXO DRAWER POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30  
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31  
MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32  
INTERFACE ALARM CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38  
10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2  
10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2  
10-3 OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3  
10-4 REPEATER REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3  
10-5 REPEATER FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3  
10-6 OCXO DRAWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3  
10-7 REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3  
10-8 INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4  
10-9 RF INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4  
10-10 BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5  
10-11 RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6  
10-12 RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7  
10-13 RECEIVER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8  
10-14 RECEIVE VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9  
10-15 RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10  
10-16 RECEIVER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11  
10-17 EXCITER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12  
10-18 TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 10-13  
10-19 TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14  
10-20 EXCITER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15  
10-21 75W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16  
10-22 75W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17  
10-23 160W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18  
10-24 160W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19  
10-25 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20  
10-26 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21  
10-27 OCXO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22  
10-28 OCXO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23  
10-29 OCXO POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-24  
10-30 OCXO POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25  
10-31 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26  
10-32 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27  
10-33 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28  
10-34 MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29  
10-35 MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30  
10-36 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31  
10-37 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32  
10-38 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33  
10-39 INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
10-40 INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35  
10-41 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36  
10-42 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37  
10-43 BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38  
10-44 800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39  
10-45 800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40  
10-46 POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41  
10-47 POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42  
10-48 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43  
10-49 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43  
10-50 BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44  
10-51 BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45  
10-52 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-46  
10-53 COMPANDOR SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46  
10-54 COMPANDOR COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46  
A
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
LIST OF FIGURES  
1-1  
1-2  
1-3  
1-1  
1-2  
1-3  
1-4  
1-5  
1-6  
1-7  
1-8  
1-9  
ALARM IN TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
REPEATER CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9  
BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2  
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2  
RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5  
5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
MPC DATA BUS SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6  
ANTENNA CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
TERMINAL BLOCK J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR 4-WIRE LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7  
1-10 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR RS-232 LINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8  
1-11 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR BLANK AND BURST LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8  
1-12 LTR-Net VOICE/DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8  
1-13 ATTENUATOR SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9  
1-14 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10  
1-15 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10  
1-16 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11  
1-17 MORE THAN ONE RACK OF LTR-Net REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12  
3-1  
3-2  
3-3  
3-4  
4-1  
4-2  
4-3  
4-4  
4-5  
4-6  
4-7  
4-8  
PROGRAMMING SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1  
LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2  
REPEATER TEST MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3  
PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4  
MAIN MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
FILE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
OPEN / SAVE AS / SAVE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
EDIT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
LOCALITY CONFIGURAITON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
ADJACENT LOCALITY DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
SELECT REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
4-9  
REPEATER CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4  
4-10 INPUT ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
4-11 OUTPUT ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
4-12 ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6  
4-13 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6  
4-14 DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
4-15 TRANSFER MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
4-16 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
4-17 HARDWARE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
4-18 HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
4-19 REPEATER TRAFFIC MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
4-20 RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
4-21 INPUT MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
4-22 REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
4-23 MODE SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
4-24 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
4-25 TEST MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
4-26 UTILITIES MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
4-27 SETUP COM PORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
4-28 ALARM MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
6-1  
6-2  
6-3  
6-4  
6-5  
6-6  
6-7  
6-8  
6-9  
RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
U202 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2  
SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4  
EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10  
OCXO DRAWER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13  
OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14  
OCXO SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15  
75W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17  
160W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18  
6-10 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25  
6-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27  
6-12 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31  
6-13 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32  
6-14 ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33  
6-15 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35  
6-16 MODEM BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42  
6-17 FSK MODEM SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43  
6-18 RS-232 SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43  
6-19 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46  
6-20 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47  
6-21 S500-S503. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47  
6-22 ALARM EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48  
6-23 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53  
6-24 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54  
6-25 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55  
6-26 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56  
7-1  
7-2  
7-3  
7-4  
7-5  
7-6  
7-7  
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3  
EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4  
POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8  
RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8  
POWER EXTENDER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9  
REPEATER TO CIM TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9  
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
7-8  
7-9  
160W PA TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10  
RECEIVER TEST SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11  
7-10 EXCITER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12  
7-11 75W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13  
7-12 S100 SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18  
7-13 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
7-14 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK (SECONDARY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
7-15 SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
7-16 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
7-17 S100/S101 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20  
7-18 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20  
7-19 OLD HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21  
7-20 J2 CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22  
7-21 VIKING VX VOICE/DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22  
7-22 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22  
7-23 MAC SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23  
7-24 BATTERY REVERT TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23  
7-25 BATTERY CHARGER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25  
7-26 SWITCH (RNT) BACKPLANE WIREHARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26  
7-27 SWITCH (RNT) PUNCH BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27  
7-28 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28  
7-29 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29  
7-30 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30  
7-31 CIM ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30  
8-1  
8-2  
8-3  
8-4  
8-5  
LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2  
MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2  
POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4  
POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4  
3-DIGIT RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6  
LIST OF TABLES  
1-1  
1-2  
1-1  
1-2  
4-1  
4-2  
4-3  
8-1  
8-2  
VIKING VX REPEATER ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6  
OUTPUT VOLTAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2  
OVER VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2  
DEFINE REPEATERS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
ADJACENT LOCALITY PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
GENERAL PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4  
CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6  
CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)  
xii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL  
This repeater is modular in design for ease of ser-  
vice. There are separate assemblies for the logic  
cards, receiver, exciter, power amplifier and power  
supply sections.  
This service manual provides installation, opera-  
tion, programming, service, and alignment informa-  
tion for the VIKING VX LTR-Net® Repeater, Part  
No. 242-2009-632/634.  
This repeater is programmed with a laptop or per-  
sonal computer using the repeater software, Part No.  
023-9998-459.  
1.2 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION  
The repeater identification number is printed on a  
label that is affixed to the inside of the repeater cabi-  
net. The following information is contained in that  
number:  
When the repeaters are installed in an environ-  
ment that contains small airborne particles, e.g. grain  
dust or salt fog, the repeater cabinets need to be  
sealed. A heat exchanger, i.e. air conditioner, is then  
required to cool the cabinets. The air conditioners  
must be suited for the environment. Each low power  
repeater (75W) requires >1200 BTU/hr dissipation to  
maintain exterior cabinet temperature. Each high  
power (160W or 175W) requires >2100 BTU/hr dissi-  
pation to maintain exterior cabinet temperature.  
Repeater Revision  
Manufacture  
Date  
Plant  
A
Warranty  
Number  
ID  
Letter  
20XXX  
A
24 3  
12345  
Week  
Year  
A= Waseca  
1.4.1 TRUNKED SYSTEM  
1.3 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN  
A trunked radio system, as defined by the FCC, is  
a "method of operation in which a number of radio  
frequency pairs are assigned to radios and base sta-  
tions in the system for use as a trunk group". Trunk-  
ing is the pooling of radio channels where all users  
have automatic access to all channels reducing waiting  
time and increasing channel capacity for a given qual-  
ity of service.  
The following breakdown shows the part num-  
ber scheme used for the Viking VX.  
242-2009- 6  
9 = 900 MHz  
3
X
2 = 25 - 75W  
4 = 75 - 160W  
Trunking concepts are based on the theory that  
individual subscribers use the system a small percent-  
age of the time and that a large number of subscribers  
will not try to use the system at the exact same time.  
3 = 12.5 kHz  
6 = LTR-Net  
1.4.2 LTR-NET TRUNKED SYSTEM  
1.4 REPEATER DESCRIPTION  
LTR-Net repeater operation is automatic and is  
similar to a LTR repeater in which a logic module per-  
forms the call functions and communicates over-the-  
air to subscriber units. There must be one repeater for  
each RF channel and each repeater contains a logic  
module responsible for signaling on its own channel.  
Logic modules then share information with all other  
repeaters in the system via inter-repeater communica-  
tion.  
The VIKING VX 900 MHz repeater is designed  
for operation in a LTR-Net and LTR system. It oper-  
ates on the 900 MHz channels from 935-940 MHz  
(repeater transmit). The repeater receive frequencies  
are 39 MHz below these frequencies (896-901 MHz).  
Channel spacing is 12.5 kHz and RF power output is  
adjustable from 25 to 75 watts (Part No. 242-2009-  
632) or 75-160W (Part No. 242-2009-634) with the  
high power amplifier.  
March 1999  
1-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
System control is accomplished by the exchange  
of data messages between radio and repeater. The  
LTR-Net system trunks up to 20 channels by utilizing  
continuous subaudible digital data applied to the RF  
carrier simultaneously with voice modulation. There-  
fore, no dedicated control channel is required and all  
channels are used for voice communications for maxi-  
mum system efficiency. Each radio is assigned a  
Home Channel which sends system commands to  
specified radios. There are normal words and special  
function words. The special function words are used  
to initiate special calls; Telephone, Unique ID, and  
Data by Unique ID. The special function words are  
also used for command calls: Interrogate, Kill, Reas-  
sign, Electronic Serial number Authentication, Regis-  
tration, De-Registration, etc.  
1.6 ACCESSORIES  
The accessories available for the Viking VX LTR  
repeater are listed in Table 1-1. A brief description of  
some of these accessories follows.  
Table 1-1 VIKING VX REPEATER  
ACCESSORIES  
Accessory  
Part No.  
2000 Series Service Kit1  
Battery Back-Up Option2  
Reference Oscillator Splitter Shelf3  
Reference Oscillator Adapter Kit4  
Redundant OCXO  
250-2000-230  
023-2000-835  
023-2000-924  
023-2000-923  
561-0006-012  
023-2000-940  
023-4406-505  
597-3001-214  
Companding Module  
Since each repeater is responsible for signaling  
on its own channel, this approach lends itself well to a  
distributed processing logic controlled approach  
requiring only a small logic unit within each repeater.  
These processors share information over a communi-  
cation path. This architecture permits each repeater to  
be autonomous. A failure in one repeater leaves the  
remainder of the system intact and operational.  
2’ RG-58 BNC M-M HSDB cable  
6’ RG-58 BNC M-M HSDB cable  
Custom Frequency Programming & Setup 023-2000-100  
PC Programmer PGMR Software  
Service Microphone  
023-9998-459  
589-0015-011  
023-4406-504  
50 ohm Termination HSDB  
Telewave Combining Systems  
5-channel 115V AC6  
585-1163-115  
585-1163-125  
585-1163-110  
585-1163-120  
585-1157-101  
5-channel 230V AC6  
10-channel 115V AC7  
The repeaters may be connected to a larger sys-  
tem. This allows the system to perform some of the  
previously mentioned calls. The Switch may commu-  
nicate from one LTR-Net Locality to another. The  
system equipment may be centrally located or distrib-  
uted at each Locality. A Locality is a set of repeaters  
that are interconnected to pool the channels in a  
trunked channel group.  
10-channel 230V AC7  
Duplexer (High Power Only)  
RF Lightning Protector  
Type-N Lightning Arrestor  
Polyphaser™  
585-0898-001  
585-0898-005  
Floor Mount 19” Open Rack***  
7’ with accessories5, setup and test  
7’ 6” with accessories5, setup and test  
8’ with accessories5, setup and test  
AC Power Distribution  
023-2000-216  
023-2000-217  
023-2000-218  
1.5 LTR-Net SIGNALING  
AC Power Strip 115V AC (1 per 2 rptrs) 597-1004-010  
The repeater covered by this manual utilizes  
LTR-Net signaling. This signaling provides advanced  
features such as 65504 Unique ID codes, five levels of  
access priority, home channel backup, and over-the-air  
mobile reprogramming. LTR-Net signaling and  
repeater control is provided by the Main Processor  
Card. The repeater connects to the 3000 Series Switch  
using a phone line or some other type of link. The  
Switch provides overall system control (see Sections  
1.14 and 5 for more information on LTR-Net equip-  
ment and features).  
AC Power Stirp 230V AC (1 per 2 rptrs) 023-2000-212  
1 Includes: extender card, extender cables, TIC bias cable  
and programming cable.  
2 +26V DC input with cable.  
3 Required for more than eight channels.  
4 Interface to existing systems.  
5Accessories include all mounting hardware, rack ground  
bar and wire to repeaters.  
6 These systems use two antennas and one additional rack  
(combining rack is included).  
7 These systems use three antennas and two additional racks  
(combining rack is included).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
2000 Series Service Kit- This kit includes an extender  
card, extender cables, TIC bias cable and programming  
cable. These items are used when tuning the repeater  
and while troubleshooting.  
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTY  
The warranty statement for this transceiver is  
available from your product supplier or from the  
Battery Backup Option - It includes the +26V DC bat-  
tery backup module that resides in the power supply  
and the necessary interconnect cabling to connect the  
repeater to the batteries (see Section 1.5).  
Warranty Department  
Transcrypt International, Inc.  
299 Johnson Avenue,  
Box 1249,  
Waseca, MN 56093- 0514  
1:8 Splitter Shelf - This increases the number of out-  
puts from an OCXO drawer (see Figure 1.12).  
This information may also be requested by phone  
from the Warranty Department as described in Section  
1.2. The Warranty Department may also be contacted  
for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms, or any  
questions concerning warranties or warranty service  
by dialing (507) 835-6222.  
Reference Oscillator Adapter Kit - The kit is installed  
in the 1:8 Splitter Shelf. The attenuator is used in 2009  
repeater systems when only one OCXO drawer is  
available.  
Redundant OCXO - The OCXO (Oven Controlled  
Crystal Oscillator) drawer produces a stable 1.25 MHz  
(±0.1 PPM) reference signal for the Receiver and Excit-  
er synthesizers.  
1.8 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE  
The Customer Service Department of the E.F.  
Johnson Company provides customer assistance on  
technical problems and the availability of local and  
factory repair facilities. Regular Customer Service  
hours are 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. Central Time,  
Monday - Friday. The Customer Service Department  
can be reached using one of the following telephone  
numbers:  
Companding Module - This enhances the receive and  
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the Tele-  
phone Interface Card (TIC).  
Two Foot Cable - This is a 2’ RG-58 coax cable with  
BNC male connectors for the HSDB (High Speed Data  
Bus).  
Toll-Free: (800) 328-3911  
(From within continental United States only)  
Six Foot Cable - This is a 6’ RG-58 coax cable with  
BNC male connectors for the HSDB (High Speed Data  
Bus).  
International: (507) 835-6911  
FAX: (507) 835-6969  
E-Mail: First Initial/Last [email protected]  
(You need to know the name of the person you want to  
reach. Example: [email protected])  
Custom Frequency - This is a factory frequency pro-  
gramming and repeater setup.  
NOTE: Emergency 24-hour technical support is also  
available at the 800 and preceding numbers during off  
hours, holidays, and weekends.  
PGMR 2000 Programming Software - 3.5" program-  
ming disk used to program the repeater.  
When your call is answered at E.F. Johnson Com-  
pany, you will hear a brief message informing you of  
numbers that can be entered to reach various depart-  
ments. This number may be entered during or after the  
message using a tone-type telephone. If you have a  
pulse-type telephone, wait until the message is fin-  
ished and an operator will come on the line to assist  
Service Microphone - This is a speaker and micro-  
phone combination that plugs into the MAC connec-  
tors. The microphone provides local audio and push-  
to-talk, while the speaker provides local audio adjusted  
with the volume control.  
March 1999  
1-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
you. When you enter some numbers, another number  
is requested to further categorize the type of informa-  
tion you need.  
Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not nec-  
essary unless you have been given one by the Field  
Service Department. RA numbers are required for  
exchange units or if the Field Service Department  
wants to be aware of a specific problem. If you have  
been given an RA number, reference this number on  
the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit.  
The repair lab will then contact the Field Service  
Department when the unit arrives.  
You may also contact the Customer Service  
Department by mail. Please include all information  
that may be helpful in solving your problem. The  
mailing address is as follows:  
Transcrypt International, Inc.  
Customer Service Department  
299 Johnson Avenue  
1.10 REPLACEMENT PARTS  
P.O. Box 1249  
Waseca, MN 56093-0514  
E.F. Johnson replacement parts can be ordered  
directly from the Service Parts Department. To order  
parts by phone, dial the toll-free number as described  
in Section 1.2. When ordering, please supply the part  
number and quantity of each part ordered. E.F.  
Johnson dealers also need to give their account num-  
ber. If there is uncertainty about the part number,  
include the designator (C112, for example) and the  
model number of the equipment the part is from.  
1.9 FACTORY RETURNS  
Repair service is normally available through local  
authorized E.F. Johnson Land Mobile Radio Service  
Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment  
can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is  
recommended that you contact the Customer Service  
Department before returning equipment because a ser-  
vice representative may be able to suggest a solution  
to the problem so that return of the equipment would  
not be necessary.  
You may also send your order by mail or FAX.  
The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number  
is shown in Section 1.2.  
E.F. Johnson Company  
Service Parts Department  
299 Johnson Avenue  
P.O. Box 1249  
Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form  
#271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or  
out of warranty. These forms are available free of  
charge by calling the repair lab (see Section 1.2) or by  
requesting them when you send a unit in for repair.  
Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space  
provided and also note any prior physical damage to  
the equipment. Then include a form in the shipping  
container with each unit. Your telephone number and  
contact name are important because there are times  
when the technicians have specific questions that need  
to be answered in order to completely identify and  
repair a problem.  
Waseca, MN 56093-0514  
1.11 INTERNET HOME PAGE  
The E.F. Johnson Company has a home page on  
the World Wide Web that can be accessed for informa-  
tion on such things as products, systems, and regula-  
tions. The address is http://www.transcrypt.com.  
When returning equipment for repair, use a PO  
number or some other reference number on your  
paperwork in case you need to call the repair lab about  
your unit. These numbers are referenced on the repair  
order and it makes it easier and faster to locate your  
unit in the lab.  
1.12 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS  
All inquiries concerning updated software, its  
installation and revisions should be directed to the  
Customer Service Department (see Section 1.2).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.13 REPEATER OPERATION  
1.13.1 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC)  
Refer to Figure 1-2.  
CR1 blinking; MPC is operational, CR2 on; high  
power, off is low power and CR5 on; indicates an LTR  
Repeater.  
1.13.2 TEST MODE  
• Programming Jack  
When the Repeater is in Test mode the safety  
measures are disabled. Therefore, if the Repeater is  
keyed for an extended period and the power amplifier  
temperature increase, thermal shutdown will not occur.  
There are pop-up windows that appear in the Test  
mode screens to alert the user that there is an alarm  
and action should be taken.  
J1 provides input connection from the computer  
and the "flash memory" in the MPC. The program-  
ming information in an IBM PC programs the MPC  
directly from the serial card through an interconnect  
cable to the COM1 or COM2 port.  
• Reset  
RF Thermal Sense Alarm Condition Exists  
NOTE: Safety measures are disabled  
Ok  
S1 provides a manual reset of the Main Processor  
Card (MPC). A manual reset causes a complete  
power-up restart.  
• Display and LEDs  
Figure 1-1 ALARM IN TEST MODE  
Each combination of DS1 display read-out and  
CR4/CR3 indication refers to an active alarm. See  
Table 1-2 for alarms and definitions. LED indications:  
RF INTERFACE  
BOARD  
S1  
DS1  
+15V  
+15V ACC  
-5V  
GND  
A D  
+5V  
J103  
J100  
CWID  
HANG  
SWITCH  
MOBILE  
XMIT  
GRN  
CR1  
CR2  
CR5  
CR4  
CR3  
YEL  
YEL  
LEVEL  
RED  
RED  
J500  
J501  
J502  
TP  
J1  
GND  
+15V  
PROG  
JACK  
LOCAL  
ON/OFF/VOL  
R236  
RESET  
MIC  
J102  
J101  
S508  
SPKR  
J104  
EXT SPKR  
PA  
EXCITER/RECEIVER  
MPC  
MAC  
IAC  
Figure 1-2 REPEATER CARDS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
Table 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS  
Alarm No.  
DS1  
CR3  
CR4  
Definition  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
D
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
On  
Test Mode  
IAC input 1 Active  
IAC input 2 Active  
IAC input 3 Active  
IAC input 4 Active  
IAC input 5 Active  
IAC input 6 Active  
IAC input 7 Active  
IAC input 8 Active  
MAC Processor Alarm  
HSDB Processor/Cable Alarm  
IRDB Cable Alarm  
TIC Processor Alarm  
VNC Alarm  
AC Power Failure  
8
9
10  
11  
13  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
Battery Power Failure  
Power supply thermal sense  
Fan 1 current out of specification  
Fan 2 current out of specification  
IAC mismatch  
RF shutdown  
RF Half Power Mode  
Thermal sense in RF portion  
RF Finals 1-2 power out failure  
RF Finals 3-4 power out failure  
RF VSWR Failure  
Normal Synthesizer Tx Lock failure  
Normal Synthesizer Rx Lock failure  
HS Synthesizer Tx Lock failure  
HS Synthesizer Rx Lock failure  
RF Quarter Power Alarm  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.13.3 MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC)  
Refer to Figure 1-2.  
• Power Supply On/Off Switch  
S508 turns the power supply DC voltages on and  
off from the IAC in the front of the repeater.  
• External Speaker Jack  
• Power Indicator  
J104 provides repeater audio output to an external  
speaker. The local volume control adjusts the volume  
level of this speaker.  
CR501 indicates the +5V supply is at normal  
level and applied to the IAC. CR524 indicates -5V  
supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC.  
CR523 indicates the +15V accessory supply is at nor-  
mal level. CR525 indicates that the +15V supply is at  
normal level and applied to the IAC.  
• Speaker/Microphone Jacks  
J102 provides audio input from a microphone.  
J101 provides the receive audio to the microphone.  
• CWID Indicator  
• Local On/Off/Volume Control  
This indicates that the CW Identification is being  
transmitted on the lowest-frequency repeater. The  
CWID is a continuous-wave (CW) transmission of the  
station call letters in Morse Code to satisfy the station  
identification requirement. The CWID is programmed  
into the repeater memory. This indicator also is used  
when an alarm is transmitted with Morse code.  
R236 provides control of the receive audio output  
to J101 and J104. Turning this control clockwise past  
the detente applies voltage to the local audio amplifier.  
• A D Level Test Point  
J100 provides audio/data level output for test  
level checks.  
• Hang Indicator  
• Ground  
This indicates that the hang word is being trans-  
mitted by the repeater. This word is transmitted on  
calls in which the channel is held for the duration of  
the call and not just for the duration of the transmis-  
sion. The hang word tells the mobiles to stay on the  
same channel and not re-access the system when  
responding to a call.  
J103 is connected to ground for test equipment  
when monitoring test point J100.  
1.13.4 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC)  
Refer to Figure 1-2.  
• Switch Call Indicator  
The Switch Call Indicator on the IAC shows that  
a Switch-To-Mobile transmission is in progress (see  
Figure 7-30.)  
• Voltage Test Output  
J502 provides a +15V test point on the IAC.  
• Ground  
• Mobile Call Indicator  
Mobile-to-repeater transmission in progress is  
indicated by the Mobile Call Indicator.  
J501 is connected to ground for test equipment  
when monitoring voltage test point J502.  
• A D Level Test Point  
• Xmit Indicator  
J500 provides a test point to monitor audio and  
data levels, AC fail and thermal sensor.  
This indicates that the repeater transmitter is  
keyed by the logic.  
March 1999  
1-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.13.5 POWER SUPPLY  
Check with your Johnson representative for more  
information concerning the capabilities of LTR-Net  
systems.  
The 2000 Series Repeater Power Supply is a quad  
output 800W supply with power factor correction. A  
battery back-up module, PN 023-2000-830, can be  
added to the power supply to provide automatic bat-  
tery revert in the event of AC power failure (see Sec-  
tion 1.4) The Battery Back-Up module charges the  
batteries when AC is present at the power supply (see  
Section 1.5 and 8.6).  
The following sections provide a brief description  
of the LTR-Net components see Figure 1-3.  
1.14.2 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS  
1.14 LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS  
The mobile and handheld transceivers used in a  
LTR-Net system must be compatible with the type of  
signaling in use and also the frequency range.  
1.14.1 INTRODUCTION  
The main components in a LTR-Net system are  
shown in Figure 1-3. An LTR-Net system can be  
designed to meet the requirements of almost any user.  
The following are LTR-Net features.  
LTR-Net transceivers can be programmed for  
LTR and Conventional operation. However, some  
LTR transceivers can only be programmed for LTR  
and Conventional operation. The main difference  
between LTR-Net and LTR only versions of the same  
model is the software in the microprocessor.  
• With LTR-Net signaling, advanced features such as  
up to 65504 Unique ID codes, automatic mobile  
identification, home channel backup, and five levels  
of access priority are available.  
1.14.3 REPEATERS  
• Users of different types of radio equipment can talk  
to each other.  
NOTE: The Summit QX does not require a  
separate LTR-Net logic drawer.  
Example: a Conventional mobile channel could talk  
to a mobile operating on a LTR-Net (trunked)  
900 MHz channel.  
The repeater model used in a LTR-Net system is  
determined by frequency range, 900 MHz use the  
Summit QX 2009 repeaters. There is one repeater for  
each RF channel.  
• Wide area radio coverage can be provided so that a  
mobile could talk to another mobile that is using a  
repeater that may be hundreds of miles away. That  
repeater may be part of the same LTR-Net system or  
another LTR-Net system. Phone line or other types  
of links can be used to provide the communication  
path.  
Inter-Repeater Data Communication  
Data communication between LTR-Net or LTR  
repeaters is via a high-speed data bus. This bus cable  
is installed in a daisy-chain manner between repeat-  
ers. If both LTR-Net and LTR repeaters are located at  
a Locality, only like types are connected together. Up  
to 20 LTR-Net or 20 LTR repeaters can be intercon-  
nected (see Section 1.9 for connecting the data bus).  
LTR-Net systems are not restricted to a specific  
type of signaling. Example: an entire LTR-Net system  
could be designed using Conventional channels which  
use tone- or digitally-controlled squelch. The various  
types of signaling can also be mixed in a system.  
Example: There could be:  
10-channels using LTR-Net signaling  
5-channels using LTR signaling  
5-channels using Conventional signaling  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
LTR-Net REPEATERS  
(UP TO 20 PER SWITCH)  
OTHER SWITCHES  
AND SYSTEMS  
AUDIO AND  
DATA LINK  
PUBLIC SWITCHED  
TELEPHONE NETWORK  
(PSTN) OR PABX  
3000 SERIES SWITCH  
WAM/SNM  
TIM  
LTR-Net  
CIM  
MOBILE TRANSCEIVER  
AUDIO AND  
DATA LINK  
CIM  
LTR  
CCM  
MOBILE TRANSCEIVER  
AUDIO AND  
DATA LINK  
NetNIM  
CONVENTIONAL  
MOBILE TRANSCEIVER  
SYSTEM and SUBSCRIBER MANAGER (SSM)  
Figure 1-3 LTR-Net SYSTEM COMPONENTS  
Repeater Connection To Switch  
required for the call. On Switch-to-mobile calls, the  
data fed to the repeater allows the Switch to operate  
the repeater like a base station.  
The repeaters can be located at the same Locality  
as the Switch or they may be located at a Locality that  
is many miles from the Switch. A voice and data link  
is required between the repeaters and Switch. This  
link can be a direct connection, phone lines, micro-  
wave, RF transceiver, fiber optic, or some other type  
of link. This link is connected to the repeater terminal  
block on the back of the repeater.  
There are three different types of links that can be  
selected for the data path between each repeater and  
the Switch. The MPC is programmed for the type of  
link used (see Section 1.11).  
The voice link routes transceiver voice to and  
from the Switch. The voice must be routed to the  
Switch when a call involves a dispatcher, telephone  
interconnect, or another RF channel or LTR-Net sys-  
tem. If the call is a mobile-to-mobile call on the same  
RF channel, the voice is simply repeated by the  
repeater (it is also routed to the Switch but is not con-  
nected to anything). The voice path input/output port  
interfaces with a standard 4-wire, 600 ohm phone line.  
• A 4-Wire voice-grade link can be used that is similar  
to the audio link. The data is then sent as tones using  
FSK modulation.  
• RS-232 serial inputs and outputs are available for  
direct connection or connection to a link that accepts  
RS-232 data.  
• Data can be modulated as in ’1’and then sent over  
the voice path using a Blank and Burst technique.  
Only one 4-wire link is then needed between each  
repeater and the Switch.  
The data link allows the Switch to control the  
repeater. With mobile-to-repeater calls, the data fed to  
the Switch is used to determine what routing is  
March 1999  
1-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.14.4 SWITCH  
All LTR-Net mobiles have one of the Locality  
repeaters assigned as their "Home Repeater". This  
repeater handles the data and audio unless a failure  
causes the Status Repeater to take over. The Group ID  
calls use the Home Repeater number in identifying the  
mobiles (see Section 1.15.3).  
The Switch can connect several different forms of  
communication together to form a communication net-  
work that requires the Call Processor. It has up to six  
shelves with 12 or 16 device slots each (72 or 96 slots  
available) and up to three racks (for 216 or 288 slots).  
Many different modules are available to complete the  
network. Some modules have specific device slot  
requirements.  
1.14.8 STATUS REPEATER CHANNEL  
The Status Repeater Channel is one repeater at a  
Locality designated to transmit update information for  
all calls occurring at that Locality. The Status repeater  
is a "Home Repeater" backup usually not assigned  
voice traffic.  
1.14.5 CALL PROCESSOR AND SYSTEM AND  
SUBSCRIBER MANAGER  
The Call Processor, along with the System and  
Subscriber Manager, controls the LTR-Net System.  
The Call Processor (CP) is an IBM PC or compatible  
computer that is running the EFJohnson management  
program. The System and Subscriber Manager soft-  
ware is used by the System Administrator to program,  
control and continuously monitor Switch operation,  
and provides logging of information for billing pur-  
poses.  
1.14.9 MONITOR REPEATER CHANNEL  
This is the repeater channel that a mobile is cur-  
rently monitoring for update messages. This repeater  
may be either the mobile’s Home Repeater or the  
Locality Status Repeater. A special algorithm is used  
by the mobile to determine which is to be monitored.  
Generally, it is the last repeater that a valid data mes-  
sage was detected on.  
The System and Subscriber Manager (SSM) is a  
program that executes on an IBM PC or compatible  
computer. The function of the SSM is to manage the  
database information that the Call Processor uses in its  
operation. The SSM has the capability to generate  
reports from the logged information of the CP. The  
SSM also has the ability to setup and initiate such  
activities as Dynamic Reprogramming of certain  
mobile parameters (Group 11), disabling (Kill) of lost  
or stolen mobiles and many other functions.  
1.14.10 HOME CHANNEL ALIASING  
The LTR-Net Home Channel Aliasing feature  
increases the number of addresses available on a  
Locality for Group calls. It does this by allowing calls  
to be programmed on non-exisent Home repeaters.  
Each Home repeater can be programmed with 1-  
239 Group ID codes. Assume a Locality has four  
active repeaters and one of these is the Status repeater  
(that is normally not assigned as a Home repeater).  
The number of calls that can be programmed are then  
as follows:  
1.14.6 LOCALITY  
A Locality is the location where one or more  
repeaters are housed. Trunked system repeaters are  
connected to the same high-speed data bus and are  
required to be located close together. LTR-Net can  
have a maximum of 20 repeaters at a Locality. One  
CIM (Channel Interface Module) is required for each  
LTR-Net repeater. A CCM (Conventional Channel  
Module) is required for a conventional channel.  
Without Aliasing - 3 x 239 or 717 calls  
With Aliasing - 20 x 239 or 4780 calls  
When a call is placed on a non-existent Home  
repeater, the subscriber unit automatically uses the  
next lower numbered active repeater.  
NOTE: Since this feature does not increase system  
capacity, adding too many users may result in unsatis-  
factory operation due to frequency busy conditions.  
1.14.7 HOME REPEATER CHANNEL  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
1.14.11 TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT AND  
DATA TRANSMISSION  
1.15 LTR-Net FEATURES  
1.15.1 STANDARD AND SPECIAL CALLS  
Mobile transceivers can be used to access the  
PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). How-  
ever, this interconnect operation must be on a second-  
ary basis to dispatch operation. An exception is when  
the trunked system or channel is assigned exclusively  
to one user.  
There are two types of calls with LTR-Net signal-  
ing; Standard Calls and Special Calls. Group ID codes  
1-239 are Standard (dispatch) calls, and Group ID  
codes 240-247 are Special Calls.  
As previously stated, up to 239 Group ID codes  
are assignable on each Home repeater. When a trans-  
ceiver monitors its Home or Status repeater, it receives  
data messages containing a Home repeater number,  
Group ID, and Unique ID code (refer to Section  
1.15.2). When it detects its Home repeater and a  
Group ID from 1-239 that it is programmed to decode,  
it unsquelches and the call is received. The correct  
Unique ID code does not need to be detected to  
receive a Standard Call. Standard Calls are limited to  
other transceivers assigned to the same Home repeater.  
However, each selectable system of a transceiver can  
be programmed with a different Home repeater to  
allow calls to mobiles assigned to other Home repeat-  
ers if desired.  
Mobiles may place telephone calls through the  
PSTN (Public Switch Telephone Network) or a PABX  
(Private Automatic Branch Exchange) using the Inter-  
connect special call. When the Call Processor detects  
a mobile placing an interconnect call, it checks to see  
if it is authorized that service determined by the Sys-  
tem and Subscriber Manager and what type of call it is  
making. If it is authorized, the Switch completes the  
connection through the TIM (Telephone Interface  
Module) to the telephone network. The Call Processor  
performs the record keeping needed for billing.  
Data transmission and paging are also allowed on  
these frequencies. It also must be secondary to voice  
communication. Refer to applicable FCC rules and  
regulations for more information.  
If a Group ID from 240-247 is received, a Special  
Call is indicated and the transceiver will respond  
according to the type of call. Special calls are used to  
perform many of the special LTR-Net features  
described in this section. Examples of Special Calls  
are calls to a specific transceiver (Unique ID), Group  
(Directed Group) or Telephone Interconnect. Others  
are Interrogate, Interconnect, and Transceiver Dis-  
able. Generally, a transceiver must decode its Unique  
ID code to respond to a Special Call.  
1.14.12 PUBLIC SWITCHED TELEPHONE NET-  
WORK (PSTN)  
If interconnect calls are to be placed by mobiles  
or landside users to mobiles, the Switch is connected  
to the PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network).  
The specific mobiles which can place calls and other  
interconnect parameters are determined by how the  
System Manager programs the System and Subscriber  
Manager/Call Processor and by the programming of  
each mobile transceiver.  
1.15.2 UNIQUE ID CODES  
1.14.13 PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EX-  
CHANGE (PABX)  
Each transceiver is programmed with a Unique  
ID code in addition to Group ID codes. Unique ID  
codes are assigned on a system-wide basis, not on a  
repeater basis as with Group IDs. Up to 65504 Unique  
ID codes can be assigned per Switch.  
The system has the ability to connect to a PABX  
or PBX. This allows mobile originated calls to use the  
dial access codes and the least cost routing facility of  
the PABX/PBX.  
Whenever a transceiver makes a call, it always  
transmits its Unique ID in addition to a Group ID. Any  
control point equipped with a decoder and display  
capable of listening to that transceiver can then display  
the ID of that unit. This provides automatic identifica-  
tion of transceivers making calls.  
1.14.14 PULSE CODE MODULATION (PCM)  
PCM typically runs on the voice buses at 2.048  
MHz. The Switch provides 32-Time Slots for sending  
of audio.  
March 1999  
1-11  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
Unique IDs also permit individual mobile units to  
be called using the special calls described in the pre-  
ceding section. Calls can also be made to individual  
transceivers using standard call Group IDs 1-239 if an  
ID is assigned to only one transceiver.  
1.15.3 GROUP IDENTIFICATION CALLS  
The Group ID (1-239) is assigned to each LTR-  
Net Home Repeater. A "standard" Group ID call is  
accepted by a mobile if its Home Repeater and Group  
ID are in the data message. A "special" calls are Tele-  
phone Interconnect calls, UID calls and Directed  
Group calls (Auxiliary calls). Telephone Interconnect  
Calls are assigned a Token Group ID (240-247)  
assigned by the repeater upon request from a mobile.  
Telephone Interconnect calls, Unique ID calls and  
Directed Group Calls all require the System and Sub-  
scriber Manager/Call Processor to provide authoriza-  
tion.  
1.15.4 ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH  
Repeater alarms are routed to the CIB (Channel  
Interface Bus) to be detected by the Call Processor and  
the System and Subscriber Manager.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
SPECIFICATIONS  
1
GENERAL  
Frequency Range  
Dimensions  
896-901 MHz Receive, 935-940 MHz Transmit  
9.125 H x 17" W x 20.9" D  
AC Voltage/Frequency  
AC Current (at 117V AC)  
AC Input Power  
DC Current at 26.5V DC  
Number of Channels  
Channel Spacing  
100-240V AC/50-60 Hz  
0.40A (Standby), 1.8A (25W), 3.3A (75W), 5.8A (160W)  
47W (Standby), 211W (25W), 390W (75W), 680W (160W)  
6A (25W), 11A (75W), 22.5A (160W)  
1 (Synthesized, programmable)  
12.5 kHz  
Channel Resolution  
Temperature Range  
Duty Cycle  
12.5 kHz  
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)  
Continuous  
FCC Type Acceptance  
FCC Compliance  
ATH2422009, ATH2422009-1  
Parts 15, 90  
RECEIVER  
12 dB SINAD  
20 dB Quieting  
0.35 µV  
0.50 µV  
Signal Displacement Bandwidth  
Adjacent Channel Rejection  
Intermodulation Rejection  
Spurious & Image Rejection  
Audio Squelch Sensitivity  
Audio Response  
±3 kHz  
-75 dB  
-75 dB  
-90 dB  
12 dB SINAD  
+1/-3 dB TIA  
Audio Distortion  
Less than 3% at 0.5W/16 ohms  
Local Audio Power  
Audio Sensitivity  
Hum & Noise Ratio  
Frequency Spread  
0.5W/16 ohms  
±750 Hz  
-45 dB  
5 MHz  
Frequency Stability  
±0.1 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)  
TRANSMITTER  
RF Power Output  
Low Power = 75W min (default setting) 25W (variable set point)  
High Power = 160W min (default setting) 75W (variable set point)  
Spurious Emissions  
Harmonic Emissions  
Audio Deviation  
LTR Data Deviation  
CWID Deviation  
Repeat Deviation  
Audio Response  
-90 dBc  
-90 dBc  
±1.6 kHz  
±750 Hz  
±1 kHz  
±800 Hz  
+1/-3 dB TIA  
Audio Distortion  
Less than 2%  
Hum & Noise (TIA)  
Frequency Spread  
Frequency Stability  
Emission Designators  
-45 dB  
5 MHz  
±0.1 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)  
11K0F3E, 11K0F1D  
1. These general specifications are intended for reference and are subject to change without notice. Contact the Systems  
Applications consultants for guaranteed or additional specifications.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION  
2000 OCXO DRAWER  
Size  
1.75” high, 17” wide, 14” deep (19” rack mount, 1 rack unit height)  
Weight  
8 pounds  
Shipping Weight  
9 pounds  
Operational Temperature Range  
AC Voltage/Frequency  
DC Voltage (w/2 oscillators)  
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)  
115V AC ±15% 50/60 Hz  
0.2A (115V AC) or 0.1A (230V AC)  
DC Voltage (optiona external supply) 15V DC ±15%  
DC Current (w/2 oscillators)  
< 1A DC at initial turn on  
< 0.7A DC after warm-up  
10 MHz  
Frequency  
Reference Signal Outputs  
External 10 MHz Signal Input Level  
Output Amplitude  
8 - 1.25 MHz outputs  
2V P-P minimum (high impendance input)  
0 dBm ±1 dB (1.25 MHz outputs)  
10 dBm ±1 dB (10 MHz output)  
0.1 PPM  
0.03 PPM (-40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)  
1 E-9/Day  
Overall Oscillator Output Stability  
Oscillator Temperature Stability  
Oscillator Aging  
Oscillator Tuning Range (Mechanical) Range for 10 years aging adjustable to 0.01 PPM nominal  
Single Sideband Noise/Hz  
-105 dBc at 10 Hz  
-135 dBc at 100 Hz  
-150 dBc at 10 kHz  
Current handling capability of  
alarm relay outputs  
2A  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
1-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION  
2.1 INTRODUCTION  
NOTE: If the Repeater is installed in an area that  
exceeds these environmental conditions, the site  
should be equipped with air filters to remove dust and  
dirt that could cause the equipment to overheat.  
Information in this section tells how to set up the  
repeater for operation in an LTR-Net system. It is  
assumed that the repeater has been previously aligned  
at the factory or as described in the alignment proce-  
dure in Section 7.  
2.3 VENTILATION  
The RF modules and the power supply are  
equipped with fans, controlled by thermostats, that  
force air through the equipment for cooling. The air  
flow is from the front to the back of the equipment.  
This permits the Repeaters to be stacked or rack  
mounted (see Figure 2-3). There are a few consider-  
ations when installing Repeaters to provide adequate  
air circulation.  
Even though each repeater is thoroughly aligned  
and tested at the factory, it is good practice to check  
performance before it is placed in service. This  
ensures that no damage occurred during shipment and  
that the repeater is otherwise operating properly. Per-  
formance testing is described in Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.4  
and 7.5.  
2.1.1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA IN-  
STALLATION  
• The Repeaters should be mounted with a minimum  
of 6 inches clearance between the front or back of  
the cabinet for air flow. The power supply requires  
a minimum of 18 inches at the back of the Repeater  
for removal.  
Site preparation and antenna installation are not  
within the scope of this manual. Basic installation  
requirements are discussed in the "Dealer Guide To  
Site Preparation", Part No. 004-8000-100. Factory  
installation is also available. Contact your Johnson  
representative for more information.  
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a mini-  
mum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2")  
between repeaters vertically, especially for bottom  
ventilation slots in high power repeaters.  
2.2 ENVIRONMENT  
• Cabinet enclosures must provide air vents for ade-  
The following conditions should be considered  
when selecting a site for the Repeater.  
quate air circulation.  
• Temperature and humidity must be considered  
when several Repeaters are installed at a site. This  
might require air conditioning the site.  
Operating Temperature  
-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).  
Humidity  
2.4 AC POWER  
The AC power source to the Viking VX Repeater  
can be 120V AC or 240V AC. Nothing need be done  
to the power supply for 240V AC operation. How-  
ever, a 240V AC outlet requires that the 120V AC  
power plug be replaced. A locking AC power cord is  
provided for the supply.  
Less than 95% relative humidity at 50°C.  
Air Quality  
For equipment operating in a controlled environ-  
ment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne  
3
particles must not exceed 30 µg/m .  
The 120V AC cord is a standard 3-wire grounded  
cord used with a standard AC wall outlet. The outlet  
must be capable of supplying a maximum of 328W (-  
632) or 680W (-634). With the nominal 120V AC  
input, the source must supply 3A for each 75W  
For equipment operating in an uncontrolled envi-  
ronment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the air-  
3
borne particles must not exceed 100 µg/m .  
March 1999  
2-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
repeater or 6A for each 160W repeater and should be  
protected by a circuit breaker. It is recommended that  
all of the repeaters in a rack should not be on the same  
breaker in order to provide one operational repeater in  
the event a breaker trips. An AC surge protector is  
recommended for all equipment.  
perature sensor cable is shown in Figure 2-2. LED  
indicators are provided to show Reverse Battery con-  
nection, Charger On/Off and Battery Fault.  
TEMP  
WHT  
GND  
BLK  
Each Repeater requires an outlet, the receiver  
multicoupler and OCXO drawer require one each, so  
for a 5-channel system a minimum of 8 outlets are  
required. An additional three should be added for test  
equipment. The outlets must be within 3 feet of each  
Repeater cabinet. Future system expansion should be  
considered when electrical work is being planned for  
the initial system.  
NEGATIVE  
BATTERY  
TERMINAL  
Figure 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE  
2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY  
The Viking VX Repeater power supply can be  
equipped with an optional 24V DC back-up in the  
event of AC power failure. Since the transmitter  
remains on full power, if desired, the DC power source  
must have a current capability of about 15A per 75W  
repeater (25A per 160W repeater) or 75A for 5-75W  
repeaters (125A for 5-160W repeaters). The multi-  
coupler requires 0.5A and the OCXO drawer requires  
1A for a total system requirement at 24V DC of 76.5A  
for 75W repeaters (126.5A for 160W repeaters).  
The power supply has four voltage output levels  
(see Table 2-1). Each voltage is set to ±1% at +25°C  
(+77°F). The output of this supply is capable or run-  
ning any 2000 series repeater.  
Each output is overload protected such that the  
power supply current limits and automatically resets  
when the overload is removed (see Table 2-1).  
Each output is over voltage protected such that  
the power supply shuts down when an over voltage  
condition exists, usually when a component in the sup-  
ply has failed (see Table 2-2). The power supply must  
be manually reset by toggling the Enable Line or  
removing AC power for more than 10 seconds.  
CHARGER  
ACTIVE  
SWITCH  
B-  
B+ TEMP  
REVERSE  
BATTERY  
CHARGER  
ON  
EARTH  
GROUND  
BATTERY  
FAULT  
LINE  
NEUTRAL  
Table 2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES  
Voltage  
Current  
Wattage  
+26.5V  
+15V  
+5.2V  
-5V  
22A  
5A  
5A  
583W  
75W  
26W  
5W  
1A  
Figure 2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR  
2.5 BATTERY BACKUP  
Table 2-2 OVER VOLTAGE  
If the power supply is equipped with battery  
backup, screw lugs are provided on the front of the  
power supply for battery connections (see Figure 2-2).  
A switch is provided for charging the battery or can be  
off if a separate battery charger is used. A battery tem-  
perature sensor connection is also provided. The tem-  
Voltage  
Range  
+26.5V  
+15V  
+5.2V  
-5V  
+32V to +33V  
+16V to +18V  
+6V to +7V  
-6V to -7V  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
INSTALLATION  
POWER HARNESS  
+26.5V  
BACKPLANE  
J2  
A
B
C
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GROUND  
+15V  
TO  
RFIB  
8
9
J2  
2
3
AC FAIL IN  
4
2
1
4
5
3
9
6
8
7
A
B
POWER SWITCH  
5
2
3
THERMAL SENSOR  
4
5
6
1
10  
11  
12  
6
7
N/C  
+15V  
N/C  
7
8
9
TO  
8
REPEATER  
BACKPLANE  
9
C
N/C  
10  
11  
12  
+5V  
-5V  
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC  
2.6.1 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS  
The operating temperature range is -30°C to  
+60°C (-22°F to +140°F), i.e. the same as the repeater.  
The fan is thermostatically controlled by the internal  
temperature. When the internal heatsink temperature  
reaches +45°C (113°F) the fan turns on. When the  
heatsink temperature drops below +35°C (95°F) the  
fan turns off. If the internal heatsink temperature  
reaches +90°C (+194°F) the power supply turns off  
until the heatsink temperature drops below +85°C  
(+185°F). The over-temperature shutdown and restart  
are automatic.  
AC Input Voltage:  
Line Frequency:  
AC In-rush:  
100-240V AC  
50-60 Hz  
60A maximum  
>70% at 100V AC  
>80% at 240V AC  
6kV for < 1ms  
>0.97 at full load  
80V AC  
Overall Efficiency:  
Lightning protection:  
Power Factor:  
Brown Out Voltage:  
Temperature  
-30°C - +60°C (full power)  
Power factor correction per IEC555. The Power  
supply has the following safety agency approvals  
pending: UL1950, CSA22.2-950, TUV EN60950  
(IEC950)  
2.7 GROUNDING  
CAUTION  
PROPER SITE GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING  
PROTECTION ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO PRE-  
VENT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE REPEATER.  
When the AC input voltage is below 90V AC, the  
maximum output power is decreased to keep the input  
current constant. If a battery back-up is installed, the  
batteries take over when the AC input voltage falls  
below 80V AC (dependent on power output).  
As in any fixed radio installation, measures  
should be taken to reduce the possibility of lightning  
damage to the Viking VX equipment. Proper ground-  
ing eliminates shock hazard, protects against electro-  
magnetic interference (EMI) and lightning.  
The AC input connector is an IEC connector  
equipped with a locking mechanism.  
March 1999  
2-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
Ground each piece of equipment separately. Do  
not ground one piece of equipment by connecting it to  
another grounded piece of equipment.  
X=  
for  
VSWR=  
1.10 : 1  
1.20 : 1  
1.30 : 1  
1.40 : 1  
1.50 : 1  
1.86 : 1  
1.05  
1.09  
1.13  
1.17  
1.20  
1.30  
A good DC ground must be found or created at  
the site. Rooftop site grounds can be researched  
through the building management or architects.  
Tower site grounds must be made with grounding  
rods. The many techniques for providing adequate  
grounds for towers and poles and for installing build-  
ing ground bus lines are beyond the scope of this man-  
ual. Refer to National Electrical Code article 250  
"Grounding Techniques," article 800 "Communica-  
tions Systems" and follow local codes.  
Example: Repeater power output of 60W with a  
VSWR of 1.3 : 1 (for this VSWR, X = 1.13):  
V = 1.414 (1.13) (√60(50))  
P
V = 1.59782 (√60(50))  
P
V = 1.59782 (54.772256)  
P
V = 87.52V  
P
The ground bus should be routed to the floor area  
within 5 feet of the system with a runner of 6 AWG or  
larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded copper  
wire.  
Telephone Line  
There are four types of protection suppressors for  
telephone lines; Gas Tube, Silicon Avalanche Diode,  
Metal Oxide Varistor and Hybrid.  
The outer conductor of each transmission line at  
the point where it enters the building should be  
grounded using 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or  
8 AWG stranded wire.  
The hybrid protector is ideal for EF Johnson  
equipment, and is strongly recommended. A hybrid  
suppressor combines several forms of protection not  
available in just one type of device. For example, a  
high-speed diode reacts first clamping a voltage strike  
within 10 ns, a heavy duty heat coil reacts next to  
reduce the remainder of the current surge, and a high-  
powered three-element gas tube fires, grounding Tip  
and Ring.  
Secondary protection (other than grounding) pro-  
vides the equipment protection against line transients  
that result from lightning. There are two types of sec-  
ondary protection, RF and Telephone Line. Use the  
same wire sizes as specified for coaxial cables for any  
ground connections required by the secondary protec-  
tors.  
2.7.1 PROTECTION GUIDELINES  
RF  
Follow these guidelines for grounding and light-  
ning protection. Each Repeater installation site is dif-  
ferent; all of these may not apply.  
An RF protector keeps any lightning strike to the  
antenna feed line or tower from damaging the Repeat-  
ers. Install this protection in-line with the combiner  
and antenna feed line.  
• Ensure that ground connections make good metal-  
to-metal contact (e.g. grounding rod or tray, metal  
conduit) using #6 gauge solid or braided wire straps.  
RF protectors are selected by calculating the  
maximum instantaneous voltage at the output of the  
combiner. Do this by using the following equation.  
• With surge protectors, ensure that ground wires go  
directly to ground, not through other equipment.  
V = 1.414 (X) (√P(50))  
P
• Run the ground wire for RF coax protectors directly  
to ground.  
Where:  
V = Voltage at the output of the combiner.  
P = repeater output in watts  
• With coax protectors, ensure maximum instanta-  
P
neous voltage does not exceed the rated voltage.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
• Do not run ground wires parallel to any other wiring  
(e.g. a ground wire parallel to a telephone line),  
except other ground wires.  
• Double check all equipment for good ground and  
that all connections are clean and secure.  
2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION  
TM  
OCXO  
1
OCXO
DE  
L
T
A
F
OUTPT  
The Repeater is shipped securely crated for trans-  
portation. When the Repeater arrives, ensure the  
crates remain upright, especially if storing the crates  
temporarily.  
AC  
DC  
DC BACKUP  
INTERRUPT  
OCXO  
INTERRUPT  
1
OCXO  
IN RRUPT  
2
When unpacking the Repeater, check for any visi-  
ble damage or problems caused by shipping. If there  
is obvious damage from shipping mishaps, file claims  
with the carrier. If there appears to be any damage  
caused before shipping, file a claim with Transcrypt  
International, Inc. Contact Customer Service for assis-  
tance (see Section 1.8).  
If everything appears undamaged, remove the  
Repeater equipment from the crate, using normal pre-  
cautions for unpacking.  
NOTE: Do not discard the packing materials. If you  
must return an item, use the same packing materials  
and methods (including static protective bags for cir-  
cuit cards) to repack the equipment. You are responsi-  
ble for proper repacking. Transcrypt International,  
Inc. cannot be responsible for damage to equipment  
caused by negligence.  
NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a mini-  
mum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2")  
between repeaters vertically, especially for bottom  
ventilation slots in high power repeaters.  
NOTE: Each repeater should be grounded separately  
by connecting a ground bus from the ground lug on the  
back side of the RF module to the ground bar on the  
rack (see Figure 2-7).  
Figure 2-3 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS  
March 1999  
2-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INSTALLATION  
T/R ANTENNA  
RECEIVER 1  
RECEIVER 2  
RECEIVER 3  
RECEIVER 4  
RECEIVER 5  
TRANSMITTER 1  
TRANSMITTER 2  
TRANSMITTER 3  
TRANSMITTER 4  
TRANSMITTER 5  
DUPLEXER  
TRANSMITTER  
COMBINER  
RECEIVER  
BANDPASS  
FILTER  
MULTICOUPLER  
PREAMPLIFIER  
Figure 2-4 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM  
2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION  
2.9.2 MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS  
The repeaters are interconnected by a balanced  
line High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) consisting of a six  
conductor cable. The total length of the HSDB cannot  
exceed 500 feet. Connect the cables in daisy-chain  
fashion to modular connector A5 on the back of the  
repeater (see Figure 2-16). A 50 ohm termination is  
not required for VIKING VX repeaters.  
Refer to Figure 2-6 for crystal selection and  
HSDB Code selections jumper placement. Jumper  
J5, pins 1-2 selects 11.059 MHz for LTR-Net (J5, pins  
2-3 selects 12 MHz crystal for Standard LTR). The  
jumper on J4, pins 5-6 connects EPROM U14, pin 27  
to ground for LTR-Net (J4, pins 3-4 connects EPROM  
U14, pin 27 (A14) to +5V for Standard LTR single-  
ended 5V data bus).  
2.9.1 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS  
CRYSTAL SELECTION  
Switch settings on the MPC for the two types of  
installations require S2 and S3 sections to be switched  
as indicated in Figure 2-5.  
1
2
3
J5  
ONLY VIKING VX REPEATERS  
(CENTER REPEATERS)  
HSDB CODE SELECTION  
S3  
3
S2  
5
2
1
4
2
3
4
6
1
7
8
ON  
ON  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
ONLY VIKING VX END REPEATERS  
S3  
2
1
3
4
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
ON  
1
ON  
Figure 2-6 MPC JUMPERS  
1
1 2 3  
2
3
4 5 6 7  
8
4
Jumper J4 must be placed with the following  
guidelines: J4, pins 5-6 for operation with the RJ-11 to  
RJ-11 cable 200X systems (see Section 4.5.6).  
Figure 2-5 MPC DATA BUS SWITCHES  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
2-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
INSTALLATION  
2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT  
ANTENNAS  
Connect the voice link to terminals 1-2 and 3-4  
(see Figure 2-8 and 2-12).  
Receive and Transmit antenna connector loca-  
tions are shown in Figure 2-7. Although each trans-  
mitter and receiver could be connected to a separate  
antenna, this is usually not done because of the large  
number of antennas required by a multiple repeater  
installation. Therefore, an antenna combining system  
is usually used. An example of a combining system  
for a five-channel system is shown in Figure 2-4. The  
amount of power loss introduced by a combiner  
depends on the type of combiner used. If it has a loss  
of 3 dB, power output to the antenna is reduced by  
half.  
P1-31  
P1-63  
1
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS  
3
FSK BLANK/BURST  
TO SWITCH  
2
P1-32  
4
P1-64  
33  
J2  
34  
ALARMS  
GROUND  
Figure 2-8 TERMINAL BLOCK J2  
RX  
2.11.2 DATA LINK  
TX  
One of these three methods can be used for  
installing the data link.  
NOTE: See Section 7 for Link Alignment.  
Figure 2-7 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS  
1. Separate 4-wire link can be used that is similar to  
that used for voice. The data is then encoded by  
FSK and sent as tones.  
2.11 CONNECTING AUDIO/DATA LINK TO  
SWITCH  
A communication link of some type is required  
between the Switch and each repeater. This link  
allows the Switch to control the repeater and also  
routes audio between the Switch and repeater. Various  
types of links can be used, such as phone line, RF  
transceiver, microwave, or fiber optic Refer to Section  
1.14.3 for more information. The repeater connection  
point is terminal block J2 on the back panel (see Fig-  
ures 2-8, 2-12 and 2-13). The information which fol-  
lows describes the installation of these links.  
8
7
6
5
4
)
3
D
-
N
S
G
(
2
X
)
-
R
O
S
I
X
1
D
)
R
U
D
A
(
N
)
G
+
(
K
S
-
S
X
S
F
(
O
R
X
-
+
N
S
R
)
S
X
O
X
T
I
R
)
D
K
U
A
(
FS  
(
+
+
S
S
TX  
TX  
4
3
2
1
2.11.1 VOICE LINK  
O
N
+
S
The voice link is always connected and it should  
be a standard 4-wire, 600 ohm balanced voice- grade  
link. It can be non-metallic, i.e. DC continuity is not  
required. If the repeaters and Switch are located at the  
same site, direct connection can be used as long as the  
line is less than approximately 300 feet.  
K
TX  
FS  
Figure 2-9 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS FOR  
4-WIRE LINK  
March 1999  
2-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
INSTALLATION  
2. A separate RS-232 serial link can be used.  
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS  
LTR-Net  
8
REPEATER  
7
6
SWITCH  
RxA+  
J2-1  
J2-2  
P1-31  
P1-32  
5
RxA+  
RxA-  
4
)
D
PRIMARY  
N
X
3
-
G
RxA  
S
X
(
-
)
2
RxA-  
S
R
+
O
I
X
1
D
R
)
U
D
A
(
N
)
G
(
K
S
-
J2-3  
J2-4  
P1-63  
P1-64  
-
S
S
FS  
(
R
X
O
TxA+  
TxA-  
+
TxA+  
TxA-  
R
N
TX  
)
S
X
O
I
PRIMARY  
TxA  
R
)
D
K
U
A
(
FS  
(
+
+
S
S
TX  
TX  
4
3
2
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS  
LTR-Net  
1
REPEATER  
SWITCH  
O
J2-13  
J2-14  
P1-27  
P1-28  
N
+
RxS+  
RxS-  
RxS+  
S
X
K
T
SECONDARY  
RxA  
RxS-  
S
F
J2-15  
J2-16  
P1-59  
P1-60  
TxS+  
TxS-  
TxS+  
SECONDARY  
TxA  
TxS-  
Figure 2-10 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS  
FOR RS-232 LINK  
3. The FSK data can be sent over the voice link using  
a Blank and Burst technique. No separate data link  
is then required.  
Figure 2-12 LTR-Net VOICE/DATA LINK  
2.12 OCXO DRAWER CONNECTIONS  
2.12.1 VIKING VX CONNECTION  
8
7
6
5
These guidelines should be followed when using  
2009 series repeaters with a 2000 OCXO drawer, Part  
No. 023-2000-925.  
4
)
D
N
3
-
G
(
S
X
-
)
2
S
R
O
X
I
R
1
D
)
(
U
D
A
N
(
)
K
S
G
+
(
S
-
S
F
X
X
R
O
N
-
+
R
S
S
• One 1.25 MHz output on the 2000 OCXO drawer is  
connected to the 1.25 MHz Input on each 2009  
Repeater. Up to eight 2009 series repeaters can be  
connected to the 1.25 MHz Output ports.  
)
X
O
I
TX  
R
)
D
K
U
S
A
(
F
(
+
+
S
S
X
T
TX  
4
3
2
1
This level is approximately 0 dBm.  
O
N
+
S
K
TX  
S
• If connection to additional 2009 series repeaters is  
necessary, additional 8-Way Splitter Shelves, Part  
No. 023-2000-924, are added as required.  
F
Figure 2-11 MAC DIP SWITCH SETTINGS  
FOR BLANK AND BURST LINK  
All shelves are connected to the 1.25 MHz output  
ports of the 2000 OCXO drawer.  
Select the type of link being used, refer to Figure  
2-8 and 2-12 and make the connections to terminals 1-  
2 and 3-4.  
The level at the splitter shelf output ports is approx-  
imately -10 dBm. See Figure 2-13.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
2-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INSTALLATION  
A010 IN SPLITTER SHELF  
36 dB ATTENUATION  
23 dB ATTENUATION  
19 dB ATTENUATION  
Figure 2-13 ATTENUATOR SETTINGS  
March 1999  
2-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INSTALLATION  
TO GPS 10 MHz  
1.25 MHz  
OUTPUTS  
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)  
10 MHz  
B+  
B-  
TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
HSDB CODE  
1 2 3 4ON  
1 2 3  
4
5 6 7 8ON  
SELECTION  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2 4 6  
J4  
1 3 5 J5 1 2 3  
S3  
S2  
Figure 2-14 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION  
10 MHz SPLITTER  
+12V  
TO GPS 10 MHz  
1.25 MHz  
OUTPUTS  
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)  
10 MHz  
B- B+ TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
1 2  
3
4
ON  
2
3
4
6
1
5
7
8
ON  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
S3  
S2  
10 MHz  
B- B+ TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
ON  
4
1
2
3
2
3
4
6
1
5
7
8
ON  
CRYSTAL  
2
1
4
3
6
5
SELECTION  
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
S3  
S2  
Figure 2-15 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
2-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
10 MHz SPLITTER  
+12V  
TO GPS 10 MHz  
1.25 MHz  
OUTPUTS  
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)  
10 MHz  
B- B+ TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
END REPEATER  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
2
1
3
4
2
3
4
6
1
5
7
8
ON  
ON  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
S3  
S2  
10 MHz  
B- B+ TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
MIDDLE REPEATERS  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
2
1
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
8
1
7
ON  
ON  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
S3  
S2  
10 MHz  
B- B+ TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
END REPEATER  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
2
1
3
4
2
3
4
6
1
5
7
8
ON  
ON  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
S3  
S2  
Figure 2-16 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION  
March 1999  
2-11  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INSTALLATION  
1 PPS CONNECTION FROM GPS  
10 MHz SPLITTER  
10 MHz SPLITTER  
+12V  
+12V  
TO GPS 10 MHz  
SERIES 2000 OCXO DRAWER (023-2000-925)  
1.25 MHz  
OUTPUTS  
8-WAY SPLITTER SHELF (023-2000-924)  
1.25 MHz  
OUTPUTS  
1.25 MHz  
INPUT  
0 dBm  
SPLIT IN  
HSDB  
ALL MIDDLE REPEATERS  
10 MHz  
1
1
2
3
2
3
6
7
8
4
4
5
ON  
ON  
B- B+TEMP  
B- B+TEMP  
B- B+TEMP  
B- B+TEMP  
S3  
S2  
1.25 MHz  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
-10 dBm  
0 dBm  
10 MHz  
B- B+TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
HSDB  
10 MHz  
B- B+TEMP  
B- B+TEMP  
B- B+TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
HSDB  
10 MHz  
B- B+TEMP  
1.25 MHz  
HSDB  
10 MHz  
10 MHz  
END REPEATERS  
MPC SWITCHES/JUMPERS  
B- B+TEMP  
END REPEATER  
2
3
4
5
6
8
ON  
1
4
1
7
2
3
1.25 MHz  
ON  
1.25 MHz  
S3  
S2  
HSDB CODE  
SELECTION  
CRYSTAL  
SELECTION  
2
1
4
3
6
5
J4  
J5  
1
2
3
Figure 2-17 MORE THAN ONE RACK OF LTR-Net REPEATERS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
2-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECTION 3 SOFTWARE  
Figure 3-1 PROGRAMMING SETUP  
3.1 INTRODUCTION  
3.1.2 MINIMUM COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS  
3.1.1 PROGRAMMING SETUP  
The LTR-Net Programmer requires Windows NT  
4.0 or later, or Windows 95 or later that meets the fol-  
lowing minimum requirements.  
The following items are required to program the  
repeater. The part numbers of this equipment are  
shown in Section 1, Table 1-1. A programming setup  
is shown above.  
• 16M of memory  
• 486 or faster microprocessor  
• The personality program and help file are supplied  
on a 3.5", 1.44M diskette only. Therefore, a com-  
puter with a hard disk drive and 3.5" (1.44M) floppy  
drive is required.  
• One unused serial port  
• Color monitor  
The LTR-Net Programmer on 3.5 inch disk, Part  
No. 023-9998-459, uses Windows NT 4.0 or later, or  
Windows 95 or later on a personal computer to pro-  
gram the EEPROM Memory in the Main Processor  
Card (MPC).  
The computer is connected directly from the  
serial card to the MPC. The interconnect cables used  
are shown in Figure 3-2. The DB-9 to 8-pin modular  
adapter is connected to the serial port of the computer  
and an interconnect cable connects the adapter to the  
MPC.  
Although the program uses color to highlight cer-  
tain areas on the screen, a monochrome (black and  
white) monitor or LCD laptop also provide satisfac-  
tory operation. Most video formats are supported. An  
unused serial port is required to connect the repeater  
to the computer. One or two serial ports are standard  
with most computers. One port may be used by the  
mouse.  
NOTE: These connections are for the IBM computer  
and may differ from an IBM compatible. In which  
case, consult the manuals for your computer for serial  
card outputs and connections.  
March 1999  
3-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SOFTWARE  
3.1.3 PROGRAMMING CABLES  
The LTR-Net Programmer is used to configure  
repeaters for proper operation with the LTR-Net  
protocol.  
The cables from the repeater to the computer are  
not included.  
From the repeater standpoint, an LTR-Net system  
consists of one or more repeaters installed in a Local-  
ity, a 3000 Series Switch and the necessary intercon-  
nects and programming to provide LTR-Net operation  
(see Section 1).  
TO MPC  
The LTR-Net Programmer defaults to using  
COM1 at 9600 baud to communicate with a repeater,  
however this can be changed by selecting Utilities ->  
COM Port Setup from the menu, or by clicking on the  
COM toolbar button (see Section 4.7.1).  
TO LAPTOP  
When you first start the programmer, you should  
create a Locality file with the information you wish to  
program into repeaters at that Locality. See "How Do  
I ... Create A New Locality File" for information on  
performing this function.  
Figure 3-2 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE  
3.1.4 EEPROM DATA STORAGE  
NOTE: All repeaters installed in a given Locality use  
the same Locality information, but each has its unique  
repeater information programmed.  
The data programmed into the MPC is stored by  
an EEPROM memory. Since this type of device is  
nonvolatile, data is stored indefinitely without the  
need for a constant power supply. A repeater can be  
removed from the site or even stored indefinitely with-  
out affecting programming. Since EEPROM memory  
is also reprogrammable, a new device is not needed if  
programming is changed.  
3.1.6 LIMITATIONS  
The LTR-Net Programmer requires Windows NT  
4.0 or later, or Windows 95 or later.  
3.1.5 GETTING STARTED  
In order to read data from a repeater, a Locality  
file must first be loaded from disk, or create and save  
a Locality file. Only one Locality file may be loaded  
at a time.  
NOTE: Before starting you should already know  
how to start Windows NT , format and make backup  
copies of disks, copy and delete files, and run pro-  
grams. If you are unfamiliar with any of these actions,  
refer to the Windows NT manual for your computer for  
more information (see Section 5).  
The LTR-Net Programmer supports COM1  
through COM4, and all of the baud rates currently  
supported by the MPC. Since the number of data bits,  
stop bits, and the parity are fixed in the MPC, these  
cannot be changed in the programmer.  
Follow the computer instructions for loading the  
disk. The computer needs to have RS-232C capabil-  
ity, for example, the Serial Card in slot "COM1" or  
"COM2".  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SOFTWARE  
3.2 MISCELLANEOUS SOFTWARE INFORMA-  
TION  
Once files have been opened or saved from  
within the programmer, those filenames will show up  
in the taskbar Documents selection. allowing the pro-  
gram to be started by selecting the desired Locality  
file from the Start menu.  
3.2.1 MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED  
Approximately 2MB of free memory is required  
to run this program. If not enough is available, there  
may be other programs that are also being loaded into  
conventional memory. These programs can be closed  
to make more space available.  
Refer to Section 4 for detailed information about  
the LTR-Net Programmer’s contents and Section 5 for  
the parameters and their descriptions for the Locality  
and Repeater programming.  
3.2.2 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION  
3.3 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE  
• Making a Backup Copy  
The software for the LTR-Net repeater programs  
the MPC to open and close the audio/data gates neces-  
sary for the alignment selected from the Test-Full  
Repeater menu.  
When the programming software is received,  
make a backup copy and store the master in a safe  
place. To make a copy of the distribution disk with  
Windows NT or Windows 95 Explorer, right click the  
floppy drive icon and select Copy Disk.  
Under the menu heading TEST, are the alignment  
procedures for the PA (see Section 7.4 or 7.5),  
Receiver (see Section 7.2), Exciter (see Section 7.3)  
and overall Full Repeater (see Section 7.6) including  
the MAC card (see Figure 3-3).  
• Creating a Windows Shortcut or Program Icon  
To run the program from Windows NT or Win-  
dows 95, a shortcut icon can be created that can then  
be double clicked to start the program. To create this  
shortcut icon, select Start -> Settings -> Taskbar.  
Then select the Start Menu Programs tab and click the  
Add button. Information is then displayed to com-  
plete the process.  
3.2.3 STARTING THE PROGRAM  
There are several ways to start the LTR-Net Pro-  
grammer. First, the program can be started by double  
clicking on the shortcut icon. This starts the program  
with an empty information file (Locality file). A  
Locality file contains all of the programming informa-  
tion for all repeaters installed at a Locality.  
Figure 3-3 REPEATER TEST MENU  
Refer to Section 7 for alignment procedures as  
shown in the program, alignment points diagrams and  
test setup diagrams.  
A second method of starting the program is to use  
the Explorer to change to the directory containing  
Locality files, then double click on one of those Local-  
ity files. This starts the programmer and automati-  
cally loads the selected file. This is normally the most  
convenient method to start the program, as it pre-loads  
all of the repeater data for a Locality.  
3.4 HELP  
Help screens are available for most parameters  
and options in this program. Whenever a parameter or  
options clarification is needed, press the Help button  
and a help screen will pop-up on the screen.  
March 1999  
3-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SOFTWARE  
New* Ctrl+N  
Open* Ctrl+O  
Save As  
FILE  
EDIT  
Save* Ctrl+S  
[Files List]  
Exit  
Define Repeaters  
Adjacent Locality Data  
Locality Information*  
Select Repeater*  
Edit Parameters  
General Parameters  
Input Alarms  
Output Alarms  
Repeater Information*  
Delete Repeater  
Alarm Cross Reference  
Read Setup Parameters*  
Write Setup Parameters*  
TRANSFER  
HSDB Monitor*  
Rx/Tx Data  
RF Data  
Input Monitor  
Revisions*  
HARDWARE  
TEST  
Mode Select  
Exciter  
PA  
Receiver  
Full Repeater  
Adjust RNT Link  
All Tests  
Repeater Setup  
Transmitter Test  
Receiver Test  
Transmit Audio/Data  
Audio Data Adjust  
Repeater Operations  
COM Port Setup*  
Alarm Display  
UTILITIES  
VIEW  
Status Bar  
Tool Bar  
Save Settings On Exit  
Help Topics  
Help On Help  
About LTR-Net  
HELP  
* Denotes an associated icon in the Tool Bar  
Figure 3-4 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECTION 4 LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS  
4.2.2 OPEN  
The menus available are listed at the top of the  
screen (see Figure 4-1). Move the cursor with the  
mouse to highlight the menu name. Press the left  
mouse key to view the menu and the mouse to scroll  
through the menu. Call up the highlighted selection  
by pressing the left mouse button. The Toolbar pro-  
vides one-click access to some of the most frequently  
used menu selections.  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+O. This  
menu selection or icon opens a Locality file  
and loads its information into the programmer. It  
brings up a list of Locality data files to select from.  
4.2.3 SAVE AS  
This menu selection saves the edited version of  
an existing file loaded in the buffer under a new file-  
name or gives a new file created in the Edit menu a  
filename.  
Figure 4-1 MAIN MENU  
4.2 FILE MENU  
This menu manipulates new or existing files into  
directories and saves files to be called up at another  
time.  
Figure 4-3 OPEN / SAVE AS / SAVE FILE  
4.2.4 SAVE  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon  
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+S.  
Figure 4-2 FILE MENU  
4.2.1 NEW  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon  
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+N. This  
4.2.5 EXIT  
menu selection or icon erases all Locality  
Exits the repeater program and returns to Win-  
dows NT. See Section 4.8.3, View -> Save Setting On  
Exit to save the toolbar location (size and shape) as  
well as the main window location and size when the  
programmer is opened.  
and Repeater information in the programmer and loads  
factory defaults. If the current data has been changed,  
selecting File -> New or the icon provides the opportu-  
nity to save the data before loading the defaults.  
March 1999  
4-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
Define Repeaters  
Adjacent Locality Data  
Locality Information  
Select Repeater  
Edit Parameters  
EDIT  
General Parameters  
Input Alarms  
Output Alarms  
Repeater Information  
Delete Repeater  
Alarm Cross Reference  
Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
4.3 EDIT  
4.3.1 LOCALITY INFORMATION  
This menu is used to create new files and set or  
change the repeater operating parameters. The file-  
name for the Locality and relevant data is shown in the  
Title Bar and Status Bar (see Section 4.8.1).  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon  
brings up the Locality information screens to  
Define Repeaters and Adjacent Localities.  
Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU  
Figure 4-6 LOCALITY CONFIGURAITON  
Table 4-1 DEFINE REPEATERS PARAMETERS  
Removes the selected Defined Repeater from the list.  
Delete Entry  
Frequency Band  
Channel Number  
Selects the Locality frequency band, 800 MHz, 800 MHz with offset, (or 900 MHz).  
Select a repeater number in the Defined Repeater pane and assign the channel number (1-920).  
See Appendix A for an 800 MHz Frequency Chart.  
Area Bit  
If the coverage area includes more than one Switch the area bit is used, this is normally 0.  
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.  
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.  
Click on this box to activate the selected Defined Repeater.  
Transmit Frequency  
Receive Frequency  
Active  
Defined Repeaters  
OK  
Click on a repeater number, then select the channel number and the data is displayed.  
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.  
Cancel  
Disregards all changes and closes the window.  
Help  
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon se-  
lects a repeater from the currently defined re-  
peaters within this Locality (see Figure 4-8). Move the  
cursor with the mouse to highlight the repeater filena-  
me and double-click the mouse to open the Edit Param-  
eters window.  
Figure 4-7 ADJACENT LOCALITY DATA  
• Select the Locality ID number for the Locality cur-  
rently being defined.  
• Select a Locality ID for each of the closest Adjacent  
Localities (0-15).  
• Select a Preference number for each Adjacent  
Locality number as an alternative when leaving the  
range of this Locality.  
Figure 4-8 SELECT REPEATER  
Table 4-2 ADJACENT LOCALITY PARAMETERS  
This Locality ID  
Locality  
0-1023  
0-1023  
1-15  
This is the ID of the Locality currently being defined.  
The Locality ID number of a neighboring Locality.  
Preference  
A scale number for the best alternative Locality (1 = Highest, 15 = Lowest).  
Choice of 16 neighboring Localities that can pick-up transmissions.  
# (Number)  
0-15  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.3.3 REPEATER INFORMATION  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings up the  
parameter pages for the selected repeater. It allows entry of information specific to this repeater.  
Figure 4-9 REPEATER CONFIGURATION  
Table 4-3 GENERAL PARAMETERS  
Repeater Number  
Channel Number  
Receive Frequency  
Transmit Frequency  
Test Mode ID  
1-20  
Repeater number was established in Locality Configuration.  
Channel number was established in Locality Configuration.  
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.  
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.  
Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode.  
Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active.  
1-399  
1-239  
1-239  
Local Mic ID  
Status Free  
0=never  
20=always  
When the number of free channels falls below this value, Status Channel can be  
used for voice.  
RNT Link  
None  
FSK  
Dig  
Data Signaling type for 3000 Series Switch.  
Frequency Shift Keying  
RS-232  
BnB  
Blank and Burst (FSK)  
RF Power Level  
Options  
Low, High  
Low=25-75, High=75-160. Power level in watts for transmit power output.  
Stand Alone  
Selected if the repeater is permitted to operate without a connection to the 3000  
Series Switch.  
High Stability Synth Selected if the Receiver and Transmitter use the High Stability Synthesizer.  
Allow LTR  
Selected if standard LTR protocol is allowed.  
Status Channel  
One repeater at a Locality is designated to transmit update information for all  
calls occurring at that Locality. Normally not assigned as a Home repeater.  
Alarm to CIB  
Routes repeater alarms to the Channel Interface Bus to be detected by the Call  
Processor and the System and Subscriber Manager.  
HSDB All Data  
Repeater receives all the data on the High Speed Data Bus.  
Xmit Channel Info Repeater sends updates on all repeaters installed in this Locality.  
AC, DC The type of primary power source for the Repeater.  
0=disabled, 1-30 min The time interval between CWID transmissions.  
Power Source  
CWID Time  
CWID Message  
OK  
Station call letters  
This is the FCC station call letters (15 characters/numbers).  
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.  
Disregards all changes on any of these four screens and closes the window.  
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.  
Cancel  
Help  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
Figure 4-10 INPUT ALARMS  
Input Alarms  
Figure 4-11 OUTPUT ALARMS  
Output Alarms  
There are four Input Alarms that can be activated  
by external devices (see Section 6.13). These inputs  
can be Disabled, Energized or De-Energized. Alarms  
3 and 4 can also be Analog Inputs.  
Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The  
available types are:  
• Open Active - An active alarm opens (no contact)  
the output lines.  
• Disabled - The input alarm line is inactive.  
• Closed Active - An active alarm closes (contact) the  
• Energized - An open circuit external to the repeater  
output lines.  
activates the alarm.  
• Alarm Message  
• De-energized - A closed circuit external to the  
repeater activates the alarm.  
This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to  
describe the alarm. This text string is sent via Morse  
code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID  
and an output is selected in the Cross Reference menu  
(see Figure 4-13). The Alarm Message is automati-  
cally transferred to the Cross Reference window.  
• Analog - Select the Low and High Limit pairs to trip  
an Analog Input Alarm. The High Limit must be  
greater in value than the Low Limit (0.0V-5.0V in  
0.1V steps).  
• Alarm Description - This is a text string (up to 15  
characters) to describe the alarm. The description is  
automatically changed on the Cross Reference Win-  
dow.  
• Transmit ID  
Each of the 4-alarm outputs can be assigned a  
Group ID from 1-239. The default setting is 238,  
0 (zero) for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater  
number identify an alarm that is active. This ID can  
be programmed into a transceiver so that when the  
alarm is active, the alarm description is received in  
Morse code.  
• Alarm Transmit Rate  
This sets the time interval for transmitting the  
alarm message in Morse code (0-30 min). If more  
than one alarm is active, this is the inter-alarm time.  
March 1999  
4-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
Cross Reference  
Show Alarm Map  
The cross reference screen selects the Output  
Alarm that is activated by each Input Alarm.  
There are up to:  
This window displays an Alarm Map that dis-  
plays those Alarm Outputs that have been mapped in  
bold type. Double-clicking on these outputs lists the  
Alarm Inputs that have been assigned to that output.  
• 48 alarms (0-47)  
• 4 (hardware) External Input Alarms  
• 18 (software) Internal Alarms (see Table 1-2).  
• 26 unused  
There are 4 Output Alarms. An alarm condition  
on any input can cause an Output Alarm. This win-  
dow configures which Input Alarm activates an Output  
Alarm.  
NOTE: More than one alarm condition can share the  
same output alarm (see Figure 4-13).  
Figure 4-12 ALARM MAPPING  
Figure 4-13 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.3.4 DELETE REPEATER  
4.4 TRANSFER  
Select the Repeater number to delete from this  
Locality and press the Delete button.  
Figure 4-15 TRANSFER MENU  
4.4.1 READ SETUP PARAMETERS  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon reads  
the contents of the EEPROM memory of a re-  
peater and loads it into a buffer. The contents of the  
buffer may then be displayed to show the programming  
of the repeater.  
NOTE: This button is only available if a Locality file is  
loaded and a repeater is connected.  
Figure 4-14 DELETE REPEATER  
4.4.2 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon sends  
the contents of a Locality file to a connected re-  
peater and programs the EEPROM memory in the Main  
Processor Card (MPC).  
HSDB Monitor  
RX/TX Data  
RF Data  
HARDWARE  
Input Monitor  
Revisions  
Mode Select  
Figure 4-16 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
March 1999  
4-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.5 HARDWARE  
The Home column refers to the Home repeater  
number of the originator, therefore, the Repeater and  
Home numbers may not be the same number. The GID  
column refers to the Group ID of the talk group of the  
originator. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify  
the originator of Special Calls. Special Call informa-  
tion is listed in the Token and Subtype columns.  
4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA  
Figure 4-17 HARDWARE MENU  
This is an information screen used at the repeater  
Locality while the computer (laptop) is connected to  
the MPC in the repeater being monitored (see Figure  
4-19). This information is contained in the receive  
data stream exchanged between the repeater and the  
destination user (mobile/portable) and the data con-  
tent of the repeater transmit data stream. The message  
contains data received from the destination and data  
sent to the mobile/portable by the repeater. The  
repeater receives the destination’s: Unique ID, Home  
Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority and Status. The  
time stamp is included because messages are sent con-  
tinually and this provides a reference for when a data  
exchange took place. The information sent to the des-  
tination in the update message from the repeater  
includes: Description/Group, Channel In Use, Home  
Repeater Number, Free Channel and Time Stamp.  
Figure 4-18 HSDB MONITOR  
4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings  
up the monitor window to view information  
from the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB). The HSDB  
connects all repeaters at a Locality and continually  
sends updates on the status of each repeater. This infor-  
mation window provides a list of all repeaters (1 to 20)  
at the Locality. If a repeater is not sending data, IDLE  
is next to the repeater number. The data sent by the re-  
peater is used to determine the Home, GID and UID of  
destination (mobile) users to receive the call placed by  
the originator.  
Figure 4-19 REPEATER TRAFFIC MONITOR  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.5.3 RF DATA  
4.5.4 INPUT MONITOR  
This window monitors the two Analog Input  
lines. It is only used with the 4-Alarm Type IAC, and  
only if Input 3, Input 4 or both are programmed for  
"Analog". In addition to the actual or measured value,  
the Low/High limit data are also displayed. These  
limits are programmed in the "Edit -> Repeater Infor-  
mation -> Input Alarms" screen (see Figure 4-13). If  
one of these inputs is not programmed "Analog", the  
data for that input is blanked.  
Figure 4-20 RF DATA  
The RF Line Monitor window shows the state of  
the lines (see Figure 4-19). These lines are monitored  
by the A-D converter in the IAC. The normal values  
for each line are defined as follows.  
Figure 4-21 INPUT MONITOR  
Synthesizer Lock Lines:  
Exciter Synthesizer  
Receive Synthesizer  
Exciter High Stability  
Receive High Stability  
Wideband Audio Output  
LO Injection  
RSSI  
Fan 1 Current  
Fan 2 Current  
Transmit Parameters:  
Forward Power (Low Power  
Forward Power (High Power)  
Reflected Power  
Final Out 1-2 (ratio)  
Final Out 3-4 (ratio)  
Chassis Temp  
Yes, No  
Yes, No  
Yes, No  
Yes, No  
approx. 200  
approx. 200  
20-150  
100-200, 0  
100-200, 0  
4.5.5 REVISIONS  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon dis-  
plays the current firmware revision informa-  
tion for the MPC, MAC and HSDB. The format is R.V  
(revision.version) for all modules. The MPC informa-  
tion also includes the release date of the software and  
the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version in  
Figure 4-22 is for J4, pins 5-6 connected in the MPC for  
LTR-Net (J4, pins 3-4 connected in the MPC are for  
standard LTR).  
25-75 Watts  
75-175 Watts  
0-6 Watts  
approx. equal  
approx. equal  
27°C-55°C  
On or Off  
Fan  
Power Supply Temp  
Battery Voltage  
22°C-45°C  
21V-28V  
Values with no label are the actual A-D reading.  
To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the value  
by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any variation  
from the above values may indicate a problem in that  
area. Values in this window are relative measurements  
only.  
Figure 4-22 REVISIONS  
March 1999  
4-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.5.6 MODE SELECT  
The Mode Select window places the repeater  
either in the Normal mode, Test mode or Diagnostic  
mode. In the Normal mode, the repeater operates as a  
normal repeater. In the Test mode or Diagnostic Mode  
the repeater transmits a test word. This test word is  
the Test Mode ID setup in the Repeater Information  
(see Section 4.3.3).  
C A U T I O N  
While in the test or diagnostics mode the repeater is  
"Busy", therefore it is important to place the repeater  
in Normal mode when the Test Mode is no longer  
required.  
Figure 4-23 MODE SELECT  
All Tests  
Exciter  
PA  
Repeater Setup  
Transmitter Test  
TEST  
Receiver  
Full Repeater  
Adjust Switch Link  
Receiver Test  
Transmit Audio/Data  
Audio Data Adjust  
Repeater Operations  
Figure 4-24 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
4.6 TEST  
Figure 4-25 TEST MENU  
NOTE: Some screens may require scrolling down to  
read the complete procedure.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.6.1 EXCITER  
This menu selection walks through the Exciter  
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.3 for the  
Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an alignment  
points diagram and Figure 7-10 for a test setup of the  
Exciter.  
4.7.1 COM PORT SETUP  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon allows  
changes to the COM port or baud rate used to  
send and receive data from the attached Repeater MPC.  
An interface cable connects the Repeater to the comput-  
er (see Figure 4-27).  
4.6.2 POWER AMPLIFIER  
This menu selection walks through the Power  
Amplifier and RF Interface Board alignment windows.  
Refer to Sections 7.4 and 7.5 for the PA and RFIB  
alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3, 7-4, and 7-5  
for alignment points diagrams and Figures 7-11 and 7-  
8 of the Power Amplifier.  
4.6.3 RECEIVER  
This menu selection walks through the Receiver  
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.2 for the  
Receiver alignment in this manual and Figure 7-1 for  
an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-9 of the  
Receiver.  
Figure 4-27 SETUP COM PORT  
4.6.4 FULL REPEATER  
4.7.2 ALARM DISPLAY  
This menu selection walks through the full  
repeater alignment windows. The Receiver and  
Exciter portions are performance tests and adjust-  
ments. The Audio and Data portions are level adjust-  
ments for the Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Fig-  
ure 7-28 for an alignment points diagram for the  
MAC.  
4.7 UTILITIES  
Figure 4-28 ALARM MONITOR  
Figure 4-26 UTILITIES MENU  
March 1999  
4-11  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.8 VIEW  
4.8.3 SAVE SETTINGS ON EXIT  
4.8.1 STATUS BAR  
When the menu item View -> Save Settings on  
Exit is selected, the toolbar location (size and shape)  
as well as the main window location and size are saved  
and re-used when the programmer is opened.  
The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the  
4.9 HELP  
screen that displays information about the repeater.  
4.9.1 HELP TOPICS  
4.8.2 TOOLBAR  
This window contains the contents file of help  
topics, the index of help topics and a find topic screen.  
4.9.2 HELP ON HELP  
This window provides information on how to use  
help.  
The toolbar may be detached (floating) from the  
main window by dragging the toolbar to a new loca-  
tion with the mouse. It may also be resized (and  
reshaped) to suit individual preferences. The toolbar  
may also be moved to any edge of the programmer  
screen in this manner.  
4.9.3 ABOUT LTR-NET  
ICON Definitions (left to right)  
ICON  
Menu  
see Section  
4.2.1  
File -> New  
File -> Open  
4.2.2  
This menu selection provides information about  
the programmer software.  
File -> Save  
4.2.4  
Edit -> Locality Information  
Edit -> Select Repeater  
Edit -> Repeater Information  
4.3.1  
4.3.2  
4.3.3  
Transfer -> Read Setup Parameters 4.4.1  
Transfer -> Write Setup Parameters 4.4.2  
Hardware -> HSDB Monitor  
Hardware -> Revisions  
Utilities -> COM Port  
4.5.1  
4.5.5  
4.7.1  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SECTION 4 LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.1 MENU DISPLAYS  
4.2.2 OPEN  
The menus available are listed at the top of the  
screen (see Figure 4-1). Move the cursor with the  
mouse to highlight the menu name. Press the left  
mouse key to view the menu and the mouse to scroll  
through the menu. Call up the highlighted selection  
by pressing the left mouse button. The Toolbar pro-  
vides one-click access to some of the most frequently  
used menu selections.  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+O. This  
menu selection or icon opens a Locality file  
and loads its information into the programmer. It  
brings up a list of Locality data files to select from.  
4.2.3 SAVE AS  
This menu selection saves the edited version of  
an existing file loaded in the buffer under a new file-  
name or gives a new file created in the Edit menu a  
filename.  
Figure 4-1 MAIN MENU  
4.2 FILE MENU  
This menu manipulates new or existing files into  
directories and saves files to be called up at another  
time.  
Figure 4-3 OPEN / SAVE AS / SAVE FILE  
4.2.4 SAVE  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon  
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+S.  
Figure 4-2 FILE MENU  
4.2.1 NEW  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon  
in the toolbar and shortcut key Ctrl+N. This  
4.2.5 EXIT  
menu selection or icon erases all Locality  
Exits the repeater program and returns to Win-  
dows NT. See Section 4.8.3, View -> Save Setting On  
Exit to save the toolbar location (size and shape) as  
well as the main window location and size when the  
programmer is opened.  
and Repeater information in the programmer and loads  
factory defaults. If the current data has been changed,  
selecting File -> New or the icon provides the opportu-  
nity to save the data before loading the defaults.  
March 1999  
4-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
Define Repeaters  
Adjacent Locality Data  
Locality Information  
Select Repeater  
Edit Parameters  
EDIT  
General Parameters  
Input Alarms  
Output Alarms  
Repeater Information  
Delete Repeater  
Alarm Cross Reference  
Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
4.3 EDIT  
4.3.1 LOCALITY INFORMATION  
This menu is used to create new files and set or  
change the repeater operating parameters. The file-  
name for the Locality and relevant data is shown in the  
Title Bar and Status Bar (see Section 4.8.1).  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon  
brings up the Locality information screens to  
Define Repeaters and Adjacent Localities.  
Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU  
Figure 4-6 LOCALITY CONFIGURAITON  
Table 4-1 DEFINE REPEATERS PARAMETERS  
Removes the selected Defined Repeater from the list.  
Delete Entry  
Frequency Band  
Channel Number  
Selects the Locality frequency band, 800 MHz, 800 MHz with offset, (or 900 MHz).  
Select a repeater number in the Defined Repeater pane and assign the channel number (1-920).  
See Appendix A for an 800 MHz Frequency Chart.  
Area Bit  
If the coverage area includes more than one Switch the area bit is used, this is normally 0.  
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.  
This is displayed for reference and is determined when the Channel Number is selected.  
Click on this box to activate the selected Defined Repeater.  
Transmit Frequency  
Receive Frequency  
Active  
Defined Repeaters  
OK  
Click on a repeater number, then select the channel number and the data is displayed.  
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.  
Cancel  
Disregards all changes and closes the window.  
Help  
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon se-  
lects a repeater from the currently defined re-  
peaters within this Locality (see Figure 4-8). Move the  
cursor with the mouse to highlight the repeater filena-  
me and double-click the mouse to open the Edit Param-  
eters window.  
Figure 4-7 ADJACENT LOCALITY DATA  
• Select the Locality ID number for the Locality cur-  
rently being defined.  
• Select a Locality ID for each of the closest Adjacent  
Localities (0-15).  
• Select a Preference number for each Adjacent  
Locality number as an alternative when leaving the  
range of this Locality.  
Figure 4-8 SELECT REPEATER  
Table 4-2 ADJACENT LOCALITY PARAMETERS  
This Locality ID  
Locality  
0-1023  
0-1023  
1-15  
This is the ID of the Locality currently being defined.  
The Locality ID number of a neighboring Locality.  
Preference  
A scale number for the best alternative Locality (1 = Highest, 15 = Lowest).  
Choice of 16 neighboring Localities that can pick-up transmissions.  
# (Number)  
0-15  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.3.3 REPEATER INFORMATION  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings up the  
parameter pages for the selected repeater. It allows entry of information specific to this repeater.  
Figure 4-9 REPEATER CONFIGURATION  
Table 4-3 GENERAL PARAMETERS  
Repeater Number  
Channel Number  
Receive Frequency  
Transmit Frequency  
Test Mode ID  
1-20  
Repeater number was established in Locality Configuration.  
Channel number was established in Locality Configuration.  
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.  
Frequency was determined by channel number in Locality Configuration.  
Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode.  
Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active.  
1-399  
1-239  
1-239  
Local Mic ID  
Status Free  
0=never  
20=always  
When the number of free channels falls below this value, Status Channel can be  
used for voice.  
RNT Link  
None  
FSK  
Dig  
Data Signaling type for 3000 Series Switch.  
Frequency Shift Keying  
RS-232  
BnB  
Blank and Burst (FSK)  
RF Power Level  
Options  
Low, High  
Low=25-75, High=75-160. Power level in watts for transmit power output.  
Stand Alone  
Selected if the repeater is permitted to operate without a connection to the 3000  
Series Switch.  
High Stability Synth Selected if the Receiver and Transmitter use the High Stability Synthesizer.  
Allow LTR  
Selected if standard LTR protocol is allowed.  
Status Channel  
One repeater at a Locality is designated to transmit update information for all  
calls occurring at that Locality. Normally not assigned as a Home repeater.  
Alarm to CIB  
Routes repeater alarms to the Channel Interface Bus to be detected by the Call  
Processor and the System and Subscriber Manager.  
HSDB All Data  
Repeater receives all the data on the High Speed Data Bus.  
Xmit Channel Info Repeater sends updates on all repeaters installed in this Locality.  
AC, DC The type of primary power source for the Repeater.  
0=disabled, 1-30 min The time interval between CWID transmissions.  
Power Source  
CWID Time  
CWID Message  
OK  
Station call letters  
This is the FCC station call letters (15 characters/numbers).  
Saves the current selections shown and closes the window.  
Disregards all changes on any of these four screens and closes the window.  
Displays the Help screen for the parameters in this window.  
Cancel  
Help  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
Figure 4-10 INPUT ALARMS  
Input Alarms  
Figure 4-11 OUTPUT ALARMS  
Output Alarms  
There are four Input Alarms that can be activated  
by external devices (see Section 6.13). These inputs  
can be Disabled, Energized or De-Energized. Alarms  
3 and 4 can also be Analog Inputs.  
Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The  
available types are:  
• Open Active - An active alarm opens (no contact)  
the output lines.  
• Disabled - The input alarm line is inactive.  
• Closed Active - An active alarm closes (contact) the  
• Energized - An open circuit external to the repeater  
output lines.  
activates the alarm.  
• Alarm Message  
• De-energized - A closed circuit external to the  
repeater activates the alarm.  
This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to  
describe the alarm. This text string is sent via Morse  
code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID  
and an output is selected in the Cross Reference menu  
(see Figure 4-13). The Alarm Message is automati-  
cally transferred to the Cross Reference window.  
• Analog - Select the Low and High Limit pairs to trip  
an Analog Input Alarm. The High Limit must be  
greater in value than the Low Limit (0.0V-5.0V in  
0.1V steps).  
• Alarm Description - This is a text string (up to 15  
characters) to describe the alarm. The description is  
automatically changed on the Cross Reference Win-  
dow.  
• Transmit ID  
Each of the 4-alarm outputs can be assigned a  
Group ID from 1-239. The default setting is 238,  
0 (zero) for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater  
number identify an alarm that is active. This ID can  
be programmed into a transceiver so that when the  
alarm is active, the alarm description is received in  
Morse code.  
• Alarm Transmit Rate  
This sets the time interval for transmitting the  
alarm message in Morse code (0-30 min). If more  
than one alarm is active, this is the inter-alarm time.  
March 1999  
4-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
Cross Reference  
Show Alarm Map  
The cross reference screen selects the Output  
Alarm that is activated by each Input Alarm.  
There are up to:  
This window displays an Alarm Map that dis-  
plays those Alarm Outputs that have been mapped in  
bold type. Double-clicking on these outputs lists the  
Alarm Inputs that have been assigned to that output.  
• 48 alarms (0-47)  
• 4 (hardware) External Input Alarms  
• 18 (software) Internal Alarms (see Table 1-2).  
• 26 unused  
There are 4 Output Alarms. An alarm condition  
on any input can cause an Output Alarm. This win-  
dow configures which Input Alarm activates an Output  
Alarm.  
NOTE: More than one alarm condition can share the  
same output alarm (see Figure 4-13).  
Figure 4-12 ALARM MAPPING  
Figure 4-13 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.3.4 DELETE REPEATER  
4.4 TRANSFER  
Select the Repeater number to delete from this  
Locality and press the Delete button.  
Figure 4-15 TRANSFER MENU  
4.4.1 READ SETUP PARAMETERS  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon reads  
the contents of the EEPROM memory of a re-  
peater and loads it into a buffer. The contents of the  
buffer may then be displayed to show the programming  
of the repeater.  
NOTE: This button is only available if a Locality file is  
loaded and a repeater is connected.  
Figure 4-14 DELETE REPEATER  
4.4.2 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon sends  
the contents of a Locality file to a connected re-  
peater and programs the EEPROM memory in the Main  
Processor Card (MPC).  
HSDB Monitor  
RX/TX Data  
RF Data  
HARDWARE  
Input Monitor  
Revisions  
Mode Select  
Figure 4-16 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
March 1999  
4-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.5 HARDWARE  
The Home column refers to the Home repeater  
number of the originator, therefore, the Repeater and  
Home numbers may not be the same number. The GID  
column refers to the Group ID of the talk group of the  
originator. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify  
the originator of Special Calls. Special Call informa-  
tion is listed in the Token and Subtype columns.  
4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA  
Figure 4-17 HARDWARE MENU  
This is an information screen used at the repeater  
Locality while the computer (laptop) is connected to  
the MPC in the repeater being monitored (see Figure  
4-19). This information is contained in the receive  
data stream exchanged between the repeater and the  
destination user (mobile/portable) and the data con-  
tent of the repeater transmit data stream. The message  
contains data received from the destination and data  
sent to the mobile/portable by the repeater. The  
repeater receives the destination’s: Unique ID, Home  
Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority and Status. The  
time stamp is included because messages are sent con-  
tinually and this provides a reference for when a data  
exchange took place. The information sent to the des-  
tination in the update message from the repeater  
includes: Description/Group, Channel In Use, Home  
Repeater Number, Free Channel and Time Stamp.  
Figure 4-18 HSDB MONITOR  
4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon brings  
up the monitor window to view information  
from the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB). The HSDB  
connects all repeaters at a Locality and continually  
sends updates on the status of each repeater. This infor-  
mation window provides a list of all repeaters (1 to 20)  
at the Locality. If a repeater is not sending data, IDLE  
is next to the repeater number. The data sent by the re-  
peater is used to determine the Home, GID and UID of  
destination (mobile) users to receive the call placed by  
the originator.  
Figure 4-19 REPEATER TRAFFIC MONITOR  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.5.3 RF DATA  
4.5.4 INPUT MONITOR  
This window monitors the two Analog Input  
lines. It is only used with the 4-Alarm Type IAC, and  
only if Input 3, Input 4 or both are programmed for  
"Analog". In addition to the actual or measured value,  
the Low/High limit data are also displayed. These  
limits are programmed in the "Edit -> Repeater Infor-  
mation -> Input Alarms" screen (see Figure 4-13). If  
one of these inputs is not programmed "Analog", the  
data for that input is blanked.  
Figure 4-20 RF DATA  
The RF Line Monitor window shows the state of  
the lines (see Figure 4-19). These lines are monitored  
by the A-D converter in the IAC. The normal values  
for each line are defined as follows.  
Figure 4-21 INPUT MONITOR  
Synthesizer Lock Lines:  
Exciter Synthesizer  
Receive Synthesizer  
Exciter High Stability  
Receive High Stability  
Wideband Audio Output  
LO Injection  
RSSI  
Fan 1 Current  
Fan 2 Current  
Transmit Parameters:  
Forward Power (Low Power  
Forward Power (High Power)  
Reflected Power  
Final Out 1-2 (ratio)  
Final Out 3-4 (ratio)  
Chassis Temp  
Yes, No  
Yes, No  
Yes, No  
Yes, No  
approx. 200  
approx. 200  
20-150  
100-200, 0  
100-200, 0  
4.5.5 REVISIONS  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon dis-  
plays the current firmware revision informa-  
tion for the MPC, MAC and HSDB. The format is R.V  
(revision.version) for all modules. The MPC informa-  
tion also includes the release date of the software and  
the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version in  
Figure 4-22 is for J4, pins 5-6 connected in the MPC for  
LTR-Net (J4, pins 3-4 connected in the MPC are for  
standard LTR).  
25-75 Watts  
75-175 Watts  
0-6 Watts  
approx. equal  
approx. equal  
27°C-55°C  
On or Off  
Fan  
Power Supply Temp  
Battery Voltage  
22°C-45°C  
21V-28V  
Values with no label are the actual A-D reading.  
To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the value  
by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any variation  
from the above values may indicate a problem in that  
area. Values in this window are relative measurements  
only.  
Figure 4-22 REVISIONS  
March 1999  
4-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.5.6 MODE SELECT  
The Mode Select window places the repeater  
either in the Normal mode, Test mode or Diagnostic  
mode. In the Normal mode, the repeater operates as a  
normal repeater. In the Test mode or Diagnostic Mode  
the repeater transmits a test word. This test word is  
the Test Mode ID setup in the Repeater Information  
(see Section 4.3.3).  
C A U T I O N  
While in the test or diagnostics mode the repeater is  
"Busy", therefore it is important to place the repeater  
in Normal mode when the Test Mode is no longer  
required.  
Figure 4-23 MODE SELECT  
All Tests  
Exciter  
PA  
Repeater Setup  
Transmitter Test  
TEST  
Receiver  
Full Repeater  
Adjust Switch Link  
Receiver Test  
Transmit Audio/Data  
Audio Data Adjust  
Repeater Operations  
Figure 4-24 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART  
4.6 TEST  
Figure 4-25 TEST MENU  
NOTE: Some screens may require scrolling down to  
read the complete procedure.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.6.1 EXCITER  
This menu selection walks through the Exciter  
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.3 for the  
Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an alignment  
points diagram and Figure 7-10 for a test setup of the  
Exciter.  
4.7.1 COM PORT SETUP  
This menu selection has an equivalent icon in  
the toolbar. This menu selection or icon allows  
changes to the COM port or baud rate used to  
send and receive data from the attached Repeater MPC.  
An interface cable connects the Repeater to the comput-  
er (see Figure 4-27).  
4.6.2 POWER AMPLIFIER  
This menu selection walks through the Power  
Amplifier and RF Interface Board alignment windows.  
Refer to Sections 7.4 and 7.5 for the PA and RFIB  
alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3, 7-4, and 7-5  
for alignment points diagrams and Figures 7-11 and 7-  
8 of the Power Amplifier.  
4.6.3 RECEIVER  
This menu selection walks through the Receiver  
alignment windows. Refer to Section 7.2 for the  
Receiver alignment in this manual and Figure 7-1 for  
an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-9 of the  
Receiver.  
Figure 4-27 SETUP COM PORT  
4.6.4 FULL REPEATER  
4.7.2 ALARM DISPLAY  
This menu selection walks through the full  
repeater alignment windows. The Receiver and  
Exciter portions are performance tests and adjust-  
ments. The Audio and Data portions are level adjust-  
ments for the Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Fig-  
ure 7-28 for an alignment points diagram for the  
MAC.  
4.7 UTILITIES  
Figure 4-28 ALARM MONITOR  
Figure 4-26 UTILITIES MENU  
March 1999  
4-11  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LTR-Net PROGRAMMER  
4.8 VIEW  
4.8.3 SAVE SETTINGS ON EXIT  
4.8.1 STATUS BAR  
When the menu item View -> Save Settings on  
Exit is selected, the toolbar location (size and shape)  
as well as the main window location and size are saved  
and re-used when the programmer is opened.  
The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the  
4.9 HELP  
screen that displays information about the repeater.  
4.9.1 HELP TOPICS  
4.8.2 TOOLBAR  
This window contains the contents file of help  
topics, the index of help topics and a find topic screen.  
4.9.2 HELP ON HELP  
This window provides information on how to use  
help.  
The toolbar may be detached (floating) from the  
main window by dragging the toolbar to a new loca-  
tion with the mouse. It may also be resized (and  
reshaped) to suit individual preferences. The toolbar  
may also be moved to any edge of the programmer  
screen in this manner.  
4.9.3 ABOUT LTR-NET  
ICON Definitions (left to right)  
ICON  
Menu  
see Section  
4.2.1  
File -> New  
File -> Open  
4.2.2  
This menu selection provides information about  
the programmer software.  
File -> Save  
4.2.4  
Edit -> Locality Information  
Edit -> Select Repeater  
Edit -> Repeater Information  
4.3.1  
4.3.2  
4.3.3  
Transfer -> Read Setup Parameters 4.4.1  
Transfer -> Write Setup Parameters 4.4.2  
Hardware -> HSDB Monitor  
Hardware -> Revisions  
Utilities -> COM Port  
4.5.1  
4.5.5  
4.7.1  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SECTION 5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING  
5.1 OVERVIEW  
The information in this section will assist the user  
Another method of starting the program is by  
double-clicking on the shortcut icon. This starts  
the program with an empty information file (Locality  
File). A Locality File contains all of the programming  
information for all repeaters installed at a Locality.  
in operating the programmer.  
5.1.1 GETTING STARTED  
Once files are opened or saved from within the  
programmer, those filenames appear in the taskbar  
Documents selection. This allows starting the pro-  
gram by selecting the desired Locality File from the  
Start Menu.  
The LTR-Net Programmer is used to configure  
repeaters for proper operation with the LTR-Net proto-  
col.  
From the repeater standpoint, an LTR-Net system  
consists of one or more repeaters installed in a Local-  
ity, a 3000 Series Switch and the necessary intercon-  
nects and programming to provide LTR-Net operation.  
5.1.3 USING THE TOOLBAR  
The LTR-Net Programmer defaults to using  
CIM1 at 9600 baud to communicate with a repeater.  
However, this can be changed by selecting Utilities ->  
COM Port Setup from the menu or by  
The Toolbar provides one-click access to some of  
the most frequently used menu selections (see Section  
4.8.2).  
clicking on the  
toolbar button.  
When the programmer is first started, create a  
Locality file with the information to program into  
repeaters at that Locality (see How Do I ... Create a  
new Site File for information on performing this func-  
tion, Section 5.3.1).  
5.1.4 LIMITATIONS  
The LTR-Net Programmer requires Windows NT  
4.0 or later, or Windows 95 or later.  
In order to read data from a repeater, first load a  
Locality File from disk, or create and save a Locality  
File. Only one LOcality File may be loaded at a time.  
NOTE: All repeaters installed in a given Locality use  
the same Locality information, but each has its unique  
repeater information programmed.  
The LTR-Net Programmer supports COM1  
through COM4, and all of the baud rates currently  
supported by the MPC. Since the number of data bits,  
stop bits, and parity are fixed in the MPC, these can-  
not be changed in the programmer.  
5.1.2 STARTING THE PROGRAM  
There are several ways to start the LTR-Net Pro-  
grammer.  
The most convenient method to start the pro-  
gram, pre-loads all the repeater data for a Locality. To  
do this, use the Explorer to change to the directory  
containing the Locality Files, then double-click on one  
of those Locality Files. This starts the programmer  
and automatically loads the selected file.  
5.2 LOCALITY SETUP  
The Locality Setup window Defines Repeaters  
and Sets up Adjacent Locality Data.  
March 1999  
5-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REPEATER PROGRAMMING  
5.2.1 GENERAL PARAMETERS  
5.3.2 OPEN AN EXISTING SITE FILE  
These repeater parameters select the frequency  
band for the repeater and the channel number. There  
are 920 channel numbers with transmit/receive fre-  
quencies assigned (see Appendix A). The area bit is  
used to identify a specific system if more than one is  
operating in a geographical area. Defined repeaters  
are designated active or inactive in the Locality from  
this window.  
Select one of the following:  
File -> Open pull down menu  
Ctrl+O or  
icon  
Double-click on the filename or click on the file-  
name and click on Open.  
5.3.3 MODIFY AN EXIXTING SITE FILE  
Also included in Locality Setup window are the  
Input Alarms, Output Alarms and Alarm Cross Refer-  
ence (see Section 4.7.2).  
• Open the existing file to modify (see Section 5.3.2).  
• Make the changes to the file.  
• Save the file by selecting one of the following:  
File -> Save  
5.3 HOW DO I  
Ctrl+S or  
icon.  
5.3.1 CREATING A NEW SITE FILE  
5.3.4 ADD A REPEATER  
NOTE: At any point in the programming  
sequence, if the Help button is pressed, a help screen  
appears.  
• Open the Site File where the repeater is to be added.  
Select Edit -> Locality Information or  
icon.  
• Enter the repeater frequency band, channel number  
• Select one of the following:  
File -> New pull down menu  
Ctrl+N  
and activate the repeater.  
• Select Edit -> Select Repeater or  
icon.  
icon.  
• Enter the Repeater Setup information.  
This erases all Locality and Repeater information in  
the programmer and load factory defaults.  
• Save the file by selecting one of the following:  
File -> Save  
Ctrl+S or  
icon.  
• Select one of the following:  
File -> Locality Information pull down menu  
5.3.5 CHANGE A REPEATER NUMBER  
icon.  
• Open the Site File where the repeater is to be added.  
Select Edit -> Locality Information or  
icon.  
This defines all repeaters in this Locality for fre-  
quency band, channel number and activates the  
unique parameters for each repeater. Define the  
Adjacent Locality Data for mobiles leaving this  
Locality area.  
• In the Define Repeaters window, select the new  
repeater number and add the new information.  
• Select the old repeater number and press delete  
entry.  
• Select one of the following:  
File -> Save pull down menu  
Ctrl+S  
• Select Edit -> Select Repeater or  
icon.  
• Enter the Repeater Setup information.  
icon.  
• Save the file by selecting one of the following:  
This assigns a filename to this Site File and the file-  
name appears in the File pull-down menu and in the  
Open file window.  
File -> Save  
Ctrl+S or  
icon.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SECTION 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.1 RECEIVER  
A 1.8 dB attenuator follows amplifier Q201.  
Additional filtering of the receive signal is provided by  
3-pole helical filter L204-L206. A section of micros-  
trip on the collector of Q201 and C205/C207 match  
the impedance from Q201 to the 3-pole helical filter  
L204-L206.  
6.1.1 INTRODUCTION  
The receiver provides high sensitivity and selec-  
tivity reception on any one of the 399 channels in the  
896 to 901 MHz band.  
6.1.4 FIRST MIXER, CRYSTAL FILTER  
The receiver is a double conversion type with  
intermediate frequencies of 52.95 MHz and 450 kHz.  
The first injection frequency is stabilized by a temper-  
ature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) with a  
frequency stability of ±0.1 PPM from -30°C to +60°C  
(-22°F to +140° F). Two 3-pole bandpass filters in the  
front-end reject signals outside the receive band. Two  
4-pole crystal filters and one 6-pole ceramic filter  
establish receiver selectivity (see block diagram  
Figure 6-1).  
First mixer U201 mixes the receive frequency  
with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95  
MHz first IF. Since low-side injection is used, the  
injection frequency is 52.95 MHz below the receive  
frequency. Matching between filter L204-L206 and  
the mixer is provided by L228, C208 and C372. The  
output of U201 is matched to Z201 at 52.95 MHz by  
L207, C209 and C267.  
Z201 and Z202 form a two-section, four-pole fil-  
ter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB  
bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent  
channels and other signals close to the receive fre-  
quency. The filter sections are a matched pair and the  
dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.  
Matching with Q202 is provided by C210, L209 and  
C270.  
6.1.2 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES  
The +15V DC power source is supplied by the  
repeater power supply. The +15V supply enters the  
receiver on J201, pin 1. U206 provides the +12V DC  
receive voltage to the RF and IF amplifiers. U210  
supplies +12V DC to the first injection amplifiers.  
U207 supplies +12V DC to remaining +12V DC cir-  
cuits. U208 supplies +6V DC to the remaining  
circuits.  
6.1.5 IF AMPLIFIER, CRYSTAL FILTER  
6.1.3 HELICAL FILTER, RF AMPLIFIER  
Q202 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to  
recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver  
sensitivity. Biasing for Q202 is provided by R208/  
R209/R211/R313 and C211/C212/C213 provide RF  
bypass. The output of Q202 is matched to crystal fil-  
ter Z203 at 52.95 MHz by C214, C293 and L211.  
The receive signal enters the receiver on coaxial  
connector A201. A helical filter consisting of L201,  
L202 and L203 is a three-pole bandpass filter tuned to  
pass only a narrow band of frequencies (896-901  
MHz) to the receiver. This filter also attenuates the  
image and other unwanted frequencies.  
Z203 and Z204 form a two-section, four-pole fil-  
ter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB  
bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter establishes the selec-  
tivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95  
MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the  
dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.  
Matching with U202 is provided by C215, C216,  
C301, L225 and R322.  
Impedance matching between the helical filter  
and RF amplifier Q201 is provided by C201, C202 and  
a section of microstrip. Q201 amplifies the receive  
signal to recover filter losses and increases receiver  
sensitivity. Biasing for Q201 is provided by R201/  
R202/R203/R204 and C204 provides RF bypass.  
March 1999  
6-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
52.95 MHz 4-POLE 52.95 MHz 52.95 MHz 4-POLE  
BANDPASS  
BANDPASS  
FILTER  
MIXER  
U201  
RF AMP  
Q201  
IF AMP  
CRYSTAL FILTER  
CRYSTAL FILTER  
FILTER  
A201  
RECEIVE  
L204/L205/L206  
Z201/Z202  
L201/L202/L203  
Q202  
Z203/Z204  
RF IN  
843-848 MHz  
OCXO IN  
HIGH STABILITY  
SYNTHESIZER  
TX OCXO  
Q203  
Q204  
REF  
HS CS RX  
HS LK RX  
EN  
LD  
IN  
52.95 MHz  
BUFFER  
U205  
Q210  
Q211  
F
IN  
CLK  
DATA  
17.5 MHz TCXO  
Y201  
PD  
OUT  
QUADRATURE DETECTOR/  
2ND MIXER  
RSSI  
U202  
U203A  
RSSI  
MAIN  
BUFFER  
SYNTHESIZER  
MULTIPLIER  
Q205  
BPF  
Q210  
Q211  
L215  
REF  
AUDIO AMP  
U203B  
L216  
Z205  
IN  
DATA  
RF DATA  
RF CLK  
450 kHz  
52.5 MHz  
RX WB AUDIO  
CLK  
U209  
BUFFER  
Q208  
Q209  
BANDPASS  
FILTER  
F
L223  
L224  
SYN CS RX  
SYN LK RX  
EN  
IN  
LD  
AMP  
AMP  
BUFFER  
VCO  
A006  
TP  
PD  
OUT  
Q216  
Q217  
Q214/Q215  
U204A  
RX INJ  
Figure 6-1 RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM  
6.1.6 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR  
OSC B 1  
16 MIXER IN  
15 GROUND  
14 MUTE  
As shown in Figure 6-2, U202 contains second  
oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI  
circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a  
52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y201 and tripler  
Q205. The 17.5 MHz (±0.1 PPM) output of Y201 is  
fed through C231 to tripler Q205. The tripler passes  
the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to the OSC B input of  
U202.  
MIXER  
OSC E  
MIXER OUT  
Vcc  
2
3
4
IF IN 5  
13 RSSI  
DECOUPLING 1  
6
12 SQUELCH IN  
11 FILTER OUT  
LIMITER  
AMP  
Biasing of Q205 is provided by R228, R227 and  
R229. RF choke L214 blocks the flow of RF through  
R229. An AC voltage divider formed by C236/C235  
matches Q205 to the highpass filter. The third har-  
monic of the TCXO frequency is then used to drive  
the OSC B input at 52.5 MHz. L215, C237 and L216  
form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below  
52.95 MHz. C222 and C238 match the output of the  
filter to U202.  
AMP  
DECOUPLING 2  
7
FILTER  
10 FILTER IN  
AF  
AMP  
QUAD COIL 8  
9
AUDIO  
Figure 6-2 U202 BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic fil-  
ter Z205, then to the IF amplifier. The center fre-  
quency of Z205 is 450 kHz with a -6 dB bandwidth of  
9 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The limiter  
amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which removes  
any amplitude fluctuations.  
The phase detector input signals are generated by  
counters in U205 that are programmed to divide by a  
certain number. This programming is provided  
through J201, pins 18, 19 and 20. The frequency sta-  
bility of the High Stability synthesizer (TCXO output)  
is established by the ±0.1 PPM stability of the OCXO  
drawer. The output from the high stability loop is  
stable from -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F).  
The phase detector in U205 compares the phase and  
frequency of two input signals; fR and fV. The phase  
detector generates a 0 to 5V signal. The pulse width  
of this signal varies depending on the phase difference  
between fR and fV. This signal is filtered (integrated)  
by C245/C246/C247/R245/R246 to provide a DC tun-  
ing voltage for the TCXO. The voltage at Y201, pin 2  
is set for 3.5V when the high stability loop is locked.  
This is done by adjusting the tuning screw in TCXO  
Y201.  
From the limiter, the signal is fed to the quadra-  
ture detector. An external phase-shift network con-  
nected to U202, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the  
detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are  
unshifted). When modulation occurs, the frequency of  
the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase  
of the shifted signal. The detector, which has no out-  
put with a 90° phase shift, converts the phase shift into  
an audio signal. Z213 is adjusted to provide maximum  
undistorted output from the detector. The audio signal  
is then fed out on U202, pin 9.  
6.1.7 WIDEBAND AUDIO AMPLIFIER  
One input signal to the phase detector in U205 is  
the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is  
1.25 MHz divided by the R (reference) counter to  
10 kHz. The 1.25 MHz signal comes from the OCXO  
drawer to J202. The signal is then fed to two buffer/  
amplifiers. Q203 provides the OCXO signal to the  
Receiver and Q204 provides the OCXO signal to the  
Exciter. The inputs to Q203/Q204 are matched to  
50 ohms by R239/R321. DC blocking to Q203 is pro-  
vided by C224. Bias for Q203 is provided by R219,  
R217, R218, R220 and R221. C313, C225 and C226  
provide RF bypass. The output of Q203 is coupled to  
U205, pin 20 by C305.  
U203B amplifies the detected audio and data sig-  
nal. R280/R263 set the gain of the amplifier and  
R256/R262/R284 provide a DC reference level. C220  
bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal and C240 bypasses  
other frequencies. The output signal is adjusted by  
R264 and fed to J201, pin 9.  
6.1.8 RSSI AMPLIFIER  
U202, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI  
(receive signal strength indicator) circuit that provides  
a current proportional to the strength of the 450 kHz IF  
signal. The RSSI output is buffered through U203A  
and the level is adjusted by R261. The DC output  
signal is then fed to J201, pin 7.  
DC blocking to Q204 is provided by C227. Bias  
for Q204 is provided by R224/R222/R223/R225/  
R226. C314, C228 and C229 provide RF bypass. The  
output of Q204 is coupled to the Exciter high stability  
synthesizer U401 by C230 (see Section 6.2.5).  
6.1.9 HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER  
The high stability synthesizer inputs/outputs are  
shown in Figures 6-1 and 6-3. The synthesizer con-  
tains the R (reference), N, and A counters, phase and  
lock detectors and counter programming circuitry.  
The phase detector output of Synthesizer U205, pin 6  
is a 10 kHz pulse waveform from 0 to 5V. This signal  
is integrated to provide a DC tuning voltage for the  
TCXO. The DC tuning voltage provides the TCXO  
with the ±0.1 PPM stability of the OCXO (Oven Con-  
trolled Crystal Oscillator) see Section 6.3.  
The other input signal to the phase detector in  
U205 is from the TCXO frequency divided by the "N"  
counter and prescaler in U205. The "N" counter is pro-  
grammed through the synthesizer data line on J201,  
pin 20. U205 is programmed so that the phase detec-  
tor input (fV) is identical to the reference frequency  
(fR). The programming for the High Stability synthe-  
sizer does not change with channel selection.  
March 1999  
6-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DATA OUT  
PORT  
SELECT  
LOGIC  
f
R
16  
20  
13-STAGE R COUNTER  
OUTPUT A  
REF  
in  
OSC OR  
4-STAGE  
f
V
f
DIVIDER  
1
DOUBLE-BUFFERED  
R REGISTER  
16 BITS  
R
REF  
out  
f
V
LOCK DETECT  
AND CONTROL  
2
LD  
18  
SHIFT  
CLOCK  
REGISTER  
AND  
C REGISTER  
8 BITS  
15  
OUTPUT B  
(OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT)  
19  
17  
CONTROL  
LOGIC  
DATA IN  
ENABLE  
f
f
R
V
8
6
PHASE/FREQUENCY  
DETECTOR A  
AND CONTROL  
Rx  
STANDBY  
LOGIC  
POR  
PDout  
f
f
R
V
3
4
A REGISTER  
24 BITS  
PHASE/FREQUENCY  
DETECTOR B  
AND CONTROL  
OR (UP)  
OV (DOWN)  
INTERNAL  
CONTROL  
6-STAGE  
12-STAGE  
A COUNTER  
N COUNTER  
MODULUS  
CONTROL  
LOGIC  
INPUT AMP  
11  
10  
f
in  
64/65  
PRESCALER  
13  
9
TEST 2  
TEST 1  
f
in  
Figure 6-3 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM  
The programming of the counters in U205 is per-  
formed by circuitry in the Main Processor Card  
(MPC), buffered and latched through the Interface  
Alarm Card (IAC) and fed in to the synthesizer on  
J201, pin 20 to Data input port U205, pin 19.  
The fV input is produced by dividing the TCXO  
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U205.  
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number  
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters  
in U205.  
Data is loaded into U205 serially on the Data  
input port U205, pin 19 when U205, pin 17 is low.  
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time  
by a low to high transition on the Clock input port  
U205, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC  
via the IAC to J201, pin 19.  
Both the N and A counters begin counting down  
from their programmed number. When the A counter  
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.  
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A  
counter is always programmed with a smaller number  
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting  
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A  
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64. As an  
example: To produce the frequency of 10 kHz, the N  
and A counters are programmed as follows:  
The counter divide numbers are chosen so the  
TCXO-derived input to the phase detector (fV) is the  
same frequency as the OCXO-derived input (fR). The  
fR input is produced by dividing the 1.25 MHz OCXO  
frequency by 125. This produces a reference fre-  
quency (fR) of 10 kHz.  
N = 27 A = 22  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
To determine the overall divide number of the  
prescaler and N counter, the number of TCXO output  
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse  
can be counted. The prescaler divides by 65 for 65 x  
22 or 1430 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 64 x  
(27 - 22) or 320 input pulses. The overall divide num-  
ber K is therefore (320 + 1430) or 1750. The TCXO  
frequency of 17.5000 MHz divided by 1750 equals 10  
kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector. The  
overall divide number K can also be determined by  
the formula:  
R806 and R807. AC voltage divider C812 and C813  
initiates and maintains oscillation. C803 couples  
Q802 to resonator L220 that provides the shunt induc-  
tance of the tank circuit. The shunt capacitance of the  
tank circuit is made primarily by C804 in series with  
CR802.  
The VCO frequency is controlled by a DC volt-  
age across varactor diode CR802. As voltage across a  
reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capaci-  
tance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency increases  
as the control voltage increases. The control line is  
RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L804. The  
amount of frequency change produced by CR802 is  
controlled by series capacitor C804.  
K = 64N + A  
Where,  
N = N counter divide number  
A = A counter divide number.  
6.1.10 LOCK DETECT  
6.1.13 ACTIVE FILTER  
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the  
Lock Detect output on U205, pin 2 is a logic high  
voltage with narrow negative-going pulses. When the  
synthesizer is unlocked, the negative- going pulses are  
much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined  
by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock  
detect pulses are applied to J201, pin 19 and sent to  
the RF Interface on J102, pin 19 for detection and  
sampling in the IAC.  
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to  
provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R801  
and R802 provide transistor bias, and C809 provides  
the capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the  
gain of Q801. If a noise pulse or other voltage change  
appears on the collector, the base voltage does not  
change because of C809. Therefore, the base current  
does not change and transistor current remains con-  
stant. R803 decouples the VCO output from AC  
ground. L803 is an RF choke and C807, C808, C810  
and C811 provide RF bypass.  
6.1.11 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q206 and Q207  
provides amplification and also isolation between the  
TCXO and Synthesizer U205. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The  
input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y201.  
C250 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is  
provided by R241, R242, R243, R244 and R240.  
L217 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C244,  
C249 and C248. The output of Q206/Q207 is coupled  
to U205 by C306  
6.1.14 BUFFER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q208/Q209 pro-  
vides amplification and isolation between the VCO  
and synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because  
it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes  
only a small amount of power. The input signal to this  
amplifier is coupled from the VCO RF output on  
pin 4. DC blocking to the VCO is provided by C268  
and to the buffer by C261. Bias for the amplifier is  
provided by R275, R279, R278 and R277. Q209 is a  
common-emitter amplifier and Q208 is a common-  
base with C260 providing RF bypass. L219 provides  
some filtering of the cascode output. R273 lowers the  
Q of L219. The output of the amplifier is coupled by  
C309 to U209, pin 11.  
6.1.12 VCO (A006)  
The VCO (Voltage-Controlled Oscillator) is  
formed by Q802 circuitry and a resonator consisting  
of L220 in the Receiver. The adjusting screw in L220  
tunes the tank circuit to the desired frequency range.  
The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from  
843-848 MHz. Biasing of Q802 is provided by R805,  
March 1999  
6-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.1.15 SYNTHESIZER  
sor Card (MPC), which is buffered and latched  
through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into  
the synthesizer on J201, pin 20 to Data input port  
U209, pin 19.  
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Fig-  
ures 6-1 and 6-3. The synthesizer output signal is the  
receiver first injection frequency. This signal is pro-  
duced by a VCO (voltage-controller oscillator). The  
frequency of this oscillator is controlled by a DC volt-  
age. This DC voltage is generated by integrating the  
pulses from the phase detector in synthesizer chip  
U209. This integration is performed by the synthe-  
sizer loop filter which is made up of C805, C806 and  
R804 in the VCO circuitry.  
Data is loaded into U209 serially on the Data  
input port U209, pin 19. Data is clocked into the shift  
registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on  
the Clock input port U209, pin 18. The Clock pulses  
come from the MPC via the IAC to J201, pin 18.  
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers  
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the  
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase  
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXO-  
derived input (fR) which is 12.5 kHz.  
Frequencies are selected by programming  
counters in U209 to divide by a certain number. This  
programming is provided through J201, pins 12, 18  
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is  
established by the ±0.1 PPM stability of the high sta-  
bility synthesizer loop consisting of OCXO, Synthe-  
sizer U205, Y201 and Q206/Q207. The output from  
the high stability loop is stable from -40°C to +70°C  
(-40°F to +158°F).  
The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5  
MHz TCXO frequency by 1400. This division is done  
by the "R" counter in U209. The counter always  
divides by 1400 regardless of the channel number.  
This produces a reference frequency (fR) of 12.5 kHz.  
Since the VCO is on frequency (receive frequency  
minus 52.95 MHz) and no multiplication is used, the  
channel frequencies change in 12.5 kHz steps and the  
reference frequency (fR) is 12.5 kHz for all channels  
selected by this receiver.  
The VCO frequency of A006 is controlled by a  
DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detector  
output pulses of U209. The phase detector senses the  
phase and frequency of two input signals (fR and fV)  
and causes the VCO control voltage to increase or  
decrease if they are not the same. When the frequen-  
cies are the same the VCO is "locked" on frequency.  
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO  
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U209.  
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number  
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters  
in U209.  
One input signal to the phase detector in U209 is  
the reference frequency (fR). This is the 17.5 MHz  
TCXO frequency divided by the R (reference) counter  
to the channel spacing or 12.5 kHz.  
The N and A counters function as follows: both  
the N and A counters begin counting down from their  
programmed number. When the A counter reaches  
zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both  
counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A  
counter is always programmed with a smaller number  
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting  
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A  
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.  
The other input signal to the phase detector in  
U209 is from the VCO frequency divided down by the  
"N" counter and prescaler in synthesizer U209 to  
12.5 kHz. The "N" counter is programmed through  
the synthesizer data line on J201, pin 20. U209 is pro-  
grammed so that the phase detector input (fV) is iden-  
tical to the reference frequency (fR) (12.5 kHz) when  
the VCO is locked on the correct frequency.  
Example: Assume a receive frequency of  
898.5000 MHz (channel 200). Since the VCO is  
52.95 MHz below the receive frequency it must be  
845.5500 MHz for channel 200. To produce this fre-  
quency, the N and A counters are programmed as fol-  
lows:  
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,  
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter  
programming circuitry. Frequencies are selected by  
programming the three counters in U209 to divide by  
assigned numbers. The programming of these  
counters is performed by circuitry in the Main Proces-  
N = 1056 A = 60  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A  
counter numbers are calculated for other channels.  
6.1.18 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q214 and Q215  
provides amplification and also isolation between the  
VCO and Receiver RF stages. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The  
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO  
A006 by C268. C268 also provides DC blocking.  
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R294, R311,  
R290, R291 and R292. L222 is an RF choke and  
R293 lowers the Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided  
by C274, C356, C310, C272, C273 and C335. The  
output of Q214/Q215 is matched to the Receiver RF  
stages by C275, C276 and two sections of microstrip.  
To determine the overall divide number of the  
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output  
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse  
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides  
by 65 for 65 x 60 or 3,900 input pulses. It then  
divides by 64 for 64 x (1056 - 60) or 63,744 input  
pulses.  
The overall divide number K is therefore  
(3,900 + 63,744) or 67,644. The VCO frequency of  
845.5500 MHz divided by 67,644 equals 12.5 kHz  
which is the fR input to the phase detector. The over-  
all divide number K can also be determined by the fol-  
lowing formula: K = 64N + A  
6.1.19 RF AMPLIFIERS  
U210 provides the +12V source for these ampli-  
fiers. RF amplifier Q216 is biased by R296 and R295.  
C278 provides RF bypass from the DC line and R297  
provides supply voltage isolation. A section of  
microstrip on the collector acts as an RF inductor.  
Q216 is matched to Q217 by C277, C263, C288 and  
two sections of microstrip.  
Where,  
N = N counter divide number and  
A = A counter divide number.  
6.1.16 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q210 and Q211  
provides amplification and also isolation between the  
TCXO and Synthesizer U209. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high reverse isolation. The  
input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y201.  
C254 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is  
provided by R312, R248, R249, R251 and R250.  
L218 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C251,  
C252 and C253. The output of Q210/Q211 is coupled  
to U209 by C307.  
RF amplifier/buffer Q217 is similar in design to  
Q216. The output of Q217 is matched to the 3 dB  
attenuator made up of R285/R286/R287 by two  
sections of microstrip and C280 provides DC block-  
ing. L223/L224 are tuned to the receive frequency  
minus 52.95 MHz and passed to Mixer U201. This  
injection frequency is also coupled through C284 to  
U204A. CR201, R255, R254 provide DC input to  
U204A, pin 3. The output of U204A, pin 1 is con-  
nected to J201, pin 13 for a receive injection test point  
and connected to the RF Interface Board on J103,  
pin 13.  
6.1.17 LOCK DETECT  
6.2 EXCITER  
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the  
Lock Detect on U209, pin 2 is a high voltage with  
very narrow negative-going pulses. Then when the  
synthesizer is unlocked, these pulses become much  
wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the  
frequency difference of fV and fR.  
6.2.1 VCO (A007)  
The VCO (Voltage-Controlled Oscillator) is  
formed by Q802, associated circuitry and a resonator  
consisting of L404 in the Exciter. The screw in L404  
tunes the tank circuit to the desired frequency range.  
The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from  
935-940 MHz. Biasing of Q802 is provided by R805,  
R806 and R807. An AC voltage divider formed by  
C812 and C813 initiates and maintains oscillation.  
The lock detect pulses are filtered by R270/C325  
and applied to J201, pin 14 and the RF Interface on  
J103, pin 14 for detection and sampling in the IAC.  
March 1999  
6-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
C803 couples Q802 to resonator L404 in the Exciter.  
Resonator L404 provides the shunt inductance of the  
tank circuit. The shunt capacitance of the tank circuit  
is made primarily of C804 in series with CR802. RF  
choke L805 completes the DC bias path to ground.  
With reference to the ground on the Exciter, the  
3.5V reference stability is maintained by U126B/C/D  
on the MAC. The 3.5V DC passes through summing  
amplifier U129B and transmit modulation gate U118D  
to P100, pin 29 (Tx MOD). P100, pin 29 is connected  
to backplane connector J2, pin 8 and RFIB connector  
J101, pin 22 to J102, pin 13. The transmit modulation  
and 3.5V reference enter the Exciter on J401, pin 13  
and is routed to U402B,pin 6. R425 sets the TCXO  
modulation level. The modulation signal along with  
the 3.5V DC is applied to U402A, pin 2.  
The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC  
voltage across varactor diode CR802. As voltage  
across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its  
capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency  
increases as the control voltage increases. The control  
line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L804.  
The amount of frequency change produced by CR802  
is controlled by series capacitor C804.  
6.2.3 ACTIVE FILTER  
Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to  
provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R801  
and R802 provide transistor bias, and C809 provides  
capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the gain  
of Q801. If a noise pulse or other quick voltage  
change appears on the collector, base voltage does not  
change significantly because of C809. Therefore, the  
base current does not change and transistor current  
remains constant. R803 decouples the VCO output  
from AC ground. L803 is an RF choke and C807/  
C808/C810/C811 provide RF bypass.  
The frequency is modulated in a similar manner.  
The transmit audio/data signal is applied across varac-  
tor diode CR801 to vary the VCO frequency at an  
audio rate. C802 in series with CR801 determine the  
amount of modulation produced by the audio signal.  
6.2.2 EXCITER VCO AND TCXO FREQUENCY  
MODULATION  
Both the VCO and TCXO are modulated in order  
to achieve the required frequency response. If only  
the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U403  
would sense the frequency change and increase or  
decrease the VCO control voltage to counteract the  
change (at the lower audio frequencies inside the  
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). If only the  
TCXO frequency was modulated, the VCO would not  
track the higher audio frequencies (those beyond the  
closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). However,  
by modulating both the VCO and TCXO a flat audio  
response is achieved. Potentiometers R425 and R446  
balance the modulating signals.  
6.2.4 BUFFER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406/Q407 pro-  
vides amplification and isolation between the VCO  
and synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because  
it provides high reverse isolation. The input signal to  
this amplifier is tapped from the VCO RF output. DC  
blocking and coupling to the VCO is provided by  
C441 and to the buffer by C433. Bias for the ampli-  
fier is provided by R451, R453, R454 and R455.  
Q407 is a common-emitter amplifier and Q406 is a  
common-base with C432 providing RF bypass. L403  
decouples the output from AC ground and R452 low-  
ers the Q of L403. The amplifier is coupled by C429  
and C499 to U403, pin 11.  
There are two 3.5V sources on the Exciter board;  
one is a reference for the modulation amplifier to the  
VCO, the other is for the modulation amplifier to the  
TCXO.  
6.2.5 HIGH STABILITY SYNTHESIZER  
The High Stability synthesizer inputs/outputs are  
shown in Figures 6-3 and 6-4. The synthesizer con-  
tains the R (reference), N, and A counters, phase and  
lock detectors and counter programming circuitry.  
The phase detector output signal of Synthesizer U401,  
pin 6 is a 10 kHz pulse waveform from 0 to 5V.  
The reference voltage on U402B, pin 5 is sent to  
buffer U407B, J401, pin 9 to RFIB connector J102,  
pin 9 and out on J101, pin 14 to J2, pin 27 on the  
backplane, to the bottom connectors via pin 7 and  
finally to the MAC on P100, pin 7.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This signal is integrated to provide a DC tuning  
voltage for the TCXO. The DC tuning voltage pro-  
vides the TCXO with the ±0.1 PPM stability of the  
OCXO (see Section 6.3).  
The fR input is produced by dividing the 1.25 MHz  
OCXO frequency by 125 to produce a reference fre-  
quency (fR) of 10 kHz.  
The fV input is produced by dividing the TCXO  
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U401.  
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The prescaler  
divide number is controlled by the N and A counters  
in U401. The N and A counters function as follows:  
The phase detector output signal is generated by  
counters in U401 programmed to divide by a certain  
number. This programming is provided through  
J401, pins 18, 19 and 20. The frequency stability of  
the High Stability synthesizer is established by the  
±0.1 PPM stability of the OCXO, stable from -40°C to  
+70°C (-40°F to +158°F).  
Both the N and A counters begin counting down  
from their programmed number. When the A counter  
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.  
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A  
counter is always programmed with a smaller number  
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting  
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A  
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.  
The phase detector in U401 compares the phase  
and frequency of two input signals; fR and fV. The  
phase detector generates a 0 to 5V signal. The pulse  
width of this signal varies depending on the phase dif-  
ference between fR and fV. This signal is filtered  
(integrated) by C406/C407/C408/R411/R412 to pro-  
vide a DC tuning voltage for the TCXO. The voltage  
at U402A, pin 1 is set for 3.5V when the high stability  
loop is locked. This is done by adjusting the tuning  
screw in TCXO Y401.  
Example: To produce the 10 kHz frequency, the  
N and A counters are programmed as follows:  
N = 27 A = 22  
One input signal is the reference frequency (fR).  
This frequency is the 1.25 MHz OCXO frequency  
divided by the reference counter to 10 kHz.  
To determine the overall divide number of the  
prescaler and N counter, the number of TCXO output  
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse  
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides  
by 65 for 65 x 22 or 1430 input pulses. It then divides  
by 64 for 64 x (27 - 22) or 320 input pulses. The over-  
all divide number K is therefore (320 + 1430) or 1750.  
The TCXO frequency of 17.5000 MHz divided by  
1750 equals 10 kHz which is the fR input to the phase  
detector. The overall divide number K can also be  
determined by the following formula:  
The other input signal to the phase detector in  
U401 is from the TCXO frequency divided by the "N"  
counter and prescaler in U401. The N counter is pro-  
grammed through the synthesizer data line on J401,  
pin 20. U401 is programmed so the phase detector  
input (fV) is identical to the reference frequency (fR).  
High Stability synthesizer programming does not  
change with channel selection.  
K = 64N + A  
The programming of the counters in U401 is per-  
formed by circuitry in the Main Processor Card  
(MPC), buffered and latched through the Interface  
Alarm Card (IAC) and fed in to the synthesizer on  
J401, pin 20 to Data input port U401, pin 19.  
Where,  
N = N counter divide number and  
A = A counter divide number.  
6.2.6 LOCK DETECT  
Data is loaded into U401 serially on the Data  
input port U401, pin 19 when U401, pin 17 is low.  
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time  
by a low to high transition on the Clock input port  
U401, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC  
via the IAC to J401, pin 19.  
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the  
Lock Detect output on U401, pin 2 is a logic high  
voltage with narrow negative-going pulses. When the  
synthesizer is unlocked, the negative- going pulses are  
much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined  
by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock  
detect pulses of U401 are filtered by R407/C401 and  
applied to J401, pin 17, then sent to the RFIB on J102,  
pin 17 for detection.  
The counter divide numbers are chosen so the  
TCXO derived input to the phase detector (fV) is  
the same frequency as the OCXO derived input (fR).  
March 1999  
6-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
HIGH STABILITY  
SYNTHESIZER  
BUFFER  
REF  
IN  
HS CS EX  
HS LK EX  
Q401/Q402  
U401  
TX OCXO  
FROM Q204  
F
IN  
PD  
OUT  
SWITCH  
Q405  
LPTT  
AMP  
BUFFER  
U402A  
TCXO  
Y401  
EX MOD  
U402B  
AMP  
BUFFER  
U404B  
U404A  
MAIN  
SYNTHESIZER  
VCO  
A007  
PD  
Q410/Q411  
BUFFER  
Q412  
AMP  
Q413  
AMP  
TO PA  
OUT  
DATA  
CLK  
BUFFER  
U403  
F
Q406/Q407  
U407B  
V REF EX  
IN  
SYN CS EX  
SYN LK EX  
BUFFER  
REF  
IN  
Q403/Q404  
Figure 6-4 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM  
6.2.7 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
(voltage-controller oscillator) that is frequency con-  
trolled by a DC voltage produced by synthesizer chip  
U403. This DC voltage is filtered by a loop filter  
made up of C805, C806 and R804 in the VCO  
circuitry.  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q401 and Q402  
provides amplification and also isolation between the  
TCXO and Synthesizer U401. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and  
consumes only a small amount of power. The input  
signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO Y401,  
pin 5 by C415. C415 also provides DC blocking.  
Bias for the amplifier is provided by R420, R421,  
R422, R423 and R418. L401 is an RF choke. RF  
bypass is provided by C411, C413 and C414. The  
output of Q401/Q402 is coupled to U401, pin 11 by  
C412.  
Frequencies are selected by programming  
counters in U403 to divide by a certain number. This  
programming is provided through J401, pins 12, 19  
and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is  
established by the ±0.1 PPM stability of the high sta-  
bility loop that is stable from -40°C to +70°C  
(-40°F to +158°F).  
The VCO frequency of A007 is controlled by a  
DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detec-  
tor output pulses of U403. The phase detector senses  
the phase and frequency of two input signals and  
causes the VCO control voltage to increase or decrease  
if they are not the same. When the frequencies are the  
same, the VCO is then "locked" on frequency.  
6.2.8 EXCITER SYNTHESIZER  
The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Fig-  
ures 6-3 and 6-4. The synthesizer output signal is the  
transmit frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,  
and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter  
programming circuitry.  
Both the N and A counters begin counting down  
from their programmed number. When the A counter  
reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.  
Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A  
counter is always programmed with a smaller number  
than the N counter. While the A counter is counting  
down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A  
counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.  
One input signal to the phase detector in U403 is  
the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is the  
17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the reference  
counter to the channel spacing or 12.5 kHz. The other  
input signal (fV) is the VCO frequency divided by the  
prescaler and the "N" counter in U403. The counters  
are programmed through the synthesizer data line on  
J401, pin 20. Each channel is programmed by a divide  
number so the phase detector input is identical to the  
reference frequency (fR) when the VCO is locked on  
the correct frequency.  
Example: To illustrate the operation of these  
counters, assume a transmit frequency of 937.5000  
MHz (channel 200). Since the VCO is on the channel  
transmit frequency, this frequency is used. To produce  
this frequency, the N and A counters are programmed  
as follows:  
Frequencies are selected by programming the  
three counters in U403 to divide by assigned number.  
The programming of these counters is performed by  
circuitry in the Main Processor Card (MPC), buffered  
and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC)  
and fed in to the synthesizer on J401, pin 20 to Data  
input port U403, pin 19.  
N = 1171 A = 56  
To determine the overall divide number of the  
prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output  
pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse  
can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides  
by 65 for 65 x 56 or 3640 input pulses. It then divides  
by 64 for 64 x (1171 - 56) or 71,360 input pulses. The  
overall divide number K is therefore (71,360 + 3640)  
or 75,000. The VCO frequency of 937.5000 MHz  
divided by 75,000 equals 12.5 kHz which is the fR  
input to the phase detector. The overall divide number  
K can also be determined by the following formula:  
Data is loaded into U403 serially on the Data  
input port U403, pin 19 when U403, pin 17 is low.  
Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time by  
a low to high transition on the Clock input port U403,  
pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC via the  
IAC to J401, pin 19.  
K = 64N + A  
As previously stated, the counter divide numbers  
are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the  
correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase  
detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXO-  
derived input (fR). The fR input is produced by divid-  
ing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 1187. The R  
counter divides by 1187 regardless of the channel  
number. This produces a reference frequency (fR) of  
12.5 kHz. Since the VCO is on frequency and no mul-  
tiplication is used, channel frequencies change in  
12.5 kHz steps. The reference frequency is 12.5 kHz  
for all channels selected by this Exciter.  
Where,  
N = N counter divide number and  
A = A counter divide number.  
NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A  
counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.  
6.2.9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q403 and Q404  
provides amplification and also isolation between the  
TCXO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high gain, high reverse isola-  
tion and consumes only a small amount of power. The  
input signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO  
Y401, pin 5 by C420. C420 also provides DC block-  
ing. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R430, R431,  
R432, R433 and R428. L402 is an RF choke.  
The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO  
frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U403.  
The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number  
of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters  
in U403. The N and A counters function as follows:  
March 1999  
6-11  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
RF bypass is provided by C416, C418 and C419. The  
output of Q403/Q404 is coupled to U403, pin 20 by  
C417.  
6.2.13 RF AMPLIFIERS  
RF amplifier Q412 is biased by CR402, R469,  
R470 and R472. C448 provides RF bypass from the  
DC line and R471/R472 provide supply voltage isola-  
tion. A section of microstrip on the collector acts as  
an RF choke to the supply line. Q412 is matched to  
Q413 by C449, C451 and two sections of microstrip.  
6.2.10 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q406 and Q407  
provides amplification and also isolation between the  
VCO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and  
consumes only a small amount of power. The input  
signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,  
pin 6 by C433. C433 also provides DC blocking. Bias  
for the amplifier is provided by R450, R451, R453,  
R454 and R455. L403 is an RF choke. RF bypass is  
provided by C430, C431 and C479. The output of  
Q406/Q407 is coupled to U403, pin 11 by a non-polar-  
ized capacitor formed by C429/C499.  
RF amplifier/buffer Q413 is similar in design to  
Q412. The collector voltage of Q413 is switched by  
Q405. The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) on J401, pin  
11 turns on Q405 and conducts the 15V supply to the  
collector of Q405 and to Q413. The output of Q413 is  
matched to 50 ohms by two sections of microstrip and  
C465 that also provides DC blocking. A 3 dB attenua-  
tor follows amplifier Q413. The RF output of the  
Exciter is on coaxial connector J402 to the Power  
Amplifier.  
6.2.11 LOCK DETECT  
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the  
Lock Detect output on U403, pin 2 is a high voltage  
with narrow negative-going pulses. When the synthe-  
sizer is unlocked, the negative-going pulses are much  
wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the  
frequency difference of fV and fR.  
6.3 OCXO DRAWER  
6.3.1 INTRODUCTION  
The OCXO (Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator)  
drawer produces the 1.25 MHz reference signal input  
for the high stability synthesizer loops of both the  
Receiver and Exciter. One OCXO drawer alone can  
drive eight repeaters. More repeaters can be driven  
with the use of external rack mounted 8-Way split-  
ters. The signal level at each of the eight outputs is  
high enough to allow splitting the signal through an  
additional 8-Way splitter to drive additional repeaters.  
The locked or unlocked condition of the synthe-  
sizer is filtered by R440/C423 and applied to J401, pin  
16, then sent to the RF Interface on J102, pin 16 for  
detection.  
6.2.12 BUFFER AMPLIFIER  
A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 pro-  
vides amplification and also isolation between the  
VCO and exciter RF stages. A cascode amplifier is  
used because it provides high gain, high isolation and  
consumes only a small amount of power. The input  
signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,  
pin 4 by C441. C441 also provides DC blocking. Bias  
for the amplifier is provided by R464, R465, R466,  
R467 and R468. L406 is an RF choke and R463 low-  
ers the Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided by C434,  
C442, C445, C443, C444 and C480. The output of  
Q410/Q411 is matched to the Exciter RF stages by  
C446, R450 and two sections of microstrip.  
The OCXOs generate a 10 MHz signal. The fre-  
quency stability of these oscillators is better than  
0.1 PPM from -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F).  
One half hour after a cold start (at room temperature),  
the oscillators will be within 1E-8 of their stabilized  
frequency. Two OCXOs are used for redundancy. The  
drawer can be configured so that either oscillator is  
main and the remaining oscillator will be standby. If  
the main oscillator has an output failure, the drawer  
will automatically switch to the standby oscillator to  
drive the outputs. The oscillators can be switched  
between main and standby remotely. The drawer will  
not allow remote switching of oscillators if either  
oscillator has an output failure.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
OCXO 1  
Y901  
BUFFER  
Q901  
U906A  
LINE DRIVERS  
U906B  
10 MHz REF OUT  
SWITCH  
DIVIDER  
U905  
(OSC 1)  
(OSC 2)  
U901A/B/C/D,  
U902B, U904D  
1.25 MHz REF OUT  
ALARM RELAY  
Q905, K901  
RF ALARM OUT  
ONE-SHOT  
MULTIVIBRATOR  
OCXO RF OUTPUT  
ALARM INDICATOR  
Q903, DS901  
U902C, Q904  
U907  
ALARM RELAY  
Q908, K902  
STROBE CLOCK  
U904B/C/D  
OCXO 1 ALARM  
OCXO 1  
ALARM INDICATOR  
Q906, DS902  
U903C, U912A  
Q907  
REMOTE SWITCH REMOTE SWITCH  
S904  
SWITCH  
CR902/CR903  
U908  
S904  
U901A/C/D  
U903D, U904A  
OCXO SWITCH  
OCXO SWITCH  
S905  
S905  
CR904/CR905  
U909  
ALARM RELAY  
Q911, K903  
OCXO 2 ALARM  
OCXO 2  
Y902  
BUFFER  
Q902  
ONE-SHOT  
OCXO 2  
MULTIVIBRATOR  
ALARM INDICATOR  
U910A  
U911  
Q909, DS903  
U903A, U912B  
Q910  
FRONT PANEL  
SWITCH CONTROLS  
FLIP-FLOP  
OCXO 2  
TEST  
S902  
ALARM RELAY  
Q914, K904  
VCO/PHASE  
COMPARATOR  
OCXO 1  
TEST  
U913  
DELTA F  
S901  
DC ON/OFF  
S903  
DELTA F  
ALARM INDICATOR  
U910B  
DC ALARM  
Q912, DS904  
U914B, Q913  
INDICATOR  
FLIP-FLOP  
Q917, DS905  
U914A, Q916  
FAIL STROBE  
ALARM RELAY  
Q918, Q919  
Q920, K905  
DC ALARM  
AC ALARM  
AC ALARM  
INDICATOR  
ALARM RELAY  
Q912, DS906  
U914D, Q921  
Q923, Q924  
Q920, K906  
Figure 6-5 OCXO DRAWER BLOCK DIAGRAM  
The OCXO drawer may be powered by the inter-  
nal regulated 15V DC supply, or by an external 15V  
DC source. The internal 15V DC supply is powered  
from a 120V (±10%) or 240V (±10%) AC line. When  
both supplies are present, the internal 15V DC supply  
powers the drawer and the external 15V DC supply is  
a backup. If the internal supply should fail, the exter-  
nal 15V DC supply powers the drawer. The current  
requirement of the drawer is less than 1A upon initial  
turn on, and reduces to approximately 630 mA after  
the oscillators are stabilized.  
The OCXO drawer contains several alarms. For  
all alarms, the following color scheme applies (see  
Figure 6-6):  
Flashing Red  
Yellow  
Failure  
Standby  
Green  
Active (OK)  
If the main oscillator fails, its corresponding LED  
turns from green (active) to flashing red (failure).  
Consequently the LED for the remaining oscillator  
changes from yellow (standby) to green (active).  
March 1999  
6-13  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
10 MHz  
OUT  
ALLOW 30 MINUTES WARM UP  
FOR PROPER STABILIZATION  
IN  
1.25 MHz  
OUTPUTS  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 101112131415161718  
BACK PANEL  
TM  
OCXO1  
OCXO2  
OUTPUT  
AC  
DC  
DELTA F  
DC BACKUP  
INTERRUPT  
OCXO 1  
INTERRUPT  
OCXO 2  
INTERRUPT  
FRONT PANEL  
Figure 6-6 OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANELS  
When there is no output from the drawer, the RF  
Output LED changes from green to flashing red indi-  
cating failure.  
The 10 MHz signal is then applied to the counter  
chip U905. U905 is used to divide the 10 MHz signal  
by eight to create 1.25 MHz. The dual line driver chip  
U906 is used to drive the 8-Way 1.25 MHz outputs  
and the 10 MHz output. The signal is filtered to  
remove harmonics. The 1.25 MHz outputs have  
approximately 0 dBm of power into 50 ohms. The  
10 MHz output delivers about 10 dBm into 50 ohms.  
When there is a difference of more than 10 Hz  
between the two 10 MHz oscillators, the Delta F LED  
changes from green to flashing red (failure).  
The Delta F alarm circuit has built in hysteresis  
and will not return to green until there is less than 5  
Hz difference between the 10 MHz oscillators.  
6.3.3 OCXO SWITCHING  
When both supplies are present, the AC LED is  
green (active), and the DC LED is yellow (standby).  
If the AC supply fails, the AC LED changes to flash-  
ing red (failure) and the DC LED changes to green  
(active) indicating that it is now powering the OCXO  
drawer. If the external DC supply fails, the DC LED  
changes from yellow (standby) to flashing red  
(failure).  
Refer to the OCXO switching circuitry in  
Figure 6-7. The circuit is broken down into three  
levels where various tasks are performed. The bottom  
section is for remote control input and selecting which  
OCXO LED should indicate standby. U902A,  
pins 1-2 (OSC 1 - OSC 2) come from the OCXO pulse  
detector circuits. A logic high on U902A, pin 1  
(OSC 1) indicates that OCXO 1 has output. Likewise,  
a logic high on U902A, pin 2 (OSC 2) indicates that  
OCXO 2 has output.  
All of these alarms are tied to relays that can be  
set to open or close contacts upon alarms. The relay  
contacts are connected to the 18-pin connector at the  
rear of the drawer. These relay contacts are capable of  
handling 1A DC current.  
NOTE: U902C, pin 8 (S) cannot be high unless both  
OCXO pulse detectors indicate output. Therefore, no  
remote switching of OCXOs is allowed unless both  
OCXOs are running.  
6.3.2 OCXOS, BUFFERS, DIVIDER AND LINE  
DRIVER  
The top section of Figure 6-7 determines whether or not  
a switch is made to OCXO 2. In this section, an Exclu-  
sive OR logic decision is made between inputs (S) and  
(OSC 1). When U902B, pin 6 (X) is high, OCXO 1 is  
selected, when it is low, OCXO 2 is selected. If  
The OCXOs produce a signal level greater than  
1V RMS. Q901 and Q902 serve as buffers and square  
up the signal from 0 to 5V (see Figure 6-5). Selection  
of the oscillators as described in Section 6.3.1 is  
accomplished by the logic gates U901-U904.  
(OSC 1) is low, (X) goes low and OCXO 2 is selected.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
H
H
U901B  
U901D  
4
5
10 MHz  
(OCXO 1, Q901)  
6
U901C  
9
8
10 MHz  
10 MHz SIGNAL OUTPUT  
(U905, U906)  
10  
(OCXO 2, Q902)  
U902B  
12  
13  
U904D  
11  
4
5
6
11  
10  
U901A  
74HC00  
1
2
3
H
(X)  
(OSC 1)  
(OSC 2)  
L
(S)  
L
H
U902D  
REMOTE CONTROL  
(S904, U908)  
U904A  
U902C  
12  
13  
74HC04  
U903D  
11  
9
1
2
8
12  
13  
OSCILLATOR SELECT  
(S905, U909)  
10  
11  
OSC 2 STATUS  
(U912, PIN 4)  
H
U902A  
74HC08  
H
H
1
2
OSC 1  
3
(Q906, DS902)  
OSC 1 STATUS  
(U912, PIN 1)  
OSC 2  
(Q909, DS903)  
Figure 6-7 OCXO SWITCHING  
6.3.5 DELTA F DETECTION  
NOTE: The bottom circuit does not allow (S) to be high  
and (OSC 1) to be low. If (OSC 1) is high and (S) is low,  
(X) stays high, and OCXO 1 is selected as the main os-  
cillator. Finally, if (OSC 1) is high and (S) is high, (X)  
goes low and OCXO 2 is selected as the main oscilla-  
tor.  
The Delta F detection circuitry is made up of  
U910, U911 and U913. The buffered output of OCXO  
2 is applied to the D-input of flip-flop U910 and the  
buffered output of OCXO 1 is applied to the CLK-  
input. The Q-output is the frequency difference  
between the two OCXOs.  
6.3.4 OCXO PULSE DETECTION  
The Q-output of U910, pin 5 is applied to the trig-  
ger input (B2) of the one-shot multivibrator in U911,  
pin 10. This device produces a 5 ms negative-going  
pulse when it is triggered. It is triggered twice by  
every output cycle from U910, pin 5. The second trig-  
gering is caused by the undetermined states produced  
when the signal goes low at the half-cycle point.  
Because of this double triggering, the frequency on the  
Q2 output of U911, pin 12 is twice the frequency dif-  
ference of the two OCXOs.  
The buffered OCXO 1 signal is sent to U907,  
pins 9-10. U907 is a retriggerable one-shot multivi-  
brator that is used for pulse detection. If four or more  
10 MHz pulses from OCXO 1 are missing, the output  
of one-shot multivibrator Q2 goes low. This turns off  
LED driver Q905 and the green half of LED DS902  
turns off. Simultaneously, Q2 goes high. This pulses  
on/off Q907 and strobes the red fail LED for OCXO 1.  
Relay driver Q908 can be driven by either Q2 or Q2  
depending on the desired normal state of the OCXO 1  
alarm relay. U911, pins 1-2 also serve as a pulse  
detector for OCXO 2.  
The Q2 output of U911, pin 12 is applied to  
U913, pin 14, which is one input of an internal phase  
comparator. The other input of this phase comparator  
is from a voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) internal  
March 1999  
6-15  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
to U913. The output of this phase comparator at  
U911, pin 13 is essentially low if the input from the  
VCO is higher in frequency than the input from U911,  
pin 12. Conversely, this output is essentially high if  
the input from the VCO is lower in frequency than the  
input from U911, pin 12. Clocking pulses are continu-  
ally present on the PCP output of U913, pin 1.  
Power control is connected to WO505 from the  
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the  
control voltage line by various capacitors and induc-  
tors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the  
RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 4 to approxi-  
mately 5W.  
The VCO oscillates at either the high or low end  
of its operating range, depending on the logic level  
present on the control input of U913, pin 9. If the  
control input is high, it oscillates at the high end of its  
range. If the control input is low, it oscillates at the  
low end of its range. The high frequency is approxi-  
mately 20 Hz and the low frequency is approximately  
10 Hz. During normal operation, the Q output of the  
flip-flop in U910, pin 8 is high and the VCO oscillates  
at 20 Hz.  
6.4.2 DRIVER  
The output of U501 passes through several sec-  
tions of 50 ohm microstrip and matching capacitors to  
the emitter of Q501. Driver Q501 is a common- base  
amplifier with a normal output of approximately 22W.  
Supply voltage is RF bypassed by various capacitors  
and microstrip. C525/C526/C536/ C537/C538/C589  
match the output of the driver to the input impedance  
of the combiner to the final amplifiers.  
When the frequency difference between OCXOs  
exceeds about 10 Hz (1 PPM), the frequency of the  
signal from U911, pin 12 exceeds the VCO fre-  
quency. Recall that the frequency difference is dou-  
bled by U911. The output from the phase comparator  
on U913, pin 13 goes high and the Q outputs of flip-  
flop U910B change state. This turns on red LED  
DS904. The Q output of U910, pin 9 now applies a  
logic low to the VCO control input of U913, pin 9 and  
the VCO goes to its low frequency limit (10 Hz).  
Therefore, the OCXO frequency difference must  
decrease to less than 5 Hz for the alarm to be can-  
celed. This hysteresis prevents intermittent triggering  
when the frequency difference is near the triggering  
point.  
6.4.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS  
Q502 and Q503 are combined 60W amplifiers.  
A 50 ohm microstrip connects the RF to a 70.7 ohm  
Wilkinson splitter and then to the emitter of each com-  
mon-base amplifier. The 60W outputs on the collec-  
tors of the amplifiers are combined using a Wilkinson  
combiner. Q502 has a half-wave transmission line on  
the input and Q503 has a half-wave on the output.  
These transmission lines are used to drive the 60W  
amplifiers out of phase. The output of the combiner is  
fed from WO513 directly to the forward/reverse  
power detect board.  
The Wilkinson splitter and combiner provide the  
capability to split the drive input and combine the  
final outputs while maintaining isolation between the  
two final amplifiers. The combiner consists of two  
quarter-wave transmission lines and a balancing resis-  
tor. During normal operation, signals of relatively  
equal phase and amplitude are present on both ends of  
the balancing resistor. Therefore, no current flows and  
no power is dissipated in the balance resistor. If one  
final fails, the other final of the pair continues to  
function.  
6.4 75W POWER AMPLIFIER  
6.4.1 AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER  
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a  
coaxial cable and connector to WO511. C501 couples  
the RF to 50 ohm microstrip that connects the input to  
U501. U501 is a 6W amplifier/pre- driver operating  
in the 935-940 MHz band.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
LOW-PASS  
FILTER  
POWER  
SENSE  
FINAL 1 POWER  
CR502  
RF OUTPUT  
SPLITTER  
FORWARD/REVERSE  
POWER DETECTOR  
COMBINER  
2
AMP /  
PRE-DRIVER  
DRIVER  
Q501  
Q502  
Q503  
2
RF IN  
U501  
RF LOAD  
POWER CONTROL  
CIRCULATOR  
THERMAL  
SENSOR  
U651A/B  
U652A/B  
AMP  
THERMAL SENSOR  
FINAL 2 POWER  
U502A  
U503  
POWER  
SENSE  
FORWARD  
POWER  
REVERSE  
(REFLECTED)  
POWER  
CR503  
Figure 6-8 75W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM  
6.4.4 POWER DETECTORS  
Forward and reverse power is electromagnetically  
coupled from the input and reflected ports of the circu-  
lator. R663 and R680 are used to calibrate the forward  
and reflected power.  
Electromagnetic coupling is used to sample the  
output of each final amplifier. The RF is then fed to a  
rectifier to create a voltage indicative of the power  
output. The outputs of CR502 (W510) and CR503  
(W508) are monitored by the repeater software  
through the RF Interface Board. If a final amplifier  
fails, the software reduces the output power to pre-  
vent overdriving the remaining final amplifier.  
6.5 160W POWER AMPLIFIER  
6.5.1 GAIN BLOCK  
RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a  
coaxial cable and connected to WO509. The signal  
coming through WO509 is amplified to approxi-  
mately 0.25W using Q501 and associated matching  
components. This signal is then fed into U501. U501  
is an 18W amplifier/pre-driver operating in the 935-  
940 MHz range.  
6.4.5 THERMAL SENSOR  
Thermal protection is provided by temperature  
sensor U503. The operating range of the sensor is  
from -0° C to +100° C (+32° F to 212° F). Amplifier  
U502A sends the output of U503 through WO509 to  
the RF Interface Board. The RF Interface Board uses  
the temperature sensor signal to turn the fan on (50°C)  
and off (45°C). If the temperature of the heatsink  
exceeds 90°C power is reduced 3 dB. When the heat-  
sink exceeds 95°C the RF is shut down.  
Power control is connected to WO505 from the  
RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the  
control voltage line by various capacitors and induc-  
tors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the  
RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 5 to approxi-  
mately 15W (see Figure 6-9).  
6.4.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,  
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER  
6.5.2 DRIVER  
The output of U501 passes through several sec-  
tions of 50 ohm microstrip and matching capacitors to  
the emitter of Q502. Driver Q502 is a common base  
amplifier with an output of approximately 60W. Sup-  
ply voltage is RF bypassed by various capacitors and  
microstrip. C568 matches the output of the driver to  
the input impedance of the splitter to the final  
amplifiers.  
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to  
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.  
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the  
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a mini-  
mum power output of 75W at the default setting. If an  
antenna is not connected, the circulator connects the  
output power to R685.  
March 1999  
6-17  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
POWER SENSE  
RF 1  
SPLITTER  
COMBINER  
1/2 WAVE  
DELAY LINE  
Q701  
Q702  
COMBINER  
LOW-PASS  
FILTER  
POWER SENSE  
RF 2  
RF IN  
RF 3  
SPLITTER  
RF OUTPUT  
1/4 WAVE TRANSFORMER  
GAIN BLOCK DRIVER  
U501 Q502  
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER  
Q501  
POWER  
RF LOAD  
CONTROL  
CIRCULATOR  
U651A/B  
U652A/B  
VSWR  
POWER SENSE  
SPLITTER  
THERMAL  
SENSOR  
FORWARD  
Q703  
Q704  
AMP  
THERMAL SENSOR  
U502A  
U503  
1/2 WAVE DELAY  
COMBINER  
POWER SENSE  
RF 4  
Figure 6-9 160W PA BLOCK DIAGRAM  
6.5.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS  
resistor. Therefore, no current flows and no power is  
dissipated in the resistor. If one final fails, the other  
final of the pair would continue to function.  
The output of the driver is DC blocked by C552  
and is connected to the first 70.7 ohm splitter with a  
50 ohm microstrip. One output of the first splitter is  
sent directly to another 70.7 ohm splitter to feed  
Q703/Q704. The second output is connected to the  
splitter driving Q701/Q702 through a half-wave 50  
ohm microstrip. The 60W output of Q701/Q702 is  
combined through a 70.7 ohm quarter-wave Wilkin-  
son combiner and fed through a 50 ohm microstrip to  
the final 50 ohm combiner.  
6.5.4 POWER DETECTORS  
Electromagnetic coupling is used to detect the  
output of each final amplifier. The detected RF is then  
fed to a rectifier to create a voltage output indication  
of the power output. The outputs are monitored by the  
RFIB and the station software. If any of the finals  
fails, the software will reduce the output power to pre-  
vent overdriving the remaining final amplifier.  
Outputs from amplifiers Q703/Q704 are fed to  
the final combiner through 50 ohm microstrip that is a  
half-wavelength longer than the other side. The  
25 ohm output impedance of the final combiner is  
transformed to 50 ohms through a quarter-wave,  
35.35 ohm microstrip. The output of the quarter-wave  
transformer is fed directly into the forward power  
detector via W510.  
6.5.5 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,  
CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER  
The power amplifier output is directly coupled to  
the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.  
The output then enters the circulator and exits to the  
low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a power  
output of 160W (±7W). If an antenna is not con-  
nected, the circulator connects the output to R685.  
The Wilkinson combiners provide the capability  
to split the drive input and combine the final outputs  
while maintaining isolation between the final amplifi-  
ers. Each combiner consists of two quarter- wave  
transmission lines and a balancing resistor. During  
normal operation, a signal of relatively equal phase  
and amplitude is present on both ends of the balancing  
Forward and reverse power is electromagnetically  
coupled to the detectors on the input and reflected  
ports of the circulator. R663 and R680 are used to cal-  
ibrate the forward and reverse sense levels. The  
sensed levels are connected to the RF Interface Board  
and software.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.6 RF INTERFACE BOARD  
Pin 4  
GROUND  
The RF Interface Board connects the Receiver,  
Exciter and Power Amplifier to the backplane and  
power supply (see Figure 6-10).  
Pin 4 carries ground current between the RF  
Interface board and Backplane board.  
Pins 5-6  
Pin 7  
UNUSED  
The input and output connectors for the RF Inter-  
face Board are defined as follows.  
RX WBAND  
6.6.1 POWER CONNECTOR  
The wide band audio is from the receive audio  
demodulator U202 and goes to the MAC in the Con-  
troller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387 mV  
RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test  
Modulation into the receiver. Little wave shaping is  
done on the receiver board other than a 31 kHz RC  
LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is  
done with an op-amp.  
The power supply is connected to the RF Inter-  
face Board when the RF module is inserted into the  
station cabinet (see Figure 10-7). The jack portion of  
the connection is on the RF Interface Board, the plug  
portion is attached to the repeater cabinet.  
P101/P102 +26.5V DC - Supply voltage to PA.  
+26.5V ±1%, 12A at 75W and 20A nominal (24A max-  
imum) at 160W.  
Pin 8  
RF DATA A  
P103 +15V DC - Supply voltage to Exciter, Receiver  
and Power Control. 15V ±1%, 5.5A max.  
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit  
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.  
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-  
ing a logic high for activation.  
P104/P105 GROUND - Ground return for the RF as-  
sembly.  
Pin 9  
RF DATA C  
6.6.2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101)  
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit  
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.  
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-  
ing a logic high for activation.  
This is the signal interface connector J101 (36  
pin) that connects the RF Interface board to the back-  
plane connector J2 (34 pin) through cable assembly  
A8.  
Pin 10  
RF MUX2 INH  
Pin 1  
GROUND  
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a  
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-  
ables) the output from the RF 2 Multiplexer with a  
logic high.  
Pin 1 carries ground current between the RF  
Interface board and Backplane board.  
Pin 2  
PC STR  
Pin 2 is the Power Control Strobe. This is nor-  
mally low until after the power control data is shifted  
into the power control register. Then the strobe line  
goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines  
cannot be changed until after the strobe is set.  
Pin 11  
RF CLK  
The clock will control the synthesizer chips and  
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL  
input from the Controller.  
Pin 3  
HS CS EX  
Pin 12  
HS CS RX  
Pin 3 is used in the 900 MHz repeater only. A  
low enables the high stability synthesizer loop.  
This input goes low to enable the loading of data  
into the receiver high stability synthesizer chip U205.  
March 1999  
6-19  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pin 13  
RF MUX1 INH  
Pin 24  
Pin 25  
UNUSED  
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a  
LOGIC CONTROL TO FANS  
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-  
ables) the output from the RF 1 Multiplexer with a  
logic high.  
Pin 25 is in parallel with the temperature sensor.  
Pin 26  
RF DATA B  
Pin 14  
V REF EX  
The Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle signifi-  
cant bit in the three multiplex chips located on the  
RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller  
requiring a logic high for activation.  
This is the 3.5V reference to the Exciter TCXO.  
3.5V from the Exciter is passed from J102, pin 9 to  
this pin and the backplane. The voltage then passes  
through the MAC and back to the backplane to J101,  
pin 22 with the TX MOD. These are connected to  
J102, pin 13 back to the Exciter.  
Pin 27  
A D LEVEL  
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-  
pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin  
using three multiplex chips.  
Pins 15-18  
Pin 19  
UNUSED  
RF MUX3 INH  
• RF Forward Power Sense  
• RF Power Sense Device 1  
• RF Power Sense Device 2  
• RF Power Sense Device 3  
• RF Power Sense Device 4  
• RF Reflected Power Sense  
• PA Temperature  
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a  
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-  
ables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a  
logic high.  
Pin 20  
LPTT  
• Transmit Audio Modulation  
• High Stability Exciter Lock Detector  
• Exciter Lock Detector  
• Receiver Detector Audio  
• Receive Signal Strength Indicator  
• Receiver Injection Level  
• High Stability Receive Lock Detector  
• Receiver Lock Detector  
• Fan Current 1  
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector  
from the Controller. It has a sink capability of  
20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The  
transmitter should produce power when this pin is a  
logic low.  
Pin 21  
SYN CS EX  
This input goes low to enable the loading of data  
into the exciter main synthesizer chip U403.  
• Fan Current 2  
• Fan 1 On Sense  
• Power Supply Temp  
Pin 22  
TX MOD  
• Battery Voltage  
The audio from the MAC in the Controller pro-  
cesses a number of inputs to the station to produce the  
signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB  
and then to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS sine wave  
(2V P-P) at 1 kHz produces 60% of system deviation  
in the transmitter. The source impedance is low and  
the input impedance is less than 10k ohms.  
Pin 28  
RF DATA  
A data pin with TTL levels from the Controller  
which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer  
chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for  
proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and  
a shift-register could be connected to this pin.  
Pin 23  
GROUND  
Pin 29  
SYN CS RX  
Pin 23 carries ground current between the RFIB  
and CBP board.  
This input goes low to enable the loading of data  
into the receiver main synthesizer chip U209.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pin 30  
RSSI  
6.6.4 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS  
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indication  
to the Controller. This RSSI is used for tune-up of the  
Receiver front-end during factory test mode. The  
dynamic range is 60 dB. It has an output from an op-  
amp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The  
level has an adjustment in the Receiver.  
WO 115  
POWER SENSE  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +15V DC to  
the Power Detect Board.  
WO 116  
+26.5V DC  
Pin 31  
GROUND  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +26.5V DC  
and carries the PA current, 20A nominal at 160W from  
P102 to the Power Amplifier board.  
Pin 31 carries ground current between the RFIB  
and Chassis Backplane.  
WO 117  
+26.5V DC GROUND  
Pins 32-36 UNUSED  
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries ground  
current from P105 to the Power Amplifier board. It  
must be capable of carrying up to 25A.  
6.6.3 FAN CONNECTOR (J104)  
The outputs to the fan connectors are 4-pin plug-  
in terminals that supply DC voltage. The plug on the  
fan is a 2-pin connector. The plug-in terminals are  
located on the back of the RFIB.  
WO 118  
+15V DC  
This capacitive feedthrough pin connects +15V  
DC P103 to the PA, Exciter, and Forward/Reverse  
Power Detect boards. Maximum current handling is  
6A (4A nominal at 160W).  
Pin 1  
FAN 1 LOW  
Pin 1 is the ground return for Fan 1.  
WO 119  
WO 120  
NOT USED  
CTRL OUT  
Pin 2  
FAN HI  
This capacitive feedthrough pin carries the out-  
put of the power control driver on the RFIB to the  
power control pin of the power module on the Power  
Amplifier board. The voltage varies from 0V-15V  
with current as high as 0.5A.  
Pin 2 carries the voltage to Fan 1. The current is  
1/4A nominal at 20V to 30V. This pin goes high when  
the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low  
below 45°C.  
Pin 3  
FAN2 LO  
WO 121  
FWD PWR  
Pin 3 is the ground return for Fan 2 in 160W  
repeaters.  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the forward  
power sense line. It is a voltage source that is a func-  
tion of the output power of the Power Amplifier. The  
voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k  
ohm load. A typical voltage of 3.9V correlates to  
160W out of the PA. This line goes through the multi-  
plexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for pro-  
cessing.  
Pin 4  
FAN HI  
Pin 4 carries the voltage to Fan 2 in 160W repeat-  
ers. The Voltage is 20V-30V at 1/4A nominal. Pin 4  
goes high when the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C  
and goes low below 45°C.  
March 1999  
6-21  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
WO 122  
RF OUT 1  
0V-5V output and 0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F)  
input when driving a 10k ohm load. The primary  
functions of this line are for fan on/off and PA power  
reduction. The fan should be turned on at 50°C and  
off at 45°C. The PA should have power reduced when  
90°C (194°F) is reached and with absolute turn-off at  
95°C (203°F). This line goes through the multiplexers  
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage  
source that is a function of the output power of Q701.  
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a  
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers  
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.  
WO 123  
RF OUT 2  
WO147  
RF DETECT PRE-DRIVER  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage  
source that is a function of the output power of Q702.  
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a  
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers  
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.  
This senses power out of the pre-driver. It is used  
to limit the power out of the pre-driver to  
0.6 dB over 160W at room temperature. The 75W  
repeater limits to 0.6 dB over 75W.  
WO 124  
RF OUT 3  
W143  
+26V DC  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage  
source that is a function of the output power of Q703.  
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a  
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers  
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.  
This is the +26.5V DC source to the RFIB from  
P101.  
W144  
+15V DC  
This is the +15V DC source to the RFIB from  
P103.  
WO 125  
RF OUT 4  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage  
source that is a function of the output power of Q704.  
The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a  
10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers  
and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.  
W145  
GROUND  
W145 carries ground current from P104 to the  
RFIB.  
WO 126  
REFL PWR  
6.6.5 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102)  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the reflected  
power sense line. It is a voltage indicative of the  
power reflected due to a mismatch. The voltage pro-  
duced will typically be such that less than a 3:1  
VSWR will not trigger alarms and when VSWR = 6:1  
the controller will reduce power. The voltage level  
will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load.  
This line goes through the multiplexers and A D  
LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. The  
time to sense and reduce the power takes several sec-  
onds.  
The connector from the Exciter (J401) to the RF  
Interface board (J102) links the Exciter to the MPC in  
the Controller Backplane.  
Pin 1  
VCC1  
The voltage on this pin is a fused +15V ±1%,  
nominal current of 0.5A. It provides current to the  
Exciter from the RFIB.  
Pins 2-8 GROUND  
WO 127  
TEMP  
Pin 9  
+3.5V DC  
This capacitive feedthrough pin is the tempera-  
ture sense line of the Power Amplifier. It will be a lin-  
early variable function of temperature ranging from  
Pin 9 is the +3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage  
from the Exciter to the MAC.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pin 10  
Pin 11  
GROUND  
LPTT  
Pin 19  
RF CLK  
The clock controls the Exciter synthesizer when  
loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL  
with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip.  
There could be as many as four synthesizers and a  
shift register.  
The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) is an open col-  
lector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of  
20 mA nominal and a voltage rating of 18V maxi-  
mum. The transmitter should produce power when  
this pin is a logic low.  
Pin 20  
RF DATA  
Pin 12  
SYN CS EX  
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has  
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chip and  
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out-  
put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four syn-  
thesizer chips and a shift register could be connected  
to this pin.  
Pin 12 is the Exciter main synthesizer chip select.  
It allows data input to the specific synthesizer chip  
when the line is pulled to a logic low.  
Pin 13  
TX MOD  
6.6.6 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103)  
The audio from the MAC in the Controller pro-  
cesses a number of inputs to the station per the TIA  
specifications to produce the signal on this pin. This  
signal goes through the RFIB and then to the Exciter.  
A 707 mV RMS (2V P-P) sine wave at 1 kHz provides  
60% of system deviation in the transmitter. The DC  
voltage on the line is 3.5V ±0.1V. The source imped-  
ance should be low (output of an op-amp or analog  
switch < 200 ohms) and the input impedance will not  
be less than 10k ohms.  
The connector from the Receiver (J201) to the  
RF Interface board (J103) links the Receiver to the  
MPC in the Controller Backplane.  
Pin 1  
VCC1  
Pin 1 is fused +15V ±1% with a nominal current  
of 1A provides current from the RFIB to the Receiver.  
Pins 2-6  
UNUSED  
RSSI  
Pins 14-15  
GROUND  
Pin 7  
These pins carry ground current between the  
RFIB and the Exciter board.  
This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indicator  
(RSSI) to the Controller. The RSSI is used for tune-  
up of the Receiver front-end during test mode. The  
dynamic range is 60 dB. Output from an op-amp with  
the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level has an  
adjustment in the Receiver.  
Pin 16  
SYN LK EX  
Pin 16 is the Exciter main synthesizer lock detec-  
tor output. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic  
high state.  
Pin 8  
Pin 9  
UNUSED  
Pin 17  
HS LK EX  
RX WBAND  
Pin 17 is the high stability synthesizer lock detec-  
tor output for the 900 MHz Exciter. The synthesizer is  
locked with a TTL logic high state.  
The receive wide band audio is from the demodu-  
lator and goes to the Main Audio Card (MAC) in the  
Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387  
mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA  
Test Modulation into the Receiver. Little wave shap-  
ing is done on the Receiver board other than a 31 kHz  
RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is  
done with an op-amp which can drive a 10k ohm load.  
Pin 18  
HS CS EX  
This input goes low to enable the loading of data  
into the exciter high stability synthesizer chip U401.  
March 1999  
6-23  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pin 10  
Pin 11  
UNUSED  
GROUND  
Pin 16  
HS CS RX  
Pin 16 is the 900 MHz Receiver high stability  
synthesizer chip select. This synthesizer is the same  
circuit as used in the Exciter. A low enables loading  
the high stability synthesizer loop.  
Pin 11 carries ground current between the RFIB  
and the Receiver board.  
Pin 17  
GROUND  
Pin 12  
SYN CS RX  
Pin 17 carries ground current between the RFIB  
and the Receiver board.  
Pin 12 is the Receiver main synthesizer chip  
select. This chip is the same part as used in the  
Exciter. A low enables loading the Synthesizer.  
Pin 18  
RF CLK  
The clock controls the Receiver synthesizers  
when loading. The input source in the Controller is  
TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer  
chip. There could be as many as four synthesizers and  
a shift register.  
Pin 13  
RX INJ  
This pin is the power sense for the Receiver  
injection. It is a linear voltage source that is a func-  
tion of the injection power. The voltage level will be  
between 0V - 5V and be able to drive a 10k ohm load.  
Pin 19  
HS LK RX  
This is the high stability synthesizer lock detector  
output for the 900 MHz Receiver. The synthesizer is  
locked with a TTL logic high state.  
Pin 14  
SYN LK RX  
Pin 14 is the main synthesizer lock detector out-  
put for the Receiver. The synthesizer is locked with a  
TTL logic high state.  
Pin 20  
RF DATA  
Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has  
the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and  
adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out-  
put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four syn-  
thesizer chips and a shift register could be connected  
to this pin.  
Pin 15  
GROUND  
Pin 15 carries ground current between the RFIB  
and the Receiver board.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
MUX/RES  
Q8  
J1  
FORWARD  
POWER  
U102A  
RF POWER CONTROL  
+26V  
+15V  
P101  
P102  
P103  
P104  
P105  
2
STR  
Q7  
PC STR  
U103 Q6  
SER  
Q5  
Q4  
Q3  
Q2  
Q1  
POWER  
ADJUST  
CLK  
U102B  
Q102-Q105  
Q101  
OE  
COMPARATOR  
Q108  
Q111B  
PA  
PWR CNTRL  
MUX 3  
RF DET (PRE-DRIVER)  
FORWARD POWER  
FINAL 1 POWER  
FINAL 2 POWER  
FINAL 3 POWER  
FINAL 4 POWER  
REFLECTED POWER  
TEMPERATURE  
Y0  
Y1  
Y2  
Y3  
Y4  
Y5  
Y6  
U109A  
U112B  
U104  
U112A  
RF MUX3 INH  
19  
14  
E
A0  
U112D  
U109B  
A1  
A2  
Z
U112C  
U109D  
WO103  
VREF EX  
EXCITER  
LPTT  
LPTT 20  
MUX 1  
RF MUX1 INH  
13  
27  
9
E
A D LEVEL  
RF DATA C  
RF DATA B  
RF DATA A  
Z
U105  
A2  
WO135  
VREF EX  
26  
8
A1  
A0  
Y7  
Y6  
Y0  
Y2  
Y1  
U110F  
SYN LK EX  
HS LK EX  
RF CLK  
U110E  
RF DATA  
TX MOD  
TX MOD  
22  
STN CS EX 21  
SYN CS EX  
HS CS EX  
HS CS EX  
3
MUX 2  
RECEIVER  
RX INJ  
Z
Y0  
Y1  
Y2  
A2  
A1  
A0  
U110A  
HS LK RX  
SYN LK RX  
U106  
U110B  
Y7  
RF MUX2 INH  
10  
E
Y5  
Y4  
RSSI  
RX WB AUDIO  
RF DATA  
RSSI  
30  
7
RX WBAND  
RF DATA  
RF CLK  
28  
RF CLK 11  
SYN CS RX  
SYN CS RX  
HS CS RX  
29  
12  
HS CS RX  
J104  
FAN HIGH  
FAN 1 LOW  
FAN HIGH  
FAN 2 LOW  
Q107  
Q106  
5V REGULATOR  
+15V  
2
1
4
3
U108A  
FAN 1 BUFFER  
U107A  
U101  
+5V  
FAN 2 BUFFER  
U107B  
Figure 6-10 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
6-25  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.7 800W POWER SUPPLY  
C111. The resistor network connected to CR104  
charges up C106/C107 to +18Voff the line. This pro-  
vides the bias voltage required to start the controller  
IC U102. Once the IC turns on current is being  
switched on L107. A small tap winding on L107 pro-  
vides sustaining current to the U102. When AC is first  
connected it could take several seconds for C106/C107  
to charge to +14V before the unit starts.  
WARNING  
This power supply contains voltage potentials greater  
than 400V. Considering the dangerous voltages and  
the complexity of the switch-mode power supply, it is  
strongly recommended the power supply be returned  
to E.F. Johnson for repair (see Section 1.8).  
U102 samples the input voltage through R105/  
R106/R107; the input current through T103/T104/  
CR146/CR108/R113/R114; and the output voltage  
through the divider at R127. U102 modulates the duty  
cycle to MOSFET Q101 such that the input current is  
shaped like and in phase with the input voltage. The  
controller has two feedback loops; a voltage loop to  
keep the 400V constant and a current loop to keep  
input current correct. Compensation for the current  
error amp is C120/R141/C121 on U102, pin 1. Com-  
pensation for the voltage error amp is provided by  
C127/C142/C126 on U102, pin 16. U102, pin 4 and  
associated circuitry automatically adjust the Power  
Factor Correction (PFC) for input voltage (100-240V  
AC), line frequency (50-60 Hz) and load on the power  
factor.  
6.7.1 FILTER BOARD  
AC power is brought into the power supply  
through the IEC connector in the front of the power  
supply (see Figure 2-2). This connector is attached to  
the EMI filter assembly, Part No. 023-2000-820. The  
filter contains common mode and differential mode  
filtering such that the supply complies with FCC  
Class-A regulations. In addition to the filter compo-  
nents (C1, C2, L1, C3, C4, L2, C5) R1 is used to dis-  
charge the filter capacitors when AC is removed.  
Metal-oxide varistors (RV001/RV002) are placed  
across the line on the input and output of the EMI filter  
that clamp transients on the AC line to prevent damage  
to the power supply. The AC power is fused with  
F001 after the connector and before the filter. Replace  
fuse with a 15A/250V (314015) fuse.  
NOTE: The output voltage of the power factor section  
is at 400V DC. This voltage is bled off slowly. After  
turning off, it can take more than 5 minutes to dis-  
charge.  
At the output of the filter board is a bridge recti-  
fier. The rectifier is heat sunk to the filter bracket  
through a Grafoil thermal interface pad. Filtered AC  
power is connected to the main board via wires W001  
and W003. Filter and rectified current is brought to  
the main board via wires W004 and W005. The safety  
ground is connected from the filter board to a stud in  
the chassis through W002.  
6.7.3 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR  
The +26.5V output is created from a two-transis-  
tor forward converter Q116/Q118. It uses the 400V  
output of the power factor correction on C110/C111  
for an input voltage. The same controller IC (U102)  
drives the +26.5V stage. This stage runs at exactly  
twice the power factor correction frequency and uses  
trailing edge modulation. The pulse width modulator  
uses the PFC supplied current for modulation scheme  
that reduces ripple current in C110/C111.  
6.7.2 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION  
The output of the IC, U102, pin 11 is fed to a  
level shifting gate drive network comprised of C139,  
C140, T106, C136, C197, C137 and C228. Each  
MOSFET (Q116, Q118) of the two-transistor forward  
converter has a gate protection zener diode CR117,  
CR120 respectively. In addition, each power MOS-  
FET has a gate turnoff network.  
The power factor switching frequency is set at  
87.5 kHz, ±5 kHz. The average current mode boost  
converter is comprised of L107, Q101, CR145, C110,  
C111. Half of U102 is used for power factor correc-  
tion. RT101/RT102 are negative temperature coeffi-  
cient thermistors that limit the in-rush current to C110/  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Figure 6-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
6-27  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
In operation, the power MOSFETs Q116, Q118  
are on for approximately one-third of the period pro-  
viding current to the primary side of T107. During  
that time CR121 is forward conducting and charging  
L101. When the MOSFETs are switched off, the mag-  
netizing current of T107 continues to flow through  
CR118, CR119. These diodes place 400V across the  
transformer in opposite polarity that resets the trans-  
former core. During the off period CR128 is free  
wheeling and L101 is discharging. Transformer T107  
provides the isolation between the low voltage and  
high voltage sections.  
shift and buffer this pulse. When the narrow pulse is  
presented to the timing capacitor of the +15V and +5V  
converters, the cycle terminates and a new one starts.  
This forces the +15V and +5V converters to run at the  
same frequency and is slightly delayed from the  
+26.5V converter.  
6.7.5 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN  
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement  
circuit is generated from transformer T101 and the  
associated bridge rectifier consisting of CR101,  
CR102, CR110 and CR111 and bulk storage capacitor  
C101. This voltage is approximately +9V when the  
AC voltage is at 120V AC.  
The +26.5V pulse width modulator is peak cur-  
rent mode controlled. This type of converter requires  
current and voltage sense. T105, CR112, R125, R146  
and C125 provide the current sense circuit. The volt-  
age sense circuit is U109 and the associated circuitry  
on the isolated side of the supply.  
NOTE: This DC voltage is dependent on the input AC  
voltage.  
U106 provides a very accurate +5V required for  
proper operation of the temperature sense circuit. A  
precision temperature sensor (U101) is mounted to the  
+26.5V rectifier heatsink. The output of this sensor is  
10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is  
amplified by U110A with precision resistors R183/  
R184 setting the gain.  
An opto-isolator is used to cross the boundary  
from high to low voltage sections. In the event of an  
over-voltage condition (>+32V) U115 and associated  
components turn the power supply off. This shutdown  
mechanism latches the power supply Off. The enable  
line must be turned Off for 10 seconds for the power  
supply to reset. T106 has a tap to provide current to  
the optional battery back-up (Part No. 023-3-2000-  
830). The +26.5V is available at the high current out-  
put connector to the power supply and it also powers  
the +15V, +5V and -5V converters through F102.  
The output of gain stage U110A is fed to the  
computer interface via WO116 to monitor power sup-  
ply temperature with the programmer. The output of  
U110A, pin 3 is also connected to the thermal shut-  
down circuit U110C, R135, R136, R137, R138 and  
R139. If the heatsink temperature reaches 92°C  
(198°F) the output of U110C, pin 8 goes high and sat-  
urates Q103. When Q103 is turned on U107 is turned  
off and the power supply turns off. The remote volt-  
age is always present so when the heatsink tempera-  
ture drops to 80°C (176°F) the power supply restarts.  
The high temperature condition would only exist if the  
fan was blocked or faulty.  
6.7.4 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS  
The +15V and +5V sections run at the same fre-  
quency as the +26.5V pulse width modulator. In order  
for a beat note not to be produced, a sync circuit is  
used. If two converters are not synchronized, the dif-  
ference frequency may show up at an undesired loca-  
tion in the repeater.  
The output of U110A, pin 1 also connects to the  
fan controller. U110D with the associated resistors  
provides a means to turn the fan on/off. Transistors  
Q120/Q121 provide current gain and a voltage level  
shift to run the fan. The fan turns on when the heat-  
sink reaches approximately 45°C (113°F) and turns off  
again when the temperature reaches 35°C (95°C). In  
normal operation the fan turns on and off.  
Divider R151/R152 samples the output of the  
main pulse width modulator. When Q116 and Q118  
turn on, the output on U104A, pin 3 goes high. C138,  
R176, CR122 along with U104B creates a very narrow  
pulse on U104B, pin 6. Q110, Q111 and Q112 level  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.7.6 +15V CONVERTER  
Sync pulse is added into the low side of C176 via  
C172 and R225. The free running frequency of the  
15V converter (approximately 145 kHz) is set about  
10% lower than the 26.5V converter. This longer duty  
cycle allows the sync circuit to synchronize the con-  
verter.  
The input voltage to this "Buck" DC/DC con-  
verter is the main +26.5V output fused through F102.  
The bias voltage for the controller IC U112, pin 15 is  
provided by a +15V regulator U111. The basic buck  
converter consists of MOSFET Q125, Schottky diode  
CR126 and storage inductor L102. C165, C166,  
C167, L103, C169 and C170 filter the output voltage  
and attenuate the ripple at the switching frequency  
(160 kHz). The capacitors are an integral part of the  
feedback loop. The duty cycle is approximately 60%.  
Over voltage is sensed using U116 as a reference  
and amplifier, CR129 acts as a crowbar on the output.  
Once the crowbar is turned on, opto-isolator U119 is  
activated to shutdown the power supply. The enable  
line must be toggled or AC voltage removed for 10  
seconds to reset the power supply.  
The +15V buck converter is peak current mode  
controlled. T108 samples the inductor current while  
MOSFET Q125 is on. The sampled current is trans-  
lated to a voltage via CR127, R209 and R210.  
6.7.7 +5V CONVERTER  
Operation of the +5V "Buck" DC/DC converter is  
the same as the +15V, except slop compensation is not  
required. Some values are different to get the 5.2V  
DC and current limit to 6A. The duty cycle is approxi-  
mately 20%.  
Because the MOSFET is a high-side switch, a  
charge pump is required to get the gate voltage above  
the input voltage. The charge pump operates as fol-  
lows. When the output from IC U112, pin 14 is low,  
capacitor C162 is charged through CR124, R198,  
R199, R200 and Q122/Q123 are off. When U112, pin  
14 goes high, the capacitor stays charged and CR124  
is reverse biased. Q122/Q123 are turned on forward  
biasing CR125 and applying a gate-to-source voltage  
of approximately +12V. During this time Q124 is off.  
When U112, pin 14 goes low, Q124 turns on and rap-  
idly discharges the gate capacitance.  
6.7.8 -5V CONVERTER  
The -5V "Buck-Boost" converter scales and  
inverts the voltage. This converter is free running at  
approximately 75 kHz. The output switch and control-  
ler are built into the 5-leg TO-220 IC U114. L105 is  
the storage inductor. C204, R270 and R271 close the  
voltage feedback loop and are set for optimum stable  
transient response. C208/C209 reduce output ripple.  
Under-voltage protection is required on this stage and  
works the same as the over-voltage protection of the  
+15V and +5V buck converters, but has opposite  
polarity.  
Resistors R231/R208 coupled with C164 provide  
snubbing for Schottky diode CR126.  
Because the +15V converter operates at greater  
than 50% duty cycle, slope compensation is required.  
Capacitor C176 is the time capacitor for this converter  
and R223 is the resistor that sets the charge current. A  
sawtooth wave is present on the high side of C176 that  
is buffered by Q127/Q128. The resistor divider net-  
work of R315, R227, R229 and R232 provide the cor-  
rect amount of compensation for stable operation and  
current limiting.  
6.7.9 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGN-  
MENT  
If a power supply fails it is typically a Power  
MOSFET or Power Diode. In some cases the MOS-  
FET gate may short and cause some of the driver cir-  
cuits to be damaged. When replacing heat sunk com-  
ponents it is advisable to replace the sil-pad thermal  
interface material at the same time. The mounting  
hardware must be replaced exactly as built in the fac-  
tory. The mounting screws for the power semiconduc-  
tors MUST BE torqued to 4-5 in/lbs. Under torque  
and over torque can shorten the life of the semicon-  
ductor.  
The output voltage is sampled by R215, R216 and  
R217 and sent to the inverting side of the error ampli-  
fier internal to the controller IC on U112, pin 1. Volt-  
age loop compensation is set by C174, C175 and  
R221.  
March 1999  
6-29  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The majority of the voltage and current limits are  
set with fixed value components in the power supply.  
However, the +26.5V, +15V and +5.2V supplies are  
adjustable. When certain components are replaced,  
the voltages must be adjusted. The voltages should be  
set at light load (i.e. repeater in the Receive mode).  
6.8.2 CHARGER  
The charger charges the batteries when the  
repeater is on and switch S101 is "on". A tap off of  
the main transformer of the power supply through wire  
W104 and a +26.5V line via wire W102 are what sup-  
ply the charger with the necessary voltage to charge  
the batteries. The tap off of the transformer is biased  
by the +26.5V and then filtered through L101, C105  
and C119. Since the tap from the power supply is not  
a regulated voltage, bleeder resistors R136/R137 dissi-  
pate some power when the batteries are fully charged.  
No load situation, the peak voltage of the tap is  
approximately 63V, is not impressed across the 50V  
capacitors C105/C119. During a battery charging con-  
dition the line voltage to the charger on U107, pin 2  
should be about 35V.  
1. The +26.5V supply can be adjusted with R174 when  
any of the following components are replaced:  
R173, R174, R175, U109, U108, U102, R143, R170  
or R171.  
2. The +15V supply can be adjusted with R216 when  
any of the following components are replaced:  
R215, R216, R217 or U112.  
3. The +5.2V supply can be adjusted with R254 when  
any of the following components are replaced:  
R253, R254, R255 or U113.  
While charging batteries, if the charge voltage is  
varied with respect to the temperature of the batteries,  
the lifetime of the batteries is increased dramatically.  
Figure 6-12 shows the algorithm used in float charge  
applications for two 12V lead-acid batteries in series.  
Figure 6-12 shows that the charge voltage should be  
27.3V DC ±0.15V at 25°C (77°F) with -55 mV/°C  
temperature compensation.  
6.8 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE  
6.8.1 OPERATION  
When a battery back-up module is installed in a  
power supply it performs the function of running a  
repeater in the absence of AC voltage. When AC is  
present it can be used to charge a pair of lead-acid bat-  
teries in series. The charger is a temperature compen-  
sated constant voltage charger. The maximum output  
current from the charger is 2.2A. The charger works  
when AC is present and the repeater is enabled. The  
charger switch on the battery back-up module must be  
"On". The temperature compensation thermal sensor  
is part of 023-2000-223 battery back-up module cable  
assembly.  
An LM317M linear voltage regulator (U107) is  
used to create the temperature compensated charge  
voltage. This device is capable of delivering 2.2A of  
continuous current to the batteries.  
To create a temperature compensated voltage an  
op amp (U104) is used as a voltage gain device from a  
temperature probe attached to the batteries (part of  
023-2000-223). This op amp with R148/R149 defines  
the slope for the algorithm of Figure 6-12. The output  
of the temperature compensation is attached to the  
adjust pin of U107. R138-R140 allow the output volt-  
age to be set properly at a given ambient temperature.  
F101 is a 4A resettable fuse used to prevent thermal  
run away in the event of U107 failure. If the output  
current to the batteries exceeds 4A this fuse opens.  
Once the current drops below 100 mA, the fuse closes  
automatically.  
When AC is low or not applied to the 023-2000-  
800 power supply the battery input takes over if the  
voltage is within range. The input voltage to the bat-  
tery back-up module acts as the 26.5V supply and the  
other voltages in the power supply also are present,  
+15, +5.2 and -5V. When AC is restored, the battery  
back-up module disengages automatically. The  
change over from battery to AC or AC to battery may  
cause the repeater to reset, depending on battery con-  
dition and load status.  
NOTE: When using a generator, the DC voltage must  
be between 23-28.5V (26.5V DC is recommended) and  
ripple voltage less than 1% or approximately  
0.25V P-P.  
NOTE: If any of the charging components are re-  
placed, R140 needs to be adjusted to set the output (bat-  
tery back-up battery terminals) voltage to 27.3V  
±0.15V when temperature sensor is at 22°C (71.6°F).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.8.4 ENGAGING THE RELAY  
Charger Voltage  
The main purpose of the Battery Back-Up Mod-  
ule (BBM) is that when the power supply loses AC  
line voltage, a pair of series connected 12V lead acid  
batteries (approximately 26.4V) or other 23-28.5V DC  
source will engage to the supply allowing the repeater  
to operate. To perform this function a voltage com-  
parator (U101) is used to monitor the charge tap com-  
ing from the power supply.  
30V  
-55mV/°C  
27.3V  
25.2V  
24V  
A 2.5V reference voltage is supplied to the com-  
parator from U102. The transformer tap voltage is  
smoothed and divided by CR114, C118, R116, R121  
and R122. The values for these components were cal-  
culated so that when the AC line voltage is dropped to  
70V AC, the output of the comparator turns Q103/  
Q102 on which in turn engages the relay K101. The  
relay is capable of 30A which delivers the battery  
energy to the power supply via W102 with the return  
line being W103.  
Temp (°C)  
+22°  
0° +30° +60°  
-30°  
Figure 6-12 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs.  
TEMPERATURE  
6.8.3 REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION  
NOTE: When AC is restored, the relay disengages and  
the charger automatically begins to charge the  
batteries.  
To obtain reverse battery protection a number of  
techniques were implemented. Q108/Q110 are  
arranged in a Darlington configuration to isolate the  
output capacitors C109-C111 from conducting in the  
event the batteries are connected backwards. This cir-  
cuit also provides a means to turn the battery charger  
off in case the user wants to run the repeater off of  
another DC source. S101 opens the base of Q105  
which turns off Q104. CR111 is a green light emitting  
diode (LED) located on the right hand side of the bat-  
tery back-up module when looking at the front of the  
power supply that tells the user the charger is in  
charge mode and is marked "On".  
6.8.5 OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN  
U101 is a quad comparator IC used to create the  
overvoltage and undervoltage shutdown circuitry. If  
the batteries are drained sufficiently enough such that  
the voltage of the batteries drops below 20.3V DC the  
output of the comparator goes low and turns Q102 off.  
By turning Q102 off the batteries are switched out of  
the circuit. The batteries cannot be switched back into  
the repeater until the voltage rises to 22.6V DC. This  
operation is in place to protect the repeater and the  
batteries. In the event the batteries are over charged,  
or the repeater is driven by the generator that has the  
voltage set too high, the relay will disengage above  
30.5V DC. In order to switch the batteries back to the  
repeater, the voltage must drop below 29V DC.  
To notify the user that the batteries are connected  
improperly R101/CR101 are connected in series  
across the batteries. CR101 is a red LED that lights  
when the batteries are connected backwards and is  
located on the left hand side of the battery back-up  
module when looking at the front of the power supply.  
This LED is marked "Reverse Bat.". CR113 elimi-  
nates a path for the reverse battery current through the  
relay and over/under voltage protection circuitry.  
In an overvoltage or undervoltage situation,  
whether AC is present or not, the red LED (CR105)  
lights until the problem is rectified. This light is  
located on the right-hand side of the battery back-up  
module when looking at the front of the power supply  
and is marked BAT-BAD.  
NOTE: Exceeding -30V across the battery back-up ter-  
minals with the power supply on will destroy Q105.  
March 1999  
6-31  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.8.6 BBM FAN CONTROL  
6.9 CARD RACK  
The card rack provides slots for up to eight logic  
cards; including Main Processor Card (MPC), Main  
Audio Card (MAC) and the Interface Alarm Card  
(IAC). The IAC has a notch in the card to accommo-  
date a pin in Slot-8 so that no other card can be  
plugged into this slot.  
The voltage supply to the thermal measurement  
circuit is taken from the 26.5V DC line into the BBM.  
A precision temperature sensor U106 is mounted on  
the PC board near a screw into the BBM bracket  
which transfers heat to the sensor. The output of this  
sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This volt-  
age is amplified by U105 with resistors R153/R154  
setting the gain.  
On the back of the card rack is the Backplane  
with plug-in connectors to the cards and cables to the  
RF modules, Power Supply and External Connector  
Board.  
The output of this gain stage (pin 1) is fed to  
another gain stage that performs as a comparator. The  
output (pin 7) will go high when the heatsink tempera-  
ture reaches 45°C and will go low when the tempera-  
ture goes below 35°C. This output is sent to the power  
supply through Q106 to turn the fan on and off.  
Refer to the component layout and schematic dia-  
gram in Section 10 for more information on the  
repeater backplane.  
Figure 6-13 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.10 ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD  
The alarm external connector board (A10) is the  
interface for the alarm outputs and connecting repeat-  
ers through the high speed data bus.  
A7  
ALARMS  
TO CARD RACK  
P10  
A10  
EXTERNAL  
CONNECTOR  
BOARD  
P1  
A6  
1
REPEATER I/O  
TO CARD RACK  
J1  
TO CARD RACK  
P11  
2
6
5
4
3
2
1
A
L
A
25  
R
M
I
N
AL  
J1  
J3  
1
A
R
M
O
J1  
U
26  
T
A5  
HIGH SPEED  
DATA BUS  
2
33  
D
J2  
A
J2  
T
A
1
D
A
T
A2  
34  
A
L
AR  
M
S
Figure 6-14 ALARM EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD  
March 1999  
6-33  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.11 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD  
6.11.2 MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCES-  
SOR  
6.11.1 INTRODUCTION  
This contains the main software and control over  
the repeater (see Figure 6-15).  
The Main Processor Card (MPC) connects to the  
computer with repeater software to program the  
repeater parameters, sets and reads the alarms, han-  
dles communication between repeaters, maintains the  
audio gating for the MAC, handles initialization  
requests from cards and contains the repeater RF data  
for the Receiver, Exciter and CWID.  
The main controller (U27) is a VLSI (Very Large  
Scale Integration) CMOS 16-bit single chip computer  
with an 8-bit external data bus. This processor has  
software compatibility with the V20 (8086/8088),  
faster memory access, superior interrupt processing  
ability, and enhanced control of internal peripherals.  
This ROMless processor has a variety of on-chip com-  
ponents including 256 bytes of RAM, serial and paral-  
lel inputs/outputs, comparator port lines and timers.  
Control functions for each repeater are per-  
formed by the Main Processor in the MPC installed in  
each repeater. The MPC contains the main software  
and control over the repeater via microprocessor U27  
(see Figure 6-23).  
Eight banks of registers are mapped into internal  
RAM below an additional 256-byte special function  
register (SFR) area that is used to control on-chip  
peripherals. Internal RAM and the SFR area are  
together and can be relocated anywhere in the 1M-byte  
address space. This maintains compatibility with  
existing system memory maps.  
Information is exchanged between repeaters via a  
High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) that interconnects all  
the MPCs. This control technique is called distribu-  
tive processing and it eliminates the need for a sepa-  
rate system controller at each site. The HSDB proces-  
sor (U13) on the MPC provides these control  
functions.  
The two microprocessors and UART (U22) are  
reset by integrated circuit U17. Reset occurs when  
power is turned on, when the 5V supply drops below a  
threshold level or the reset switch (S1) is active.  
The MPC also contains:  
When a microprocessor is reset, several internal  
registers are cleared and the program is started over  
from the beginning. Low-voltage reset prevents  
improper operation resulting from low-voltage condi-  
tions.  
• Flash Memory, RAM, non-volatile EEPROM.  
• I/O chip select to allow the addressing of data  
latches for Input/Output.  
• Read/Write selection to be sent and received on the  
Controller Backplane.  
When power is turned on, the RESET output  
U17, pin 6 is initially high and the inverted RESET  
output U17, pin 5 is initially low. Once the 5V  
• Clock line, data line and chip select line from the  
IAC to load the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.  
• Serial communication circuitry and processes for  
the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB).  
• Asynchronous parallel communication to the other  
cards, i.e. alarm input and output circuitry.  
• AC Power Failure indication from the IAC.  
• Provides an output from the IAC to the power  
amplifier to control the output power.  
supply stabilizes, these outputs remain in these states  
for approximately 100 ms to ensure that reset occurs.  
This time delay is set by capacitor C14 connected to  
U17, pin 3. If the 5V supply drops below a nominal  
level, the RESET outputs change states and micropro-  
cessor operation is interrupted until the 5V supply re-  
turns to normal. C3 prevents fast transients on the 5V  
supply from causing reset.  
• Exciter Logic Push-To-Talk (PTT).  
• Receiver synthesizer lock, Exciter synthesizer lock,  
thermal level from the power amplifier, VSWR  
level from the PA, forward power level, RSSI signal  
level, audio levels from the MAC, Receiver and  
Exciter from the IAC.  
Manual reset can be accomplished by pressing  
push-button switch S1. When U17, pin 2 goes low,  
U17 goes into the reset sequence described.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
P2-0  
P2-1  
P2-2  
P2-3  
P2-4  
P2-5  
STAGING STAGING  
LATCH LATCH  
ADM  
A19-A0  
PROGRAMMABLE  
DMA  
LC  
etc.  
CONTROLLER  
ALU  
PSW  
PC  
TxD0  
RxD0  
P1-6  
SERIAL  
PFP  
COMMUNICATION  
INTERFACE  
CTS0  
TxD1  
RxD1  
CTS1  
INC  
BAUD RATE  
GENERATOR  
TA  
TB  
TC  
RESET  
P2-6  
INT ROM  
16K BYTES  
P2-7  
P1-0  
P1-1  
P1-2  
P1-3  
P1-4  
P1-7  
INT RAM  
256 BYTES  
GR  
MACRO  
SERVICE  
CHANNEL  
PROGRAMMABLE  
INTERRUPT  
MSTB  
MREQ  
R/W  
CONTROLLER  
IOSTB  
EA  
INSTRUCTION DECODER  
MICRO SEQUENCER  
MICRO ROM  
X1  
X2  
CLOCK  
P1-4  
QUEUE  
D7-D0  
PORT WITH  
PORT  
16-BIT TIMER  
P1-5  
TIME BASE CONTROLLER  
COMPARATOR  
REFRQ  
P0-7  
V
TH  
P0  
P1  
P2  
PT0-PT7  
Figure 6-15 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM  
6.11.3 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPRO-  
CESSOR  
Microprocessor U13 is an 8052 that uses external  
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Mem-  
ory) U14, an 8-bit device that stores the program. The  
microprocessor uses 2k x 8 EPROM and 64k x 8  
RAM. The RAM (Random Access Memory) is used  
for temporary data storage. The HSDB processor is  
configured by the Main Processor.  
The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC pro-  
vides the interface with the HSDB. It monitors data  
on this bus and also transmits data on to this bus when  
necessary. Information on this bus indicates which  
repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using  
the system. This information is used by the repeater to  
encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitor-  
ing that channel. These messages also include infor-  
mation on which repeater is free and current system  
priority.  
The internal data bus of the microprocessor has  
four input/output ports. These ports have eight lines  
each, giving a total of 32 input/output lines that are  
designated P0, P1, P2, P3. P0 is used as a data bus.  
Ports P1 and P2 are always used as general purpose  
inputs/outputs. P3 is used for specialized functions,  
i.e. a serial port (RxD/TxD) and interrupt (INT).  
March 1999  
6-35  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The operating speed of the microprocessor is set  
by an 11.059 MHz clock generated by Y2. This clock  
frequency is divided down by an internal divider to  
provide a machine cycle time of 1.08 µs. Most pro-  
gram instructions are executed in one machine cycle  
and none require more than four machine cycles.  
Pin 15  
MREQ  
A memory request line operates in conjunction  
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to  
read from or write to the main processor memory on  
the MPC.  
The microprocessor U13 communicates with the  
main processor (U27) through U9 and U10. U9 is a  
Transmit FIFO (First In First Out) and U10 is a  
Receive FIFO. This combination makes up an asyn-  
chronous parallel-to-parallel interface to the Main  
Processor.  
Pin 16  
MSTB  
A memory strobe line is used during MPC main  
processor Read/Write operations to external memory  
on the MPC and other cards plugged into the  
backplane.  
Microprocessor U13 also calculates the current  
system priority for the channel. This priority is from  
the programming software responses and the current  
priority is sent to the main processor. U13 also reads  
repeater number and channel number information in  
memory. U13 also determines the current free  
repeater and includes that information in the data sent  
to the main processor.  
Pins 17-20  
Pin 21  
UNUSED  
LPTT  
The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector from the  
Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA and a max-  
imum voltage rating of 18V. The transmitter should  
produce power when this pin is a logic low. Transmit  
indicator is on the IAC and is controlled independently  
of the LPTT.  
6.11.4 CHIP SELECT DECODERS  
Pin 22  
SWITCH TX DATA  
These select the peripheral chip to read from or  
write to.  
This is the RS-232 data to the Switch. The CIM  
receives confirmation of all requests made to the  
repeater and sends information the repeater receives.  
The data rate is 1200 baud.  
6.11.5 P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR  
This is the signal interface connector P1 (64 pin)  
that connects the Address and Data buses and control  
lines to the backplane connector.  
Pin 23  
SWITCH RX DATA  
This is the RS-232 data from the Switch. The  
CIM controls the repeater with restart, enable and dis-  
able, executes requests to read and write to the  
repeater’s memory and tells the repeater transmit code,  
hang or send turn-off. The data rate is 1200 baud.  
Pins 1-10  
Address Bus  
Pins 33-42  
This provides a path between the MPC main pro-  
cessor and the external memory on the MPC and the  
other cards in the Controller. This bus retrieves infor-  
mation programmed into memory for the operation of  
the repeater.  
Pins 24/56  
HSDB+/HSDB-  
This interconnects all repeaters to provide an  
exchange of information. This control technique is  
called distributive processing and eliminates a separate  
system controller at each site. Information on this bus  
indicates which repeaters are in use and also which  
mobiles are using the system. This information is used  
by the repeater to encode data messages to mobiles  
that are monitoring that channel. These messages also  
include information on which repeater is free and cur-  
rent system priority.  
Pins 11-14  
Pins 43-46  
Data Bus  
This provides a means of transferring data to and  
from the CPU on the MPC, memory storage on each  
card and peripheral devices in and out of the MAC and  
IAC.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pins 25-26  
Pins 27/59  
UNUSED  
-5V IN  
6.11.7 J2 MEMORY SELECT  
J2 is jumpered to select either the Flash memory  
or the EPROM memory. Flash memory is ultra-fast  
data storage. The normal setting is pin 1 to pin 2.  
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power  
supply via the Controller backplane.  
Pin 1  
Pin 2  
Pin 3  
+12V  
U25, pin 1 Vpp  
+5V  
Pins 28-29  
Pins 60-61  
+5V IN  
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power  
supply via the Controller backplane.  
6.11.8 J3 BAUD RATE  
J3 is jumpered to select the baud rate from the  
computer to the MPC, these two baud rates must be  
the same (see Figure 6-23).  
Pins 30/62  
+15V IN  
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the  
power supply via the Controller backplane.  
To change jumper J13:  
Power off the station.  
Move P3 to the proper rate.  
Power on the station.  
Pins 31-32  
Pins 63-64  
GROUND  
This is the ground connection to the MPC from  
the power supply via the Controller backplane.  
6.11.9 S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS  
These switches configure; the HSDB for RS-485  
or single-ended 5V operation, indicate if the Summit  
repeaters are connected to existing repeaters or only  
Summit repeaters, and if the repeater is an end  
Pin 47  
READ  
Pin 47 is used with the MREQ line to read data  
from the main processor and external memory.  
repeater termination. Refer to Sections 2.9 and 7.6.9.  
6.11.10 J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING  
Pin 48  
WRITE  
This jumper selects EPROM memory loading for  
LTR systems. The LTR setting is pin 3 to pin 4.  
Pin 48 is used with the MREQ line to write data  
to the main processor and external memory.  
Pins 49-55  
Pins 57-58  
Unused  
6.11.11 J5 HSDB SPEED  
J5 is jumpered to select the data bus speed. J5,  
pins 2/3 select the LTR 12 MHz crystal.  
6.11.6 J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR  
6.11.12 J6 WATCHDOG  
J1 is the MPC connection to the computer or  
modem.  
This jumper enables or disables the watchdog  
timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P6 jumper-  
ing J6, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or  
removed.  
Pin 1  
Pin 2  
Pin 3  
Pin 4  
Ground  
Computer Tx  
Computer Rx  
Modem DCD  
March 1999  
6-37  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.12 MAIN AUDIO CARD  
6.12.2 AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR  
6.12.1 INTRODUCTION  
This Audio/Data microprocessor is on the MAC  
card and is used to decode LTR data received from the  
mobiles. The LTR data is applied to U111, pin 8 (P1.7  
input). When a word is successfully decoded the data  
is then sent to U161 (Tx FIFO) and transmitted on the  
data bus in parallel to the main processor on the MPC.  
This control card stores the information required  
to operate the routing of audio and data from the  
inputs of the repeater to the outputs. Data is received  
on the address bus from the MPC for the operations to  
perform. The Audio/Data microprocessor and the  
latches open and close gates to route a path for the  
audio or data.  
When it is time to transmit the CW Identification,  
the main processor on the MPC sends the identifica-  
tion to U111 via the data bus and U160 (Rx FIFO).  
The CWID is sent to the Tx Data Amplifier and Fil-  
ter. The output of the filter is summed with the trans-  
mit audio and sent to the Exciter.  
Audio control functions for each repeater are per-  
formed by the main processor in the MPC. The MPC  
contains the software and maintains control over the  
repeater via microprocessor U27. The audio/data  
microprocessor passes received data to the main pro-  
cessor, and it is given the programmable parameters  
for the gates.  
U111 also uses six octal latches to provide addi-  
tional input and output lines. Latch U107/U108 pro-  
vide outputs which allow U111 to control various  
audio gates. These gates control the CWID, FSK data,  
and receive/transmit audio signals.  
Information is exchanged between the cards in  
the Controller Backplane via a data bus and an address  
bus. The address bus provides the link between the  
main processor and the chip and the address latches on  
the MAC. These latches control the octal latches that  
select the audio and data gates. The data bus is the  
link between the main processor and the audio/data  
processor on the MAC. The main processor controls  
the data to the octal latches and opens and closes the  
gates required to route audio/data in and out of the  
repeater. The MAC also contains:  
Latch U106 provides outputs which allow U111  
to route signals to the Audio/Data Test Point by  
switching gates on and off. U106 also provides adjust-  
ment of the selected EEPOTs.  
U155-U156 allow U111 to select the EEPOT to  
adjust with chip select lines. These latches also pro-  
vide routing of some audio/data signals through gates.  
U111 also decodes data from the Switch and  
transmits data to the Switch. In addition, it controls  
the FSK modem (U110), receive and transmit audio  
gates, receiver squelch, several front-panel indicators,  
and other functions.  
• The audio interface between the receiver and exciter  
and to the external connections.  
• The receive audio filtering with de-emphasis.  
• The squelch filter and detector.  
U111 encodes the data messages transmitted to  
mobiles monitoring that channel, and controls trans-  
mitter keying. The MAC also contains circuitry which  
provides amplification and filtering of the receive and  
transmit audio and data signals. In addition, a modem  
integrated circuit (U110) provides FSK encoding and  
decoding of data transmitted and received from the  
Switch.  
• Slow decay timing circuit that controls a mute gate  
on the main receive audio.  
• A filter, DC restoration and slicer circuitry for  
detecting the subaudible data.  
• The fast squelch and data fed to the microprocessor  
that decodes the data and uses the squelch line as a  
data qualification signal.  
6.12.3 RECEIVE AUDIO  
The Receive Wide Band Audio (RX WBAND)  
signal from the Receiver is fed into the MAC on P100,  
pin 27. This audio signal includes; audio, LTR-Net  
• Transmit audio filter and limiter with pre-emphasis.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
data, and noise. The audio processing circuit provides  
filtering and amplification of the audio signal before it  
is routed to the outputs on the MAC card.  
U123B is positive-going pulses. These pulses are  
applied to U123C which is a Schmitt trigger. When  
the input signal rises above the reference, the output  
goes low and causes the reference voltage to decrease  
slightly adding hysteresis to the triggering level. This  
hysteresis prevents intermittent squelching when the  
receive signal strength is near the threshold level.  
A low-pass filter consisting of U121A/B attenu-  
ates frequencies above 3 kHz. This removes high-fre-  
quency noise from the audio signal. From the filter  
the signal is fed to amplifier U122A to increase the  
level before the high-pass filter to preserve adequate  
hum and noise ratio.  
The output of U123C is applied to U123D and  
Logic Squelch to Audio/Data Gate U159B and audio/  
data processor U111. Gate U159B routes the squelch  
output to the Audio/Data Test Point J100. U123D  
functions as a timing buffer. The output of U123D is  
applied to Receive Squelch Active Gate U113D.  
When this gate is closed, the squelch circuit controls  
Normal Receive Gate U113B to block receive audio if  
no signal is present.  
From the audio amplifier the signal is fed to a  
high-pass filter consisting of U122B/C/D. This filter  
attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz which removes  
data present in the wide band audio signal. These fil-  
ters are configured to act like large inductors. The sig-  
nal is then fed to U163A which provides 6 dB per  
octave de-emphasis.  
Audio gates U113B/C/D permit noise squelch cir-  
cuit, control logic, and audio switch to control gating  
of the audio signal. The control signal from the noise  
squelch circuit is applied to U113B through U113D.  
When a carrier is detected, this input is high and  
U113B passes the signal. Programming determines  
the gating of audio. When audio is passed by U113B/  
C and U114A, the audio can be routed through other  
gates to various outputs (see Section 6.12.6).  
6.12.5 RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY  
The receive wide band audio signal is the unfil-  
tered output of discriminator U202 in the Receiver.  
Therefore, this signal contains audio, LTR data, and  
noise. A low-pass filter formed by U124A/B attenu-  
ates frequencies above 150 Hz by 24 dB per octave so  
that only the data frequencies are passed. From the fil-  
ter the signal is fed to amplifier U125A. The gain of  
U125A is adjusted by a level control. The output of  
U125A can be routed through Data To Audio/Date  
Gate U159C and the Audio/Data Test Point J100.  
6.12.4 RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY  
The receive wide band audio includes audio, data  
and noise. The squelch circuit detects this noise to  
determine receive signal strength. When no carrier or  
a weak carrier is received, there is a large amount of  
noise present. Conversely, when a strong carrier is  
present, there is very little noise present.  
DC restoration circuit converts the data signal  
from AC floating near ground to a digital signal at lev-  
els of 0 and 4.5V. U125B/C provide the reference  
voltage on the inverting input of comparator U125D.  
Positive peak detector U125B handles the positive-  
going peaks of the data signal. Negative peak detector  
U125C handles the negative-going peaks of the data  
signal.  
U135A is a high-pass filter which attenuates fre-  
quencies below approximately 30 kHz so that only  
high-frequency noise is passed. This noise is ampli-  
fied by U135B and U123A. A level control adjusts  
the gain of amplifier U135B. The gain of U123A is  
partially set by a thermistor to compensate for circuit  
gain and noise level changes caused by temperature  
variations.  
The voltage on non-inverting input to U125D is  
midway between the positive- and negative-going  
peaks. The data input is on the non-inverting input of  
U125D. When the data signal rises above the refer-  
ence voltage, the output goes high. Conversely, when  
the input voltage drops below the reference voltage,  
the output goes low. The receive data is then passed to  
audio/data processor U111.  
The amplified noise is then applied to a bridge  
rectifier. The difference between bridge rectifier out-  
puts is applied to the inputs of U123B. The output of  
March 1999  
6-39  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.12.6 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING  
6.12.8 COMPANDOR OPTION  
The receive audio signal from the receiver is fed  
into the MAC on P100, pin 27. When it is a call that  
does not need to be routed to the Switch (i.e. most  
mobile-to-mobile calls utilizing only that repeater),  
Repeat Gate U153C is enabled and the receive audio  
signal is routed through Transmit Option Gate U158C  
to the input of the transmit audio buffer U164B to be  
retransmitted. Repeat Gate U153C is controlled by  
processor U111 through latch U107. A logic 1 on the  
control input causes the signal to be passed, and a  
logic 0 causes the signal to be blocked.  
The compandor option enhances the receive and  
transmit audio when used in conjunction with the  
Telephone Interface Card (TIC) in LTR-Net systems.  
The filtered Receive Audio passes through the  
Receive Mute Gate U113C to the expander input on  
A301, pin 1. The expand output of A301, pin 2 is  
coupled to the audio outputs by U114C.  
The transmit comes from TX-VOICE P100, pin  
32, passes through the TX Voice Gate U158A to the  
expander input on A301, pin 5. The compressed out-  
put of A301, pin 4 is passed to the Transmit Audio  
Buffer.  
Amplifier U166A provides amplification of the  
receive audio signal fed to the Switch. The gain of  
U166A is set so that if an RF signal is received that  
has a reference deviation level, the Switch receives a  
specified level also. No limiting occurs.  
6.12.9 TRANSMIT AUDIO  
When the audio received from the mobile must  
be routed to the Switch (i.e. calls to a dispatcher or  
another system), receive audio gate U116B is enabled  
and passes the signal.  
PTT switch (Q101/Q102) provides local micro-  
phone Push-To-Talk (PTT) indication to U105. U105  
then tells U111 via the data bus that the local micro-  
phone PTT has been activated.  
When the received audio must be routed to the  
backplane (i.e. for other cards), Receive Voice Gate  
U115B is enabled by processor U111/latch U108 and  
passes the audio signal to amplifier U120B. Receive  
To Backplane (RX TO BP) U115C is enabled and  
passes the amplified audio to the backplane.  
U164A amplifies the microphone audio signal to  
provide the correct input level to U164B. Local  
Microphone Mute Gate U117C is controlled by A/D  
processor U111/latch 106. The function of U117C is  
to mute the local microphone audio when the local  
microphone PTT switch is pressed. This prevents  
interference if the microphone remains live when the  
PTT switch is pressed.  
When the audio received must be routed to the  
external speaker or speaker/microphone, Local Audio  
Mute Gate U114D is enabled by U111/latch U108.  
The audio is passed to local audio output amplifier  
U132. The gain of U132 is adjusted by the local audio  
volume control and the on/off switch.  
Transmit Intercom Gate U117A is controlled by  
A/D processor U111/latch U157. When enabled, this  
gate passes local microphone audio to Main Audio  
Amplifier U166A and to the Main Audio To Switch  
output. This provides an intercom between the  
repeater site and Switch console operator.  
6.12.7 VOTER AUDIO  
Buffer U164B combines the microphone audio  
signal from U164A with the audio signal from the  
Repeat Gate U153C.  
This is not a Simulcast operation, however, when  
used the Receive audio from the voter receiver comes  
into the MAC on P100, pin 25. Amplifier U120A sets  
the gain of the signal and the output is routed to Voter  
Audio Mute Gate U115A. The gate is controlled by  
A/D processor U111/latch U108. If the gate is  
U127B/C form a high-pass filter that attenuates  
frequencies below 300 Hz to prevent interference with  
the Multi-Net data applied at U129B. 6 dB per octave  
pre-emphasis is provided by an RC combination  
before the signal is fed to U127D.  
enabled, the audio goes to the Receive Mute Gate  
U113C and passes throughout the MAC Card.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Limiter U127D and rectifiers form a precision  
limiter which prevents over modulation caused by  
high-level input signals. With normal input levels, the  
output of a bridge rectifier follows the input of the  
bridge. When a high-level signal is applied to the  
bridge, the bridge opens and the output of the bridge is  
limited to a specific level.  
Gate U158C and Level Detect Gate U159A to Audio/  
Data Test Point J100. The other gate is the Transmit  
Audio Gate U116C. This gate is also controlled by A/  
D processor U111/latch U107. When audio from the  
Switch is to be transmitted, Transmit Audio Gate  
U116C is enabled and passes the signal and Repeat  
Gate U153C is disabled interrupting the receive audio  
signal. When enabled, this gate passes the Main  
Audio from the Switch to Transmit Option Gate  
U158C and on to the transmit audio buffer U164B.  
The output of the limiter passes to a composite 6-  
pole splatter filter formed by U127A, U128D and  
U128A separated by buffers U128B and U128C.  
Transmit voice from the backplane comes into  
the MAC on P100, pin 32. When used, this signal  
passes to the transmit voice amplifier U130A. The  
amplifier output level is adjusted by a level control.  
The output of U130A is applied to another transmit  
voice amplifier U130B and Transmit Voice Gate  
U158A. U158A is controlled by A/D processor U111/  
latch U107. When enabled, the gate passes the voice  
to Transmit Option Gate U158C and on to the transmit  
audio buffer U164B. Transmit Voice amplifier U130B  
is adjusted by a level control. The output is fed to  
Transmit Net Gate U153B. Gate U153B is controlled  
by A/D processor U111/latch U155. When enabled,  
this gate passes transmit voice to FSK Modem U110.  
The output from U128A is fed to Normal Modu-  
lation Mute Gate U118B. This gate is controlled by  
A/D processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, the  
gate passes transmit audio to EEPOT U149. U149 is  
an electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts  
the gain of transmit audio amplifier U129C. The gain  
of U129C can only be adjusted through the software.  
Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC  
card when levels are set.  
The output of U129C is fed to summing amplifier  
U129B where it is combined with Multi-Net transmit  
data and CWID when present. The gain of audio and  
data are the same so unity gain is produced. The out-  
put signal is fed to the TCXO where it frequency mod-  
ulates the transmit signal.  
6.12.11 TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESS-  
ING  
6.12.10 TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING  
This is not a Simulcast operation. The data sig-  
nal is produced by A/D processor U111 on Transmit  
Data and Transmit Shape outputs. The transmit shape  
output is normally the opposite logic level of the  
transmit data output when data is transmitted. How-  
ever, the bit before a logic transition occurs, the trans-  
mit shape output is the same logic level as the transmit  
data output. This results in a slightly higher logic 1  
level and a logic 0 that is slightly lower. This pulse  
shaping minimizes interference between data bits  
when the data is filtered by the low-pass filter.  
This is not a Simulcast operation. The balanced  
audio signal from the Switch is applied to U167A.  
This stage is a differential amplifier which converts  
the input signal to a single-ended output. The input  
impedance is set at 600 ohms. The output signal is  
applied to Transmit Audio amplifier U167B. The gain  
of U167B is adjusted by a level control. The output of  
the amplifier is connected to two gates. One is the  
Transmit Audio To FSK U116D. This gate is con-  
trolled by A/D processor U111/latch U107. When  
enabled, this gate passes the FSK blank and burst data  
from the Switch to the Secondary Audio from the  
Switch converter U131C.  
The data from U111 is fed to buffer U126A and  
Transmit Data Enable Gate U117B. Gate U117B is  
controlled by A/D processor U111 directly. When  
enabled this gate passes the data to EEPOT U151.  
U151 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that  
adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U126B.  
The gain of U126B can only be adjusted through the  
software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to  
the MAC card. U126B provides the required signal  
level at the output of the low-pass filter. A relatively  
When data and audio share the same path,  
U131D amplifies the signal and applies it to two gates.  
When enabled Transmit Secondary To FSK gate  
U153D passes the audio to FSK Modem U110. The  
other gate is Data Level Test Gate U133A. When  
enabled U153A passes the signal to Transmit Option  
March 1999  
6-41  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
stable DC bias voltage for U126C/D is required  
because these stages are DC coupled to the transmit  
TCXO (see Section 6.2.2) and changes in bias voltage  
can cause fluctuations in the transmit frequency.  
and off to create the Morse Code. From the tone gen-  
erator the signal is fed to bandpass filter U129A. This  
filter passes the 800 Hz fundamental present in the  
signal. The output of the filter is jumpered by P106  
on J106, pins 2/3 and P107 on J106, pins 4/5 to the  
summing amplifier and applied to gate U118D, and to  
the modulation input of the Exciter.  
U126C/D form a low-pass filter that attenuates  
square-wave harmonics in the data signal above 150  
Hz to prevent interference with the audio band. From  
this filter the signal is fed to summing amplifier  
U129B and combined with the transmit audio signal.  
The output of U129B is fed to Transmit Modulation  
Mute Gate U118D. This gate is controlled by A/D  
processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, transmit  
audio and data are passed to the Exciter modulation  
input and the transmit TCXO.  
6.12.12 FSK MODEM  
The function of the FSK Modem U109 is to con-  
vert digital data into tones that can be sent on a phone  
line or some other type of audio link. Modem U110  
receives tones from the audio link and converts them  
back to digital data (see Figure 6-16). The FSK  
Modem is only used when connecting the repeater to  
an Switch.  
When needed, the External Modulation input on  
P100, pin 11 is fed to External Modulation Mute Gate  
U118C. Gate U118C is controlled by A/D processor  
U111/latch U106. When enabled, this gate passes the  
modulation on pin 11 to summing amplifier U129B  
and gate U118D to the modulation input of Exciter.  
This modem is programmed to operate in the  
Bell 202 Main Loopback mode by the M0-M1 pins.  
In this mode, a space (logic 0) is represented by a  
2200 Hz tone, and a mark (logic 1) is represented by a  
1200 Hz tone. The same tones are used for transmit  
and receive. Therefore, the transmit and receive filters  
in the modem are set for the same frequency. This  
form of frequency modulation in which data is  
The repeater on the lowest frequency channel in  
each system must periodically transmit the station call  
letters as a continuous-wave identification encoded by  
Morse Code. This identification is programmed with  
the Edit Parameters software.  
encoded by shifting the frequency of tones is called  
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK). The modulation is  
phase-continuous which means that no interruption of  
the waveform occurs when the frequency changes.  
The CWID output is controlled by A/D processor  
U111/latch U107. This output is fed to CWID tone  
generator U100B/A and turns the tone generator on  
TRANSMIT FILTER  
OUTPUT BUFFER  
RX/TX DATA  
RE-TIMING  
TXD  
TX OUT  
FSK MOD  
XTAL/CLK  
XTAL OSC  
CLOCK DIVIDERS  
U109  
M1  
MOD CONTROL  
MOD CONTROL  
M0  
U110  
XTAL  
XTAL OSC  
CLOCK DIVIDERS  
XTAL/CLK  
RECEIVE FILTER  
EQUALIZER  
FSK  
DEMOD  
RX/TX DATA  
RE-TIMING  
RXD  
RX IN  
Figure 6-16 MODEM BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This modem operates half-duplex, therefore two  
are used to provide full duplex operation which is the  
simultaneous transmission and reception of data. The  
data rate is 1200 baud (bits per second). Full duplex  
1200 baud operation is possible because a 4-wire line  
is used which provides two separate audio paths. The  
path is selected by programming switches S100 and  
S101 as shown in Figure 6-17.  
The level of the transmit FSK signal from U109  
to the Switch is set by amplifier U165A. The output  
of the amplifier is routed to main audio amplifier  
U166A by FSK To Audio Gate U116A. This gate is  
controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U108. Buffer  
amplifier U166B converts the single-ended input to a  
balanced 600 ohm output.  
When the FSK data signal uses a different 4-wire  
link as the voice signal, the FSK output of U165A is  
applied to secondary audio amplifier U131A. Buffer  
amplifier U131B converts the single-ended input to a  
balanced 600 ohm output.  
S
1
0
0
The FSK signal is also applied to FSK amplifier  
U165B and fed to gate U115D. Gate U115D is con-  
trolled by A/D processor U111/latch U155. When  
enabled the FSK signal is passed to voice amplifier  
U120B and Receive Voice To Backplane gate U115C  
to the Controller Backplane.  
S
1
01  
The FSK input from the Switch is applied to dif-  
ferential amplifier U131C. This stage converts the  
balanced input to a single-ended output. The FSK sig-  
nal is then applied to U131D which sets the input level  
on the RC input of the modem. When enabled by A/D  
processor U111/latch U107 the transmit Secondary To  
FSK gate passes the FSK signal to U110 RC input.  
When the FSK data signal uses the same 4-wire link as  
the voice signal, the signal from U167A is applied to  
transmit audio amplifier U167B and passed by gate  
U116D to U131C.  
Figure 6-17 FSK MODEM SWITCH SETTINGS  
If an RS-232 link is used for data communication  
with the Switch (on P100, pins 22-23), the modem is  
not used. This type of data path is selected by pro-  
gramming switches S100 and S101 as shown in Figure  
6-18.  
If an RS-232 serial data path (1200 baud) is used  
instead of 600 ohm 4-wire lines, the data signal com-  
pletely bypasses modem U110. In this case, RS-232  
driver U162B converts data to the Switch to RS-232  
logic levels of -5V and -7.5V. Conversely, when data  
is received from the Switch, RS-232 receiver U162C  
converts the RS-232 logic levels to TTL levels of 0V  
and +5V.  
S
1
0
0
S
1
0
The 1200 Hz carrier is constantly transmitted by  
the Switch modem and received by the MAC modem.  
In turn, the MAC modem sends a constant carrier to  
the Switch modem. This is used as a constant check  
that a completed link is established between the two  
modems. If the carrier does not return from the MAC,  
it notifies the Switch system operator that the link has  
been broken.  
1
Figure 6-18 RS-232 SWITCH SETTINGS  
March 1999  
6-43  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The input and output connectors for the MAC are  
defined as follows.  
Pin 23  
SWITCH RX DATA  
This is the RS-232 data to the Switch. The CIM  
receives confirmation of all requests made to the  
repeater and sends information the repeater receives.  
6.12.13 P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR  
The signal interface connector P101 (64 pin) con-  
nects the Address and Data buses and control lines to  
the backplane connector. See Figures 6-24 and 6-25.  
Pins 24/56  
HSDB+/-  
The High Speed Data Bus interconnects the  
Viking VX repeaters. A 50 ohm termination is  
required if Viking VX repeaters are used with existing  
repeaters and the interface.  
Pins 1-10  
Pins 33-42  
ADDRESS BUS  
This provides a path between the MPC main pro-  
cessor and the processor and memory of the MAC.  
This bus retrieves information programmed into mem-  
ory for the operation of the MAC.  
Pins 25/57  
Pin 26  
UNUSED  
TLA DB  
Pins 11-14  
Pins 43-46  
DATA BUS  
The Trunk Line Accounting Data Bus is used for  
telephone interconnect calls.  
This data bus provides a means of transferring  
data to and from the processor on the MAC with  
peripheral devices in the MAC.  
Pin 27/59  
-5V IN  
This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power  
supply via the Controller backplane.  
Pin 15  
MREQ  
Pins 28-29  
Pins 60-61  
+5V IN  
A memory request line operates in conjunction  
with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to  
read from or write to the processor memory.  
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power  
supply via the Controller backplane.  
Pin 16  
MSTB  
Pins 30/62  
+15V IN  
This is a memory strobe line used during MAC  
processor Read/Write operations to external memory.  
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the  
power supply via the Controller backplane.  
Pins 17-20  
Pin 21  
UNUSED  
LPTT  
Pins 31-32  
Pins 63-64  
GROUND  
This is the ground connection to the MPC from  
the power supply via the Controller backplane.  
The Logic Push-To-Talk is not used on the MAC.  
Pin 47  
READ  
Pin 22  
SWITCH TX DATA  
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data  
from the processor and external memory.  
This is the RS-232 data from the Switch. The  
CIM controls the repeater with restart, enable and dis-  
able, executes requests to read and write to the  
repeater’s memory, and tells the repeater transmit code,  
hang or send turn-off.  
Pin 48  
WRITE  
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to  
the processor and external memory.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pins 49-55  
Pin 58  
UNUSED  
Pin 27  
RX WB AUDIO  
VOTER DATA IN  
The Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver  
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.  
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and  
2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the  
receiver.  
This is used in a Voter system. Data from the  
voted site is injected at this pin.  
6.12.14 P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS  
Pin 28  
A D LEVEL  
Connector P100 contains the audio and data out-  
puts to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater  
cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external  
devices. The input and output connectors for the con-  
nector are defined as follows.  
This is the Audio/Data Level output.  
Pin 29  
TX MOD  
The output of this pin is produced by audio and  
data inputs to the Repeater to produce the signals on  
this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then  
to the Exciter.  
Pins 1-6  
Pin 7  
UNUSED  
3.5V  
This is the 3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage  
from the Exciter to the MAC.  
Pin 30  
Pin 31  
UNUSED  
RX VOICE  
Pin 8  
TX DATA OUT  
This is receive audio output connected to the  
backplane.  
This output contains trunking signaling data and  
CWID data when enabled at jumper J106 and used  
with external optional equipment.  
Pin 32  
TX VOICE  
This is transmit audio input connected to the  
repeat gate.  
Pin 9  
TX DATA IN  
This input would normally contain trunking sig-  
naling data, CWID data, and an externally summed in  
signal. This input is enabled at J106 and is used with  
external optional equipment.  
6.12.15 J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT  
This test point located on the front card edge is  
used during alignment to monitor audio and data.  
Pin 10  
EXT REQ1  
6.12.16 J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE  
This input provides for external requests from  
optional equipment.  
This jack is used in conjunction with J102 when a  
combination speaker/microphone is used during setup  
and testing of the repeater.  
Pin 11  
EXT MOD  
6.12.17 J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE  
This input provides for external wide band modu-  
lation of the Exciter with out any filtering. This input  
is not used at this time.  
This jack is used for a microphone to key the  
Exciter and inject transmit audio.  
6.12.18 J103 GROUND  
Pins 13-26  
UNUSED  
This jack provides a ground connection for the  
MAC when monitoring the test points.  
March 1999  
6-45  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.12.19 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER  
The electromechanical relay outputs are com-  
prised of eight SPDT (normally open) relays. The  
relays are all open at power-on. Data to the relay is  
latched by a write to the base address.  
J104 provides an external speaker connection at  
the repeater site for monitoring.  
6.12.20 J105 WATCH DOG  
The IAC activates relays when alarm trigger  
events occur. The IAC monitors for alarm activity in  
the system and can set the various output relays as  
defined by the user during programming. When an  
external alarm is set it can be monitored from a remote  
location. Refer to Section 4.7.2 for alarm program-  
ming.  
J105 enables or disables the watchdog timer for  
reset. Normal operating mode is P105 jumpering  
J105, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or  
removed.  
6.12.21 J106 TX DATA PATH  
6.13.1 ALARM FORWARDING TO SWITCH  
Jumpers P106 and P107 connect J106, pins 1-2  
and 3-4 for external options that require the Tx Data  
signal. Normal operation connects J106, pins 2-3 and  
4-5.  
Repeater alarms are routed to the CIB (Channel  
Interface Bus) to be detected by the Call Processor and  
the System and Subscriber Manager.  
6.12.22 A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS  
EP101  
EP102  
EP103  
EP104  
EP105  
EP106  
Expand In  
Expand Out  
Ground  
Compress Out  
Compress IN  
+5V  
6.13.2 RELAY OUTPUTS  
The alarm relay outputs are provided via a termi-  
nal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-19  
and 6-20).  
The alarm outputs are on the terminal block at the  
rear of the repeater.  
6.13 INTERFACE ALARM CARD  
1
This card stores the information required to oper-  
ate the alarms designated in the programming of the  
repeater. Data is received on the address bus from the  
MPC for the; operation to perform, the processor and  
external memory, open and close relays on the outputs,  
and receive alarm indications on the inputs. This  
information is either routed to external devices or  
alarm outputs can be wired to alarm inputs.  
2
A
L
A
R
M
25  
I
N
AL  
A
R
M
O
U
T
26  
The Interface Alarm Card (IAC) contains 4-input  
contacts and 4-output contacts. The 4- inputs can be  
disabled, energized or de-energized. The 4-output  
relays are dry contacts that have a 2A rating and can  
be either normally open or normally closed.  
Figure 6-19 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.13.4 ALARM INDICATORS  
There are three forms of alarm indicators from  
the repeater. One form is the two red LEDs and dis-  
play combination on the MPC. Refer to Table 1-2 for  
the combinations and definitions of the active alarms.  
1
2
Another form is the output relay to the terminal  
blocks at the rear of the repeater where outputs can be  
wired to external devices or to alarm inputs.  
33  
The third form is the output relay and to transmit  
a 15-character description of the alarm over-the-air to  
a remote location. The description is sent in Morse  
code with a transmit ID assigned during programming.  
A transceiver programmed with this ID can monitor  
the repeater and alert the system owner when an alarm  
occurs.  
J2  
34  
A
L
A
R
M
S
Figure 6-20 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS  
6.13.3 ISOLATED INPUTS  
6.13.5 ALARM FUNCTIONS  
The isolated alarm inputs are provided via a ter-  
minal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-  
19 and 6-20).  
The alarms can be configured in various modes to  
alert the system owner to conditions and hazards with  
the equipment and the repeater site facility. A few of  
the possibilities are shown in Figure 6-22. In this  
example the input alarm 2 of Repeater 1 is connected  
to the door of the building, input alarm 3 of Repeater 5  
is connected to the fire alarm system, the AC fail  
alarm (#16 see Table 1-2) is mapped to alarm 2 output  
so it can be transmitted (see Figure 4-13) and the out-  
put alarm 1 of Repeater 1 is connected to the input  
alarm 1 of Repeater 2 and so on until the output alarm  
1 is fed back to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 1. Then  
the RF Shutdown alarm (#32) is mapped for alarm 1 in  
each repeater. This configuration allows Repeater 2 to  
give an alarm when Repeater 1 has an RF Shutdown  
alarm output, etc.  
The isolated inputs are driven by either AC or DC  
signals. The active high inputs can be set by switches  
to be polarity sensitive, non-polarity sensitive or add a  
resistance in series to dissipate unused power (see Fig-  
ure 6-21).  
The active low inputs can also be set for either  
+5V or +15V operation when a ground closure is  
required to provide an active alarm.  
Standard 12V/24V AC control transformer out-  
puts can be accepted as well as DC voltages. This  
input voltage range is 5-24V RMS. External resistors  
connected in series may be used to extend the input  
voltage range.  
The input alarms are given a 15-character  
description during programming and a Transmit ID.  
These are used when an input alarm is activated to  
send a Morse code message consisting of the descrip-  
tion over the air to a monitoring transceiver pro-  
grammed with this ID.  
P500  
+5V  
ALARM +  
ON  
+5V  
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
+15V  
There are 40 internal alarms that can be included  
in the output alarm configuration (see Table 1-2).  
These alarms can also be programmed to send an out-  
put as shown in the cross reference screen of the alarm  
configuration menu (see Figure 4-13). Among these  
alarms are the thermal sense from the PA and the AC  
fail alarm output on the terminal block at the rear of  
the repeater to activate the battery backup.  
ALARM -  
Figure 6-21 S500-S503  
March 1999  
6-47  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
6.13.6 P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR  
Pins 7/39  
ALARM 3 IN +/ALARM 3 IN -  
The input and output connectors for the IAC are  
defined as follows. The signal interface connector  
P500 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses  
and control lines to the backplane connector. See Fig-  
ure 6-26.  
This is an input received from a connection to an  
external device as a specific condition.  
Pins 8/40  
ALARM 4 IN +/ALARM 4 IN -  
This is an input received from a connection to an  
external device as a specific alert condition.  
Pins 1-4  
ADDRESS BUS (A12-A19 Only)  
Pins 33-36  
Pin 9  
SQUELCH ENABLE  
This address bus provides a path between the  
MPC main processor and the latches and multiplexers  
of the IAC. This bus retrieves information pro-  
grammed into the MPC memory for the operation of  
the IAC.  
This is an output to rear connector J1. It can be  
configured for inverted output, non-inverted output or  
logic controlled non-inverted output.  
Pin 10  
EXTERNAL REQ 2  
This is an input received from a connection to an  
external device.  
TRANSCEIVER  
AC FAIL  
ALARM 2 IN  
Pins 11-14  
Pins 43-46  
DATA BUS  
DOOR OPEN  
SECURITY DOOR  
ALARM 1 IN  
REPEATER 1  
ALARM 1 OUT  
This data bus provides a means of transferring  
data to and from the latches and multiplexers on the  
IAC with peripheral devices in the IAC.  
ALARM 1 IN  
REPEATER 2  
REPEATER 3  
REPEATER 4  
ALARM 1 OUT  
ALARM 1 IN  
Pin 15  
MREQ  
ALARM 1 OUT  
ALARM 1 IN  
A memory request line operates in conjunction  
with the Read/Write lines. These lines read from or  
write to the MPC processor memory.  
ALARM 1 OUT  
ALARM 1 IN  
ALARM 1 OUT  
ALARM 3 IN  
REPEATER 5  
Pins 16/17  
Pin 18  
UNUSED  
SYNC IN  
SMOKE  
SENSOR ACTIVE  
DETECTOR  
This is an input received from a connection to an  
external device.  
Figure 6-22 ALARM EXAMPLE  
Pins 5/37  
ALARM 1 IN +/ALARM 1 IN -  
Pins 19/51  
ALARM 1 OUT +/ALARM 1 OUT -  
This is an input received from a connection to an  
external device as a specific alert condition.  
This is an output to an external device to perform  
a specific function.  
Pins 6/38  
ALARM 2 IN +/ALARM 2 IN -  
Pins 20/52  
ALARM 2 OUT +/ALARM 2 OUT -  
This is an input received from a connection to an  
external device as a specific alert condition.  
This is an output to an external device to perform  
a specific function.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pins 21-23 UNUSED  
Pins 24/25 +15V ACCESSORY  
Pin 56  
THERMAL SENSOR  
The Thermal Sensor monitors the PA tempera-  
ture and creates an alarm condition if the temperature  
exceeds the limit.  
This DC supply is an output to an external device  
through rear connector J1.  
Pin 57  
POWER SWITCH  
Pins 26/58  
+15V FILTERED  
Pin 57 turns the voltage from the power supply to  
the Repeater on and off. This pin is connected to the  
on/off toggle switch S508.  
This DC supply is an output to an external device  
through rear connector J1.  
Pins 27/59  
-5V IN  
This is the -5V input from the power supply via  
the Controller backplane.  
6.13.7 P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS  
Pins 28-29  
Pins 60-61  
+5V IN  
Connector P501 contains data and control outputs  
to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabi-  
net. These outputs are connected to other external  
devices.  
This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power  
supply via the Controller backplane.  
The input and output connectors for the connector  
are defined as follows.  
Pins 30/62  
+15V IN  
This is the +15V input to the MPC from the  
power supply via the Controller backplane.  
Pins 1/17 ALARM 3 OUT +/ALARM 3 OUT -  
Pins 2/18 ALARM 4 OUT +/ALARM 4 OUT -  
Pins 31-32  
Pins 63-64  
GROUND  
These are outputs to external devices to perform a  
specific function.  
This is the ground connection to the MPC from  
the power supply via the Controller backplane.  
Pin 3  
RX WBAND  
Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver  
audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.  
The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and  
2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the  
receiver.  
Pin 41-42  
Pin 47  
UNUSED  
READ  
Read is used with the MREQ line to read data  
from the MPC processor and external memory.  
Pins 4-6  
Pin 7  
UNUSED  
Pin 48  
WRITE  
EXT OUT 1  
Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to  
the MPC processor and external memory.  
This is an external output to rear connector J1.  
Pin 8  
RF CLOCK  
Pins 49-50  
Pins 53-55  
UNUSED  
UNUSED  
The clock will control the synthesizer chips and  
power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL  
input from the Controller.  
March 1999  
6-49  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pin 9  
AC FAIL IN  
Pin 22  
BUF RX WBAND  
This input from the AC supply is used by the AC  
fail output to indicate that the AC has been interrupted.  
This is buffered Receive Wide Band Audio from  
the Receiver audio demodulator through the RF Inter-  
face Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-  
6 dBm) and 5V DC with Standard TIA Test Modula-  
tion into the receiver. This is an output to the rear con-  
nector J1.  
Pin 10  
SYN CS RX  
This is the chip select pin for the main receiver  
synthesizer chip. This chip is the same part as used in  
the Exciter. A low loads the synthesizer.  
Pin 23  
AC FAIL OUT  
Pin 11  
Pin 12  
UNUSED  
This is an indication that the AC power has been  
interrupted.  
RF MUX 1 INH  
Pin 24  
Pin 25  
UNUSED  
The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a  
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-  
ables) the Multiplexer-1 output with a logic high.  
HS CS RX  
This is the 900 MHz Receiver high stability syn-  
thesizer chip select. A low enables loading the high  
stability synthesizer loop.  
Pin 13  
RF MUX 2 INH  
The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a  
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-  
ables) the Multiplexer-2 output with a logic high.  
Pin 26  
SYN CS EX  
Pin 26 is the main Synthesizer Chip Select in the  
Exciter that allows input of data to the specific synthe-  
sizer chip when the line is pulled to logic low.  
Pin 14  
RF MUX 3 INH  
The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a  
CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-  
ables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a  
logic high.  
Pin 27  
Pin 28  
UNUSED  
A D LEVEL  
Pin 15  
PC STR  
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-  
pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin  
using three multiplex chips.  
The Power Control Strobe is normally low until  
after the power control data is shifted into the power  
control register. Then the strobe line goes high and  
back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be  
changed until after the strobe is set.  
Pin 29  
RF DATA A  
Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit  
(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.  
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-  
ing a logic high for activation.  
Pin 16  
HS CS EX  
This is the 900 MHz Exciter high stability synthe-  
sizer chip select. A low enables loading the high sta-  
bility synthesizer loop.  
Pin 30  
RF DATA B  
Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant  
bit in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This  
pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a  
logic high for activation.  
Pins 19-21 UNUSED  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Pin 31  
RF DATA C  
Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit  
(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.  
This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-  
ing a logic high for activation.  
Pin 32  
RF DATA  
This is a data pin with TTL levels from the Con-  
troller which has the dual role of loading the synthe-  
sizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines  
for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips  
and a shift-register could be connected to this pin.  
6.13.8 J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT  
20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-  
pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin  
using three multiplex chips.  
6.13.9 J501 GROUND  
J501 is an IAC ground reference for test points.  
6.13.10 J502 +15V  
J502 is a voltage test point.  
6.13.11 POWER SWITCH  
S508 turns the power supply DC voltage on and  
off from the front of the IAC.  
6.13.12 J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT  
P505 jumpers J505, pins 1/2 to configure the  
squelch enable output for an inverted output. If P505  
jumpers J505, pins 2/3 the output is non-inverted. If  
P505 jumpers J505, pins 3/4 the output is non-inverted  
and under the control of U503.  
March 1999  
6-51  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Figure 6-23 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
6-53  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Figure 6-24 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Figure 6-25 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
6-55  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Figure 6-26 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
6-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SECTION 7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.1 OCXO AND TEST EQUIPMENT FREQUEN-  
7.2.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS  
CY STABILITY  
Apply power to the Receiver by plugging the 20-  
pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J201 (see  
Figure 7-1).  
The receiver and transmitter frequencies are  
locked to the 1.250000 MHz reference frequency from  
the local oscillator drawer. This frequency is stable to  
within ±0.1 PPM from -30°C to +60°C as required by  
the FCC. To properly align the IF sections of the  
receiver, the signal generator must have similar stabil-  
ity. Since most test equipment is not this stable, a sep-  
arate reference oscillator that is stable to ±0.05 or  
±0.01 PPM may be needed to clock the signal genera-  
tor and frequency counter.  
Measure the voltages at the following pins.  
U206, pin 1  
U207, pin 1  
U208, pin 1  
U210, pin 1  
+12V DC ±0.4V  
+12V DC ±0.4V  
+6V DC ±0.2V  
+12V DC ±0.4V  
7.2.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL  
Adjustment of the 1.250000 MHz reference fre-  
quency probably should not be attempted for the same  
reason. Unless the communications monitor has a sta-  
bility of ±0.01 PPM or better, the repeater frequency  
may be more correct than that of the monitor. If it is  
certain that one or both oscillators in the local oscilla-  
tor drawer are off frequency, there is an adjusting  
screw on the oscillators that is used to change the fre-  
quency slightly. Adjustment should only be per-  
formed when the ambient temperature is near the cali-  
bration reference of 25°C (77°F).  
1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer  
for the Receive channel number.  
2. Tune the VCO helical L220 for +4.5V DC ±0.05V  
on U209, pin 6 or TP2.  
3. Alternately tune L223 and L224 in 1/2-turn to 1-turn  
increments until a voltage is measured on J201, pin  
13 or TP5. At that time, tune L223 for a peak, then  
L224 for a peak.  
If power is removed from the local oscillator  
drawer, the oscillators require a minimum restabiliza-  
tion period of 30 minutes. No frequency-critical  
adjustments should be attempted until the oscillator  
frequency has stabilized.  
4. Retune L223 and L224 for a peak at J201,  
pin 13.  
NOTE: The Channel Number, Channel Frequency and  
Synthesizer Frequency appear at the bottom of the  
screen.  
7.2 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT  
7.2.4 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST  
Refer to Figure 7-1 for component locations.  
Refer to Figure 7-9 for equipment needed and setup  
diagram.  
1. Set Y201 (TCXO) for 3.5V DC ±0.05V DC at TP1  
(response time is very slow).  
7.2.1 PRE-TEST  
7.2.5 VCO TEST  
1. Preset L201, L202, L203, L204, L206, L223 and  
L224 tuning screws about 1/4 inch above the top of  
the casting.  
2. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels  
above the Receive Channel.  
3. The voltage on U209, pin 6 (TP2) should be  
< 7.5V DC.  
2. Preset L202 and L205 tuning screws so they are just  
barely above their tightening lock nuts.  
4. Record the voltage on J201, pin 13 (TP5) ____.  
March 1999  
7-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
5. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels  
below the Receive Channel.  
8. Tune C207, L209, L211 and L225 for peak voltage  
on J201, pin 7 (TP3). Decrease the generator output  
level to maintain 2-3V.  
6. The voltage on U209, pin 6 (TP2) should be  
> 2V DC.  
Distortion should be <5% (typically < 3%).  
9. Repeat Steps 4, 5 and 6.  
7. Record the voltage on J201, pin 13 (TP5) ____.  
7.2.7 AUDIO DISTORTION  
8. If the voltages recorded in Steps 3 and 6 are not  
within ±0.2V, tune L224 as required to balance the  
voltage readings.  
1. Plug a 16 ohm resistive load at J101 or J104 on the  
MAC (Main Audio Card).  
9. The Synthesizer is reprogrammed for the Receive  
Channel.  
2. Connect a distortion analyzer to the 16 ohm load.  
3. Measure the distortion of the receive audio at J101  
or J104 on the MAC with the local volume control  
set to 2.8V RMS.  
7.2.6 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS  
4. The reading should be less than 3%  
(typically < 1%).  
1. Set the signal generator to the Receive Channel at a  
level sufficient to produce an output voltage on  
J201, pin 7 (TP3) (RSSI Output).  
5. Measure receive sensitivity at J101 or J104 on the  
MAC.  
2. Tune L204, L205, L206, L201, L202, L203 and  
L204 for a peak voltage on J201, pin 7 (TP3).  
Decrease the generator output level to maintain a 2-  
3V reading at J201, pin 7.  
6. The reading should be < 0.35 µV  
(typically < 0.25 µV).  
Optional: Adjust L207, L209, L211, and L225 for  
best distortion and recheck sensitivity.  
3. Set the generator to 1000 µV with a 1 kHz tone at  
±1.5 kHz deviation (100 µV at the Rx antenna with  
20 dB pad on the generator).  
7. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels  
above the Receive Channel.  
4. Tune the Quadrature detector coil Z213 for maxi-  
mum AC voltage on J201, pin 9 (TP4).  
8. The receive sensitivity should be < 0.35 µV  
(typically < 0.3 µV).  
Optional: Adjust L204 to balance sensitivity at  
±199 channels if needed.  
5. Adjust R264 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, on  
J201, pin 9.  
9. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels  
below the Receive Channel.  
6. Adjust R284 for 2V DC ±0.05V DC on J201, pin 9  
(TP4).  
Optional: Adjust L204 to balance sensitivity at  
±199 channels if needed.  
7. Measure the distortion on pin J201, pin 9 (TP4)  
(analog tuning meter is preferred).  
10.The receive sensitivity should < 0.35 µV  
(typically < 0.3 µV).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
J201  
20  
19  
2
1
TP3  
TP4  
TP6  
U206  
8
5
R261  
R264  
4
1
TP2  
U208  
R284  
Y201  
A006  
TP1  
L220  
Z213  
TP5  
L223  
L224  
L231  
L225  
L211  
L207  
L205  
L202  
L206  
L204  
L203  
L201  
L209  
L229  
Figure 7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS  
7.3 EXCITER ALIGNMENT  
7.3.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS  
Refer to Figure 7-2 for component locations.  
Refer to Figure 7-10 for equipment needed and setup  
diagram.  
Apply power to the Exciter by plugging the 20-  
pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J401.  
Measure the voltages at the following pins.  
WARNING  
U406, pin 1  
U405, pin 1  
U404, pin 7  
+12V DC ±0.4V  
+5V DC ±0.2V  
+3.5V DC ±0.1V  
SAFETY MEASURES ARE DISABLED IN TEST  
MODE. ALARMS ARE ACTIVE. HOWEVER,  
FEATURES SUCH AS THERMAL SHUTDOWN IN  
THE PA ARE DISABLED.  
7.3.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL  
1. Program the Transmit Channel.  
7.3.1 PRETEST  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.  
1. Set TCXO modulation adjust R425 fully counter-  
clockwise.  
3. Tune VCO helical L404 for 4.5V ±0.05V on U403,  
pin 6 (TP1).  
2. Connect the power meter to J402.  
3. Connect OCXO to J403.  
4. Measure the Power Output of the Exciter at J402.  
Reading should be +17.5 dBm ±0.5 dB.  
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
Exciter.  
NOTE: 2000 Series OCXO must be powered up for 1/  
2 hour or longer to stabilize frequency.  
March 1999  
7-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.3.4 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST  
1. Tune TCXO Y401 for 3.5V DC ±0.05V DC at  
J401  
U402, pin 1 (response time is very slow).  
J402  
2
1
20  
19  
7.3.5 VCO TEST  
R425  
1. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels  
above the transmit frequency.  
J403  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.  
Y401  
3. Measure the voltage on U403, pin 6 (TP1). Voltage  
should be < 7V DC and the Power Output +17.5  
dBm ±0.5 dB.  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
Exciter.  
5. The Synthesizer is programmed for 199 channels  
below the transmit frequency.  
1
20  
A007  
6
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.  
11  
10  
U404  
7. Measure the voltage on U403, pin 6 (TP1). Voltage  
should be > 2.5V DC and the Power Output +17.5  
dBm ±0.5 dB.  
R446  
L404  
8. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
Exciter.  
7.3.6 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST  
Figure 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS  
1. Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to  
J402.  
7. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
Exciter.  
2. Press the "FM" and "3 kHz LPF" switches of the  
modulation analyzer.  
NOTE: Ensure that the oscilloscope is "DC" cou-  
pled and the Modulation Analyzer has the  
3 kHz LPF switch set but NOT the 300 Hz HPF and  
50 Hz HPF switches set.  
3. Inject a 1 kHz sine wave with a level of 400 mV  
RMS into P100, pin 32 on the MAC.  
8. Adjust U151 for a 2V P-P square wave on P100,  
pin 29.  
NOTE: This test changes the Audio Deviation Limit.  
Perform test in Section 7.6.6 to correct.  
NOTE: This test changes the TX Data Level. Per-  
form test in Section 7.6.6 to correct.  
4. Adjust U149 for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29.  
This waveform should be a "clean" sine wave.  
9. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.  
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the Exciter.  
10.Set R425 for "best" square wave as observed on the  
oscilloscope.  
6. Set R446 for ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
11.Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
Exciter.  
CR651/CR652 or of the entire forward/reverse power  
detector assembly). Replacement of components  
within the power control circuitry of the RF Interface  
Board are unlikely to affect the calibration of the  
power control.  
12.Repeat Steps 1-7. Very little adjustment of R446  
should be needed.  
7.4 75W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT  
NOTE: Replacement of Q501, Q502, Q503 or U501  
does not require the adjustments in Section 7.4.2.  
7.4.1 INTRODUCTION  
7.4.2 FORWARD POWER OUTPUT CALIBRA-  
TION  
Refer to Figures 7-3 and 7-5 for component loca-  
tions. Refer to Figure 7-11 for equipment needed and  
setup diagram.  
1. Connect the:  
power supply ground lead to P105,  
+15V DC lead to P103,  
+26.5V DC lead to P101 and  
the 36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB.  
Select "PA" from the "TEST" menu in the  
Repeater Programming Software.  
IMPORTANT NOTE  
2. Connect attenuator and power meter to A8.  
3. Set R663 fully counterclockwise.  
No field alignment is required. Adjustments in  
Sections 7.4.2 and 7.4.4 are part of a new unit pro-  
duction test procedure. They should only be per-  
formed as required on "out-of-warranty" and  
"field-repaired" units. Broken seals on R76, R663  
or R680 will void the warranty! Full power control  
range of 25-75W is controlled by the repeater con-  
figuration parameters under the Edit-Setup  
Parameters menu selection.  
4. Set R76 on the RFIB fully counterclockwise.  
5. Set the signal generator to +16 dBm ±0.1 dB at  
937.5 MHz.  
NOTE: All cable and attenuator losses must be mea-  
sured and incorporated into this measurement.  
The adjustments in Section 7.4.2 provide for  
proper matching for the output of Q501 and set a pro-  
tective limit on the drive to the final transistors. This  
limit is approached only under certain unusual operat-  
ing or repair conditions. However, improper adjust-  
ment may impair normal operation of the PA, espe-  
cially at temperature extremes.  
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENTS  
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA.  
7. Adjust R663 for 85W ±2W (±0.1 dB).  
8. Verify that Output 1 is within 20% of  
Output 2.  
If Q501 or U501 are replaced, only Section 7.4.2  
adjustments should be performed. No other adjust-  
ments are necessary in this case. Replacement of RF  
components surrounding Q501 and U501 does not jus-  
tify performance of Section 7.4.2 adjustments.  
Replacement of active components within the power  
control circuitry of the RF Interface Board would  
require Section 7.4.2 adjustments.  
9. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.  
7.4.3 PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUST-  
MENT  
1. Set a power reference of 0 dB at 85W.  
Section 7.4.2 adjustments are necessary only if  
repairs are made and such repairs are likely to affect  
the sensitivity/calibration of the forward or reverse  
power detectors (e.g. replacement of detector diodes  
2. Monitor the Transmit current and RF output level.  
Use the Up Arrow key to increase the power level  
until 0.6 dB above 85W (97W) is reached or peak  
PA output.  
March 1999  
7-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
NOTE: If the Transmit current begins to increase rap-  
idly and is not constant with time, then unkey the PA  
immediately and troubleshoot.  
3. Adjust power limit control R76 clockwise until  
power is limited to 0.55 dB above 85W (95W). If  
the maximum PA power is < 95W, adjust R76 until  
power begins to decrease.  
7.4.4 REFLECTED POWER ADJUST  
1. Remove the load cable from A8.  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA.  
NOTE: This will not harm the PA.  
3. Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot R680 for  
equal voltages on W126 and W121 on the RFIB or  
for equal Forward and Reverse Power.  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.  
5. Apply "Glyptol" to R663, R680 and R76.  
6. Use the “Turn fan on” button to turn on/off fans.  
Both PA fans should turn ON.  
7. Measure temperature detector voltage at W127 on  
the RFIB. Normal output at 25°C ambient is  
approximately +1.0V DC.  
R663  
R680  
Q503  
Q502  
R509  
U501  
R508  
A8  
B
Q501  
C537  
Figure 7-3 POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.5 160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT  
7. Adjust Forward Power Calibration Pot R663 for  
160W ±0.1 dB (±3.5W).  
Refer to Figures 7-4 and 7-5 for component loca-  
tions. Refer to Figure 7-8 for equipment needed and  
setup diagram.  
8. Verify Output 1 is within 20% of Output 2 and Out-  
put 3 is within 20% of Output 4.  
NOTE: No alignment is required unless the driver  
transistor Q502 or driver matching caps have been  
replaced or critical components on the power detec-  
tor board have been replaced.  
7.5.2 PRE-DRIVER POWER LIMIT ADJUST-  
MENT  
1. Set a power reference of 0 dB at 160W.  
2. Monitor the Transmit current and RF output level.  
Use the Up Arrow key to increase the power level  
until 0.8 dB above 160W is reached (192W).  
WARNING  
Breaking the glyptol on R663, R680 or R76 will void  
the warranty on the PA.  
CAUTION  
If TX current begins to increase rapidly and is  
not constant with time, then unkey the PA immedi-  
ately and troubleshoot.  
7.5.1 POWER OUTPUT ADJUSTMENTS  
Refer to Figure 7-8 for test circuit and equipment  
needed.  
3. Adjust power limit control R76 clockwise until  
power is limited to 0.75 dB above 175W (192W).  
1. Connect the:  
power supply ground lead to P105,  
+15V DC lead to P103,  
+26.5V DC lead to P101 and  
the 36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB.  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.  
7.5.3 REFLECTED POWER ADJUST  
1. Remove the load cable from A8.  
2. Connect attenuator and power meter to A8, the  
Transmit Antenna Connector.  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA. This  
will not harm the PA.  
3. Set R663 on the Forward/Reverse Power Detect  
board fully counterclockwise.  
3. Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot R680 for  
equal voltages on W126 and W121 on the RFIB or  
for equal Forward and Reverse Power.  
4. Set R76 on the RFIB fully counterclockwise.  
5. Set the generator to +15 dBm ±0.1 dB at  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the PA.  
5. Apply ’glyptol’to R663, R680 and R76.  
937.5 MHz.  
NOTE: All cable and attenuator losses must be mea-  
sured and incorporated into this measurement.  
6. Use the “Turn on fan” button to turn on/off fans.  
Both PA fans should turn ON.  
CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT  
7. Measure temperature detector voltage at W127 on  
the RFIB. Normal output at 25°C ambient is  
approximately +1V DC.  
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the PA.  
March 1999  
7-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
R663  
Q704  
R680  
R717  
R716  
WO510  
Q703  
Q702  
R730  
R701  
R702  
U501  
R703  
A8  
Q701  
Q502  
Figure 7-4 160W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS  
J104  
R170  
J103  
J102  
U108  
R171  
R150  
U104  
R106  
WO143  
J101  
WO144  
WO145  
R76  
WO147  
WO120  
WO126  
WO124 WO123  
WO125  
WO127  
WO121  
WO115  
WO122  
Figure 7-5 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
RED  
RED  
GREEN  
WHITE  
BLACK  
GREEN  
WHITE  
WHITE  
WHITE  
BLACK  
BLACK  
BLACK  
(INCLUDED IN 2000 SERIES SERVICE KIT 250-2000-230)  
Figure 7-6 POWER EXTENDER CABLES  
AC  
VOLTMETER  
RF SIGNAL  
GENERATOR  
SWITCH (RNT)  
REPEATER  
LINK LINES  
RXA+  
RXA+  
RXA-  
M
A
C
RXA-  
C
I
M
J11  
J100  
J103  
TXS+  
TXS-  
TXS+  
TXS-  
AC  
VOLTMETER  
AC  
AC  
VOLTMETER  
VOLTMETER  
Figure 7-7 REPEATER TO CIM TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
7-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
CR1  
GRN  
DS1  
CR2  
YEL  
CR5  
YEL  
CR4  
RED  
CR3  
RED  
GND  
J103  
J1  
PROG  
JACK  
A
D
LEVEL  
J100  
S1  
RESET  
LOCAL  
ON/OFF/VOL  
POWER  
CWID  
R236  
HANG  
SWITCH  
MOBILE  
MIC  
J102  
XMIT  
SPKR  
J101  
EXT SPKR  
TEST POINT  
J500  
J104  
J501  
GND  
J502  
+15V  
POWER METER  
50 OHM  
DUMMY LOAD  
40 dB  
THRULINE  
ATTENUATOR  
COMMUNICATIONS  
SERVICE MONITOR  
RF INPUT  
Figure 7-8 160W PA TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
DC  
AC  
VOLTMETER  
VOLTMETER  
1.25 MHz  
OSCILLOSCOPE  
TM  
OCXO1  
OCXO2  
DELTA  
F
OUTPUT  
AC  
DC  
DC BACKUP  
INTERRUPT  
OCXO  
1
INTERRUPT  
OCXO  
2
INTERRUPT  
16 OHM  
AUDIO DISTORTION  
ANALYZER  
HP 334A  
POWER CABLES  
COMMUNICATIONS  
SERVICE MONITOR  
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE  
FREQUENCY COUNTER  
RFIB  
J401  
J201  
J402  
Figure 7-9 RECEIVER TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
DC  
AC  
VOLTMETER  
VOLTMETER  
1.25 MHz  
OSCILLOSCOPE  
MODULATION ANALYZER  
HP 8901A  
POWER CABLES  
POWER METER  
10 dB  
50 OHM  
DUMMY LOAD  
HP 436A  
36-PIN RIBBON CABLE  
FREQUENCY COUNTER  
10 dB  
RFIB  
J401  
J201  
J402  
Figure 7-10 EXCITER TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
CR1  
GRN  
DS1  
CR2  
CR5  
YEL  
YEL  
RED  
RED  
CR4  
CR3  
GND  
J103  
J1  
PROG  
JACK  
A
D
LEVEL  
J100  
S1  
RESET  
LOCAL  
ON/OFF/VOL  
POWER  
CWID  
HANG  
R236  
SWITCH  
MIC  
J102  
MOBILE  
XMIT  
TEST POINT  
J500  
SPKR  
J101  
EXT SPKR  
J104  
J501  
GND  
J502  
+15 V  
B
C
B
B
E
B
POWER METER  
50 OHM  
DUMMY LOAD  
HP 436A  
B
C
B
B
E
B
B
C
B
E
B
B
40 dB  
THRULINE  
ATTENUATOR  
Figure 7-11 75W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.6 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT  
7.6.3 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS  
7.6.1 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM  
NOTE: 2000 Series OCXO must be powered up for 1/  
2 hour or longer to stabilize frequency.  
1. Select the TEST - FULL REPEATER - ALL TEST  
and press Enter.  
Transmit Mode  
7.6.2 REPEATER SETUP  
1. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the repeater.  
The Viking VX repeater has been pretested at the  
factory, therefore only performance tests are required  
to check the repeater. Refer to test setup diagrams for  
equipment and cabling diagram.  
2. The Transmit LED on the IAC should turn on to  
indicate the repeater is transmitting.  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
repeater.  
1. Pretest the MPC, IAC, MAC and RFIB per their  
individual board level test procedures.  
Transmitter Output Power Test  
2. Pretest the Power Amplifier, Exciter, Receiver and  
Chassis per their individual test procedures. The RF  
modules should be tuned for the customer specified  
T/R frequency pair. If not, retune per individual test  
procedures.  
1. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the repeater.  
2. Check the transmit output power. The power can be  
adjusted from the computer using the Power Control  
button. Calibrate test equipment for ±2W.  
3. Assemble the Transceiver to the Power Amplifier  
and insert into the chassis along with the Power Sup-  
ply, MPC and MAC. Slide the IAC partially into the  
card rack but do not engage the locking level. Con-  
nect the OCXO input to the high stability 1.25 MHz  
source.  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the  
repeater.  
NOTE: This adjustment will alter the repeater’s stored  
default value.  
7.6.4 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT  
4. Engage the locking lever of the IAC and turn on the  
repeater power supply switch (S508) in the IAC or  
engage the locking lever (see Figure 7-30).  
Receiver TCXO Frequency Test  
1. Check the receiver injection frequency by using a  
"sniffer" pickup loop, or RF probe connected to a  
suitable frequency counter placed near L210 in the  
Receiver (see Section 7.2.4). The frequency should  
be the Channel Frequency minus 52.95 MHz  
(±90 Hz).  
The operating code has been programmed at the  
factory. The parameters are programmed into the  
MPC. If these parameters have changed or are incor-  
rect, exit this test and reprogram the repeater.  
It may be necessary to remove the RF assembly  
from the chassis and connect via extension cables for  
some of the tests or adjustments.  
2. Tune Y201 (TCXO) on the Receiver at TP1 for 3.5V  
DC ±0.05V (response time is very slow).  
Receiver Audio Distortion Measurement  
NOTE: Unless specifically stated otherwise, all mea-  
surements are to be done per the latest TIA docu-  
mented procedures. All audio generators and audio  
voltmeters are unbalanced unless specifically stated  
otherwise.  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1  
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 on the MAC and  
connect to an AC voltmeter.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
3. Adjust R237 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).  
6. Increase the RF generator output until the Receiver  
unsquelches. Reading shall be  
4. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to  
J101 or J104 of the MAC.  
≤ 10 dB SINAD.  
Receiver Data Level Adjustment  
5. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS and measure the distor-  
tion. Distortion should be < 3%.  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a  
100 Hz tone at ±800 Hz deviation.  
Receiver Hum and Noise Measurement  
2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 on the MAC and  
connect to an AC voltmeter.  
NOTE: Receiver cover must be on for this measure-  
ment.  
3. Adjust R235 to achieve 340 mV RMS  
Local Speaker/Microphone Check  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1  
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to  
J101 or J104 of the MAC.  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1  
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.  
2. Plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102 of the  
MAC.  
4. Remove modulation from the RF generator. The  
measured level shall be ≤ -45 dB.  
3. Adjust R236 until the 1 kHz tone is heard.  
Receiver Desense Check  
Receiver SINAD Measurement  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1  
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to  
J101 or J104 of the MAC.  
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to  
J101 or J104 of the MAC.  
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.  
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.  
4. 12 dB SINAD reading shall be ≤ 0.35 µV.  
Receiver Squelch Adjustment  
4. Adjust the RF generator output for 12 dB SINAD.  
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a 1  
kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
6. SINAD shall not degrade more than 1 dB;  
i.e. no less than 11 dB SINAD.  
2. Connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to  
J101 or J104 of the MAC.  
7. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.  
Receiver Miscellaneous Tests (Optional)  
4. Set the RF generator output for 5 dB SINAD.  
Several additional tests may be performed on the  
Repeater Receiver as listed below:  
5. Adjust R234 on the MAC so the Receiver just  
squelches.  
1. Signal Displacement Bandwidth  
March 1999  
7-15  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
2. Adjacent Channel Rejection  
3. Offset Channel Selectivity  
4. Intermodulation Rejection  
5. Spurious Rejection  
5. Adjust R305 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).  
6. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
7. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.  
8. Final adjustment must be performed on the cus-  
tomer channel. Apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm  
(1.73V RMS) to P100, pin 32 of the MAC. (Set  
modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.)  
6. Audio Response  
7. Audio Sensitivity  
Perform the Test desired using the appropriate RF  
Generators, modulation frequencies and levels, R236  
levels and test probes.  
9. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
10.Adjust U149 with the Level Control buttons to set  
7.6.5 RECEIVER EXPANDER MEASUREMENT  
the maximum allowed deviation at ±1.6 kHz ±50.  
NOTE: This test is valid only with compandor option  
installed.  
11.Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the  
receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at  
±1.5 kHz deviation.  
12.Remove the signal from P100, pin 32.  
2. Insert AC voltmeter probes into J100/J103 on the  
MAC. AC voltage shall be between 1.1 and 1.25V  
RMS.  
Repeat Audio Level Adjustment  
NOTE: Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment must be  
completed before this test.  
3. Adjust RF generator for ±800 Hz deviation. AC  
voltage shall be between 325 and 450 mV RMS.  
1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV output with a  
1 kHz tone at ±800 Hz deviation. Set modulation  
analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.  
4. Adjust RF generator for ±500 Hz deviation. Volt-  
age level shall be between 150 and 250 mV RMS.  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
7.6.6 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUST-  
MENTS  
3. Final adjustment must be performed on the cus-  
tomer channel. Adjust R237 on the MAC to  
achieve ±800 Hz (±50 Hz) transmit deviation.  
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are  
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.  
Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment  
1. Remove VNC cards if present.  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
5. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.  
2. Apply a 1 kHz tone at -3 dBm (548 mV RMS) to  
P100, pin 32 of the MAC.  
6. Connect an AC voltmeter to J103 and P100, pin 31  
(RX_VOICE).  
3. Insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an  
AC voltmeter.  
7. Adjust R238 for -3 dBm (548 mV RMS).  
8. Remove the RF generator from the Receiver.  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
Data Level Adjustment  
2. Press the microphone PTT and say "four" loudly  
into the microphone.  
1. Remove VNC cards if present. (Set modulation  
analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.) Final adjustment  
must be performed on the customer channel.  
3. Deviation should measure ±1.4-1.6 kHz.  
4. Release the microphone PTT.  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
Transmitter Hum and Noise Ratio (Optional)  
3. Adjust U151 with the Level Control buttons to  
NOTE: An HP8901A modulation analyzer is required  
for this test.  
achieve ±750 Hz ±50 Hz transmit deviation.  
4. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
1. On the modulation analyzer press:  
300 Hz HPF  
3000 Hz LPF  
FM  
Audio/Data Deviation Check  
Pre-Display  
750 µS  
1. Remove VNC cards if present.  
Avg RMS Cal  
0.22  
2. Apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) to  
P100, pin 32 of the MAC. (Set modulation analyzer  
LPF to 3 kHz.)  
dB  
2. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter and measure the Hum and Noise Ratio. The  
reading shall be < -45 dB.  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
4. Check for measured deviation out of the modulation  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
analyzer to be ±2.4 kHz +100/-200 Hz.  
5. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
Transmit Audio Distortion  
1. Remove VNC cards if present. On the modulation  
6. Disconnect all cables.  
CWID Level Check  
analyzer select:  
FM  
50 Hz  
15 kHz  
1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz. Use  
the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmitter.  
2. Apply 200 mV RMS at 1 kHz to P100, pin 32 of the  
MAC.  
2. Deviation should measure between 750 Hz and  
1250 Hz.  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
4. Adjust audio level to produce ±1 kHz deviation.  
Local Speaker/Microphone Check  
5. On the modulation analyzer select:  
300 Hz  
1. Plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102 of the  
MAC. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to  
3 kHz.  
3 kHz  
750 µs de-emphasis  
6. Distortion should be < 2%.  
March 1999  
7-17  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.6.7 TRANSMITTER COMPRESSOR MEA-  
SUREMENT  
4. Adjust R239 on the MAC for the type of line.  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
NOTE: This test is valid only with compandor option  
installed.  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
1. Set the modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.  
2. Apply +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) at 1 kHz to P100, pin  
32 on the MAC.  
Voice Audio To Repeater  
1. Set MAC S100 and S101, all Sections OFF (see  
Figure 7-12).  
3. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to key the transmit-  
ter.  
2. Inject a 1 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm  
source, at the level determined by the type of line  
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the  
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-12).  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
4. Deviation shall be between 1.35 and 1.5 kHz.  
5. Adjust 1 kHz signal to -8.2 dBm (300 mV RMS).  
Deviation shall be between 750 and  
850 kHz.  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
6. Adjust 1 kHz signal to -17.8 dBm (100 mV RMS).  
Deviation shall be between 450 and  
500 kHz.  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
3. Adjust R243 on the MAC to obtain -6 dBm (387  
mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.  
7. Use the "Turn on carrier" button to unkey the trans-  
mitter.  
8
7
6
5
4
)
D
N
3
-
G
S
(
X
-
)
2
R
S
O
I
X
1
D
S
R
)
U
D
A
N
(
)
7.6.8 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS  
G
+
(
K
+
S
-
S
S
-
S
X
F
(
R
X
O
X
+
R
N
T
)
S
X
O
I
R
)
D
K
U
NOTE: Section 7.6.6 must be completed before any of  
the following adjustments can be made.  
S
A
T
(
F
(
+
S
X
X
T
4
3
2
1
NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are  
unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.  
O
N
+
S
X
K
T
FS  
Voice Audio From Repeater  
1. Set MAC S100 and S101, all Sections OFF.  
Figure 7-12 S100 SETTING  
FSK Data Level Adjustment To Repeater  
2. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with  
a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
Separate Data Path (4-Wire) Optional Setting.  
3. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with a 600 ohm  
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and  
RXA- on J2, located on the back of the Repeater.  
1. Set MAC S100 Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 OFF; 2, 3, 6, 7  
ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure  
7-13).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
2. Inject a 1.2 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm  
source, at the level determined by the type of line  
used, into TXS+ and TXS- of J2 located on the back  
of the Repeater (see Figure 7-14).  
2. Inject a 1.2 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm  
source, at the level determined by the type of line  
used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the  
back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-18).  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)  
3. Adjust R242 on the MAC to obtain -10 dBm (245  
mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.  
3. Adjust R242 on the MAC to obtain -10 dBm  
(245 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.  
8
7
8
6
S
7
6
5
1
0
5
0
4
)
3
D
-
S
4
)
GN  
(
2
X
D
-
R
O)  
S
X
N
I
3
-
D
1
G
(
S
)
R
U
D
N
X
-
A
)
2
(
S
R
)
O
+
G
K
S
X
I
(
S
-
R
1
D
U
X
)
(
S
F
(
ON  
R
X
D
+
R
A
(
N
S
)
K
S
X
G
+
(
R
S
-
F
S
X
X
R
O
N
-
+
R
S
S
)
X
X
O
I
T
R
)
D
S
K
4
U
S
F
1
A
(
0
3
(
1
+
+
S
S
2
TX  
1
TX  
4
3
ON  
+
2
S
X
K
T
S
F
1
O
N
+
S
X
K
T
S
F
Figure 7-13 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTINGS  
Figure 7-15 SWITCH SETTINGS  
1
RXS+  
TXS+  
2
RXA+  
TXA+  
RXS-  
J2  
1
TXS-  
RXA-  
TXA-  
33  
2
34  
33  
J2  
Figure 7-14 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK (SECOND-  
ARY)  
34  
FSK Data Level Adjustment To Repeater  
Data over Voice (2-Wire) Default Setting.  
Figure 7-16 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK  
1. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,  
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-15).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
FSK Data Level Adjustment From Repeater  
Separate Data Path (4-Wire) Optional Setting.  
S
1
0
0
1. Set MAC S100 Sections 1, 4, 5, 8 OFF; 2, 3, 6, 7  
ON; S101 Sections 2, 3, 4 OFF; 1 ON  
(see Figure 7-15).  
)
D
N
X
-
G
S
X
(
-
)
S
R
O
I
X
D
R
)
U
X
D
A
(
N
)
G
+
(
K
S
-
S
F
-
S
(
S
R
+
R
TX  
)
S
X
O
2. Adjust R240 on the MAC to obtain -16 dBm  
(123 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.  
I
R
)
D
K
U
A
T
(
FS  
(
+
+
S
S
X
TX  
S
101  
3. Press F2 to advance to the next screen.  
4. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm  
input impedance between balanced lines RXS+ and  
RXS- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see  
Figure 7-14).  
+
S
X
K
FS  
T
5. Adjust R241 on the MAC for the type of line used.  
Figure 7-17 S100/S101 RS-232  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
RS-232 Data To And From Switch (RNT) (Optional)  
These are the switch settings only.  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
1. Set MAC S100, Sections 2, 3, 6, 7 OFF; 1, 4, 5, 8  
ON (see Figure 7-17).  
FSK Data Level Adjustment From Repeater  
Data over Voice (2-Wire) Default Setting.  
2. Set MAC S101, Sections 1, 3, 4 OFF; 2 ON (see  
Figure 7-17).  
NOTE: This adjustment can only be done after  
Voice Audio To Switch is completed.  
7.6.9 REPEATER OPERATION  
1. Set MAC S100, all Sections OFF; S101 Sections 2,  
3, 4 OFF; 1 ON (see Figure 7-15).  
New HSDB Test  
1. Switch settings on the MPC for RS-485 (new style)  
operation are shown in Figure 7-18. S002 all Sec-  
tion On. S003 all Section Off.  
2. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm  
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and  
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see  
Figure 7-18).  
1
2
3
4
3. Adjust R240 on the MAC for the type of line used.  
O
N
1
S3  
2
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)  
3
4
5
6
7
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)  
8
O
N
S2  
Figure 7-18 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand  
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section  
4.3.3).  
2. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.  
3. Key the radio several times on the programmed Sys-  
tem/Group. Access should occur every time.  
3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.  
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no  
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)  
see Table 1-2.  
(Proper Tx/Rx antenna connections are assumed.)  
Alarm Test  
Old HSDB Test  
1. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.  
1. Switch settings on the MPC for single-ended 5V  
(old style) operation are shown in Figure 7-19.  
S002 Sections 1-8 Off. S003 all sections On.  
2. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no  
alarms have occurred (see Table 1-2).  
7.7 SWITCH (RNT) INTERFACE  
1
2
3
4
7.7.1 REPEATER SETUP  
O
N
1. Connect the repeater as shown in Figures 7-7, 7-20  
and 7-21.  
1
S3  
2
3
4
5
6
7
2. Adjust the repeater for the type of link used for com-  
munication back to the CIM in the Switch. The  
types of links used are:  
8
O
N
S2  
Leased Lines (LL)  
Direct Connection (DC)  
Microwave (MW)  
T1 Interfaces (T1)  
Figure 7-19 OLD HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS  
3. Program the repeater for the specified parameters  
using the Programmer.  
2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand  
Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section  
4.3.3).  
NOTE: Assume all audio generators and voltmeters to  
be unbalanced unless stated otherwise.  
3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.  
Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no  
HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)  
see Table 1-2.  
7.7.2 CIM SETUP  
1. Adjust the CIM for the type of link used for commu-  
nication back to the repeater. The types of links  
used are:  
Handshake Test  
Leased Lines (LL)  
1. Program an LTR, portable or mobile, for the follow-  
ing parameters.  
Direct Connection (DC)  
Microwave (MW)  
T1 Interfaces (T1)  
Refer to the LTR-Net Switch, Setup and Alignment  
manual, PN 001-3239-001, for more information on  
the CIM alignment (see Figure 7-31).  
Home Repeater - Same as repeater number.  
Home Channel - Same as repeater channel.  
Area - Same as repeater’s area bit.  
Encode ID - 1  
2. Connect the link lines to the Switch and its associ-  
ated CIM (see Figure 7-21).  
Decode ID - 1  
March 1999  
7-21  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
RXA+  
TXA+  
S1  
1
0
0
RXA-  
TXA-  
)
D
N
-
G
S
(
X
-
)
R
S
O
I
X
D
R
)
U
X
D
A
(
N
2
)
G
+
(
K
S
-
S
S
-
S
X
S
F
(
R
X
+
R
T
)
S
X
O
I
R
)
D
K
U
S
A
(
F
(
+
+
S
33  
X
TX  
T
S1  
0
J2  
1
34  
+
S
X
K
FS  
T
Figure 7-20 J2 CONNECTOR  
Figure 7-22 S100/S101 SWITCH SETTING  
7.7.3 VOICE AUDIO TO SWITCH  
1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF  
(see Figure 7-22).  
2. Connect an RF generator to the receiver.  
VOICE LINK CONNECTIONS  
VIKING VX  
REPEATER  
SWITCH  
3. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with  
J2-1  
J2-2  
P1-31  
P1-32  
a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.  
RxA+  
RxA-  
RxA+  
PRIMARY  
RxA  
RxA-  
4. Connect a balanced AC Voltmeter with a 600 ohm  
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and  
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see  
Figure 7-18).  
J2-3  
J2-4  
P1-63  
P1-64  
TxA+  
TxA-  
TxA+  
TxA-  
PRIMARY  
TxA  
5. On the MAC, adjust R239 for the type of line used.  
DATA LINK CONNECTIONS  
VIKING VX  
REPEATER  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
SWITCH  
J2-13  
J2-14  
P1-27  
P1-28  
RxS+  
RxS-  
RxS+  
RxS-  
SECONDARY  
RxA  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
J2-15  
J2-16  
P1-59  
P1-60  
TxS+  
TxS-  
TxS+  
TxS-  
SECONDARY  
TxA  
7.7.4 VOICE AUDIO FROM SWITCH  
1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF  
(see Figure 7-22).  
Figure 7-21 VIKING VX VOICE/DATA LINK  
2. On the CIM (in the Switch) generate an alignment  
tone (set S5 to "1") (see Figure 7-31).  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
3. On the CIM, connect a balanced AC voltmeter at  
7.7.5 BLANK AND BURST - FSK DATA FROM  
SWITCH  
J12.  
4. On the CIM, adjust R44 for the type of line used.  
1. On the MAC,  
set S100 all Sections OFF  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
set S101, sections 2, 3, 4 OFF  
set S101, section 1 ON (see Figure 7-23).  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
2. On the CIM, (in the Switch) generate an alignment  
tone (set S5 to a value of "8").  
5. On the MAC, adjust R243 for -6 dBm  
(387 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.  
3. On the CIM, adjust R86 at TP4 for the type of line  
used.  
S
1
0
0
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)  
)
D
N
-
G
S
(
X
-
)
S
R
O
I
X
D
R
)
U
D
A
N
(
)
G
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)  
K
+
(
S
S
-
S
F
(
X
R
X
-
+
R
S
S
)
X
X
O
T
I
R
)
D
K
U
S
A
(
F
(
+
+
S
S
TX  
TX  
S
4. On the CIM, verify at J12 (see Figure 7-31).  
1
0
1
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-21 dBm (69 mV RMS)  
+
S
X
K
FS  
T
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-37 dBm (11 mV RMS)  
Figure 7-23 MAC SWITCH SETTINGS  
BASIC BOARD MODULE  
023-2000-830  
FAN CONTROL  
TEMP  
OFF  
POWER SUPPLY  
ENABLE  
I
ON  
POWER SUPPLY  
B+  
B-  
Vs1  
0-35V >60W  
VCHGR  
Vs2  
0-40V @ 3A  
(+)  
(-)  
ACTIVE  
LOAD  
Figure 7-24 BATTERY REVERT TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
7.7.6 FSK LINK - FSK DATA LEVEL TO SWITCH  
6. Decrease VS1 until:  
the relay engages  
1. On the MAC,  
the LED goes out  
set S100 all Sections OFF  
set S101, sections 2, 3, 4 OFF  
set S101, section 1 ON (see Figure 7-23).  
voltage is present at the active load.  
This voltage will be 28V DC ±0.5V.  
2. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with 600 ohm  
input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and  
RXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see  
Figure 7-20).  
7. Set Vs1 to 26.5V DC and turn the enable line to  
OFF. No voltage will be present at the active load.  
8. Decrease Vs1 until:  
the relay disengages  
3. On the MAC, adjust R240 for the type of line used.  
the LED lights  
no voltage is present at the active load.  
Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)  
-22 dBm (62 mV RMS)  
This voltage will be 19V DC ±0.5V.  
Microwave/T1 (optional)  
-38 dBm (10 mV RMS)  
9. With the enable line OFF measure current Is, it  
should be less than 20 mA.  
7.8 VISUAL CHECK  
10.Reverse the polarity of Vs1  
Set to 26.5V DC  
1. Make sure the heat sunk parts are not shorted to the  
heat-sink.  
BBM Enable ON  
Reverse Battery LED will light and Is should be less  
than 50 mA.  
2. Verify all electrolytic capacitors are installed cor-  
rectly.  
11.Disconnect the test setup.  
3. Connect 023-2000-830 Battery Back-Up as shown  
in Figure 7-24.  
7.10 BATTERY CHARGER SECTION  
7.9 BATTERY REVERT TEST  
1. Connect Battery Backup Module as shown in Figure  
7-25.  
1. Connect the circuit as shown in Figure 7-24.  
2. Turn the active load to current mode at 1A.  
3. Turn enable to On, battery fault LED should be on.  
2. Set the active load to 0A and set Vs2 to 40V at 3A.  
3. Adjust R140 so the voltage at the active load reads  
27.55V DC ±0.1V.  
4. Increase Vs1 until:  
NOTE: The temperature sensor LM335 has to be at  
the relay engages  
22°C (room temperature).  
the voltage is present on the active load  
the battery fault LED is off.  
4. Increase the active load current to 1.8A and verify  
voltage at the load is greater than 26V.  
This voltage will be 22V DC ±0.5V.  
NOTE: The fan control line will stay at 0V until the  
heat sink is above 50°C.  
5. Increase Vs1 until:  
the relay disengages  
the LED lights  
no voltage is present at the active load.  
5. Set the active load current to zero, shut off Vs2 and  
disconnect the BBM. Glyptol R140.  
This voltage will be 31V DC ±0.5V.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
BASIC BOARD MODULE  
023-2000-830  
LM335  
1k  
FAN CONTROL  
TEMP  
OFF  
ON  
ENABLE  
POWER SUPPLY  
ACTIVE  
LOAD  
B+  
B-  
VCHGR  
Vs2  
0-40V @ 3A  
(+)  
(-)  
Figure 7-25 BATTERY CHARGER TEST SETUP  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
Figure 7-26 SWITCH (RNT) BACKPLANE WIREHARNESS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
NOT USED  
PIN NUMBERS  
26 WHT/BLU RXS-  
BLU/WHT RXS+  
27 WHT/ORN TXS-  
1
2
28  
3
ORN/WHT TXS+  
WHT/GRN EB  
GRN/WHT EA  
UNIT 1  
UNIT 2  
UNIT 3  
UNIT 4  
29 WHT/BRN MB  
BRN/WHT MA  
4
30 WHT/SLT  
SLT/WHT  
31 RED/BLU  
BLU/RED  
RXA-  
RXA+  
TXA-  
TXA+  
5
6
32 RED/ORN RXS-  
ORN/RED RXS+  
33 RED/GRN TXS-  
GRN/RED TXS+  
34 RED/BRN EB  
BRN/RED EA  
7
8
9
35 RED/SLT  
10 SLT/RED  
36 BLK/BLU  
11 BLU/BLK  
37 BLK/ORN  
12 ORN/BLK  
38 BLK/GRN  
13 GRN/BLK  
39 BLK/BRN  
14 BRN/BLK  
40 BLK/SLT  
15 SLT/BLK  
41 YEL/BLU  
16 BLU/YEL  
42 YEL/ORN  
17 ORN/YEL  
43 YEL/GRN  
18 GRN/YEL  
44 YEL/BRN  
19 BRN/YEL  
45 YEL/SLT  
20 SLT/YEL  
46 VIO/BLU  
21 BLU/VIO  
47 VIO/ORN  
22 ORN/VIO  
48 VIO/GRN  
23 GRN/VIO  
49 VIO/BRN  
24 BRN/VIO  
50 VIO/SLT  
25 SLT/VIO  
MB  
MA  
RXA-  
RXA+  
TXA-  
TXA+  
RXS-  
RXS+  
TXS-  
TXS+  
EB  
6
31  
25 24 23  
50  
20 19 18 17 16 15  
40  
8
33  
5
4
1
22 21  
46  
14 13 12 11 10  
39 38 37 36  
9
34  
7
32  
3
28  
2
43 42  
30 29  
27 26  
49 48 47  
45 44  
41  
35  
MALE CONNECTOR FOR CABLES TO UNITS 1, 2, 3 AND 4  
EA  
MB  
MA  
RXA-  
RXA+  
TXA-  
TXA+  
RXS-  
RXS+  
TXS-  
TXS+  
EB  
EA  
MB  
MA  
RXA-  
RXA+  
TXA-  
TXA+  
Figure 7-27 SWITCH (RNT) PUNCH BLOCK  
March 1999  
7-27  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
WATCH DOG  
S101  
ON  
4
3
2
1
RNT RS-232  
RESET  
P101  
S102  
GND  
J103  
SEC AUDIO  
TO RNT  
U149  
TX  
RX NET  
MOD  
LEVEL  
SECONDARY AUDIO  
TO RNT  
A D LEVEL  
S100  
SEC AUDIO  
FROM RNT  
ON  
8
J100  
5
4
3
2
1
TEST POINT  
FSK  
TO RNT  
7
6
EXTERNAL MODEM  
2-3/4-5 NORMAL OPERATION  
1-2/3-4 LTR DATA MODEM  
1
17  
5
MAIN AUDIO  
TO RNT  
4
3
2
1
3 TXS+  
4 TXS-  
TX  
DATA  
LEVEL  
MAIN AUDIO  
FROM RNT  
VOTER AUDIO 25  
RX WB AUDIO 27  
P100  
U151  
13 MAIN AUDIO TO RNT  
RX AUDIO  
ADJUST  
LOCAL SPKR  
R236  
RX VOICE 31  
TX VOICE 32  
15 TX AUDIO +  
16 TX AUDIO -  
ON/OFF/VOL  
VOTER  
AUDIO  
LEVEL  
RX DATA  
LEVEL  
LOCAL MIC  
J102  
TX  
VOICE  
LEVEL  
SPEAKER/MIC  
J101  
RX VOICE  
LEVEL  
NOISE  
LEVEL  
SPEAKER  
J104  
TX VOICE  
LEVEL  
Figure 7-28 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
S3  
S2  
ON  
ON  
33  
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7  
1 2 3 4  
BALANCED RX/TX  
8
WATCHDOG  
J6  
RESET  
S1  
2
1
3
J5  
3 HSDB  
2
1
12  
11.059  
MULTI-NET  
2 4  
1 3  
6
5
J4  
P1  
EPROM MEMORY  
LOADING  
1
10  
6
DS1  
USED WITH CR3/4 FOR ALARMS  
5
- MPC OPERATIONAL (BLINKING)  
GRN  
YEL  
CR1  
64  
32  
- ON = HIGH POWER, OFF = LOW POWER  
CR2  
CR5  
CR4  
CR3  
- ON = LTR, OFF = MULTI-NET  
USED WITH DS1 FOR ALARMS  
YEL  
RED  
RED  
+5V  
+12V  
MEMORY  
SELECT  
J2  
7A  
2
1
PROGRAMMING  
CONNECTOR  
3 2  
1
J1  
6
8B  
COMPUTER I/O  
2
1
76800  
38400  
19200  
9600  
J3  
4800  
2400  
1200  
14  
13  
Figure 7-29 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES  
ALARM 1  
ALARM 2  
+5V  
+15V  
8
1
2
8
1
2
3
4
+5V  
+15V  
33  
1
S500  
S501  
3
4
GND  
5
5
GND  
ALARM 3  
ALARM 4  
8
1
2
3
4
8
1
+5V  
+15V  
+5V  
+15V  
S503 23  
S502  
5
GND  
5
4
GND  
P500  
J504  
J503  
1
3
2
1
2
3
ALARM 4  
ALARM 3  
OUTPUT  
OUTPUT  
1-2 ALARM  
2-3 AD LEVEL  
1-2 ALARM  
2-3 AD LEVEL  
CR525  
CR523  
CR524  
CR501  
+15V (GRN)  
+15V ACC (GRN)  
-5V (GRN)  
+5V (GRN)  
CR503  
CR502  
CR505  
CR504  
CR500  
CWID (GRN)  
HANG (YEL)  
32  
64  
SWITCH (YEL)  
MOBILE (GRN)  
XMIT(RED)  
17  
1
J505SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT  
J500  
J501  
J502  
AD LEVEL TP  
GROUND  
+15V TP  
- INVERTED  
- NON-INVERTING  
- NON-INVERTING (U503 CONTROL)  
P501  
POWER SUPPLY  
DC ON/OFF  
S508  
32 16  
Figure 7-30 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
7-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SECTION 8 SERVICING  
8.1 INTRODUCTION  
8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING  
8.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS  
8.2.1 INTRODUCTION  
This repeater should be put on a regular mainte-  
nance schedule and an accurate performance record  
maintained. Important checks are receiver sensitivity  
and transmitter frequency, modulation, and power out-  
put. It is recommended that repeater performance be  
checked regularly even though periodic checks are not  
specifically required by the FCC.  
Synthesizer malfunctions can be caused by no  
VCO output, or the VCO is unlocked. The VCO can  
be unlocked due to a bad synthesizer chip, an incom-  
plete synthesizer phase-lock loop, or because the syn-  
thesizer chip is programmed incorrectly.  
To make certain that the synthesizer chip is  
receiving programming data, pins 17, 18 and 19 of the  
chip should be monitored during programming. Pin  
17 (Enable) will go from a high to a low level. Pin 18  
(Clock) will go from low to high in narrow pulses.  
Pin 19 (Data) goes from high to low with wider data  
pulses.  
8.1.2 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS  
A large number of the components used in this  
repeater are the surface-mounted type. Since these  
components are relatively small in size and are sol-  
dered directly to the PC board, care must be used  
when they are replaced to prevent damage to the com-  
ponent or PC board. Surface-mounted components  
should not be reused since they may be damaged by  
the unsoldering process. For more information on  
replacing surface-mounted components, refer to the  
Surface-Mounted Device Handbook, Part No. 001-  
0576-002.  
When the VCO is locked, the lock detect line of  
the synthesizer pin 2 is high with very narrow nega-  
tive-going pulses. These pulses become wider when  
the VCO is out of lock. When this unlock condition  
exists either in the Exciter VCO or the Receiver VCO  
it is relayed by the RF Interface board and is detected  
by the MPC via the RF Data lines. The MPC then  
does not allow the transmitter to key and the receiver  
cannot unsquelch.  
8.1.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPO-  
NENT LAYOUTS  
When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs  
to the phase detector are not in phase (refer to Sections  
6.1.15 and 6.2.8). The phase detector in the synthe-  
sizer then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the  
high or low end of its operating range (0 or 9V). This  
in turn causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low  
end of its frequency range.  
Schematic diagrams and component layouts of  
the PC boards used in this repeater are located in Sec-  
tion 10. A component locator guide is also provided  
for both the schematic and board layouts to aid in  
component location.  
8.1.4 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST  
As shown in Figures 6-1 and 6-4, a loop is  
formed by the VCO, buffer, frequency input (FIN) and  
the phase detector output (PD OUT). Therefore, if  
any of these components begin to malfunction,  
improper signals appear throughout the loop. How-  
ever, correct operation of the counters can still be veri-  
fied by measuring the input and output frequencies to  
check the divide number.  
A replacement parts list containing all the parts  
used in this repeater is located in Section 9. Parts are  
listed alpha numerically according to designator. For  
information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.10.  
8.1.5 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE  
Transmit or Receive TCXOs are not field ser-  
viceable because if a part is changed, a factory recali-  
bration must be performed to ensure that it stays  
within its ±1 PPM tolerance.  
Proceed as follows to check the input and output  
signal of the synthesizer modules to determine if they  
are operating properly.  
March 1999  
8-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SERVICING  
8.2.2 TCXO MODULE  
Modulus Control Signal  
Check the signal at TCXO, pin 5. It should be  
17.5 MHz for Y201 and Y401 at a level of approxi-  
mately 3V P-P. If the TCXO is defective, it is not ser-  
viceable and must be replaced with a new unit as  
described in Section 8.1.5.  
• The frequency of the modulus control signal on  
TEST 1, pin 9 should be equal to the N counter out-  
put frequency (either in or out of lock). When the  
VCO is in lock, this frequency should be 12.5 kHz.  
• The duty cycle of the modulus control signal deter-  
mines the divide number of the prescaler. The duty  
cycle (T1 ÷ T2) should be as follows:  
Measure the signal at pin 20 (Ref In) of the syn-  
thesizer chip. It will be approximately 1V P-P. If the  
signal is low here, the TCXO buffer circuit may be  
defective.  
T1 ÷ T2 = A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No  
T2 = 80 µs when locked.  
8.2.3 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR  
(VCO)  
Check for VCO output signal with a high imped-  
ance RF voltmeter. If there is no output signal, or if  
the frequency is greatly off, the VCO is defective.  
0V  
Next, monitor the signal level at pin 11 (F In) of  
the synthesizer chip. If the signal is less than 100 mV  
P-P, the VCO buffer is defective.  
T1  
T2  
10us/DIV 2V/DIV  
Lock Detector  
Figure 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM  
When the VCO is locked on frequency, the wave-  
form at pin 2 (Lock Det) should be as follows. When  
the VCO is unlocked, the negative-going pulses  
should be much wider than those shown in Figure 8-1.  
If the lock detect circuit is operating properly, check  
prescaler input pin 11 (F In).  
If the modulus control signal is not correct, the  
synthesizer may be defective or the logic may not be  
programming the correct divide number.  
The operation of the N and A counters can be  
observed by monitoring pins 16 and 19. Pin 16 (fV)  
equals fin ÷ (64N+A) = 12.5 kHz if the synthesizer is  
locked. Pin 9 is the modulus control signal.  
8.2.4 INTERNAL PRESCALER  
Checking Prescaler Divide Number  
The prescaler divide number can be checked by  
measuring the input and output frequencies. The pres-  
caler divide number can be calculated as follows. (A  
and N counter divide numbers are calculated as  
described in Section 8.2.5.)  
0V  
Prescaler Divide Number =  
64 + (A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No)  
50ns  
80us  
10us/DIV 2V/DIV  
Example: Channel 200 (receive)  
Prescaler Div No = 64 + (60 ÷ 1056) = 64.0568  
Figure 8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
8-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SERVICING  
Measure the prescaler input frequency at fin, pin  
11. Then measure the output frequency at TEST 2,  
pin 13 and calculate the divide number. If the VCO is  
not locked on frequency, the divide number should  
still be correct. The measured frequencies may not be  
exactly as calculated due to counter accuracy and res-  
olution limitations.  
"A" Counter  
A Counter Divide Number =  
(VCO freq (MHz) ÷ .0125) - (N Cntr Div No x 64)  
Example: Channel 200 (receive)  
A Cntr Div No = (845.550 ÷ .0125) - (1056 x 64)  
NOTE: The counter should be connected to a high  
stability reference oscillator.  
= 67,644 - 67,584  
= 60  
Example: Channel 300, VCO locked on frequency  
Example: Channel 200 (transmit)  
845.550 MHz (pin 11) ÷ 13.200 (pin 13) = 64.0568  
A Cntr Div No = (937.500 ÷ .0125) - (1171 x 64)  
= 75,000 - 74,944  
8.2.5 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER  
DIVIDE NUMBERS  
= 56  
8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING  
"N" Counter  
To isolate a receiver problem to a defective sec-  
tion, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Sec-  
tion 6.6.6 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10).  
If that does not indicate the problem, perform the per-  
formance tests in Section 7.2 to isolate the problem. If  
the synthesizer is out of lock, the receiver is also non-  
functional because the first injection and IF signals  
will be incorrect.  
N Counter Divide Number =  
Integer (VCO Freq. (MHz) ÷ 0.8)  
Example: Channel 200 (receive)  
VCO freq = 898.500 - 52.95 = 845.550 MHz  
N Cntr Div No = 845.550 ÷ 0.8 = 1056.9375  
Integer (whole no.) of 1056.9375 = 1056  
8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING  
To isolate a transmitter problem to a defective  
section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in  
Sections 6.6.4 and 6.6.6 and on the schematic diagram  
(Section 10). If that does not indicate the problem,  
perform the Performance Tests in Section 7.3, 7.4 and  
7.5 to isolate the problem. If the synthesizer is out of  
lock, the Exciter is also nonfunctional because the  
software will not allow the repeater to transmit.  
Example: Channel 200 (transmit)  
N Cntr Div No = 937.500 ÷ 0.8 = 1171.8750  
Integer (whole no.) of 1171.8750 = 1171  
8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING  
The power supply is a switch mode type with  
very high voltages. It is highly recommended that the  
power supply be returned to the factory for servicing  
(see Section 1.8). A parts list, schematic and compo-  
March 1999  
8-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SERVICING  
nent layout are provided for those customers that desire to do their own repairs (see Sections 9 and 10).  
AC FAIL  
+28V  
GND  
A
1
2
10  
11  
4
5
+5V  
+15V  
-5V  
7
8
9
3
B
12  
6
C
GND  
GND  
+15V  
THERMAL  
SENSE  
ON/OFF  
Figure 8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW  
CHARGER  
ACTIVE  
B-  
B+  
TEMP  
SWITCH  
REVERSE  
BATTERY  
CHARGER  
ON  
EARTH  
GROUND  
BATTERY  
FAULT  
LINE  
NEUTRAL  
Figure 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
8-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SERVICING  
Standby Battery Jack  
The Japanese EIA Standard may also utilize a bar  
to indicate the temperature coefficient.  
This provides a connection point for a +24V DC  
standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery  
only when the repeater enable line is on and AC has  
failed, or no AC is connected. A trickle charger can  
be jumpered in to charge the battery when AC returns.  
The charger jumper is removed when a separate bat-  
tery charger is used (see Figure 8-4). The standby bat-  
tery connection to the power supply must be ordered  
installed from the factory.  
Example: A2 - 100 pF NPO  
XX = NPO  
XX = N330  
|XX = X7R  
XX = N150  
XX = N470  
XX = N220  
XX = N750  
8.6.2 TANTALUM CHIP CAPS (510-26XX-XXX)  
NOTE: A small amount (<30 mA) of current is drawn  
from the batteries with the repeater off. If the repeater  
is going to be turned off for more than one week (with  
good batteries connected) the fuse should be removed  
from the DC cable harness.  
Tantalum chip capacitor identification varies with  
vendor and physical size. The positive (+) end is usu-  
ally indicated by a colored board or beveled edge.  
The value and voltage may be indicated by printing on  
the capacitor or by using a special code.  
8.5.1 VOLTAGE CHECKS  
8.6.3 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-XXX)  
Secondary voltages can be checked at the power  
supply connector with the power supply removed  
from the Repeater. First the on/off line must be  
grounded, jumper pin 5 to ground, then check the sup-  
ply voltages as shown (see Figure 8-2). If voltages are  
absent the supply must be sent to the E.F. Johnson  
Company.  
Three colored dots are used to indicate the value  
of chip inductors. The two dots on the left side indi-  
cate the first and second digits of the value in nano-  
Henries, and the single dot on the right side indicates  
the multiplier (see Table 8-1).  
Example: Dots - Brown-Black-Red  
8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION  
10 nH x 100 = 1000 nH (1.0 µH)  
8.6.1 CERAMIC CHIP CAPS (510-36XX-XXX)  
The last three digits of the part number are also  
the value and multiplier. The multiplier digits are  
shown in Table 8-1.  
Ceramic chip capacitors are identified using  
either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The  
values for both standards are shown in Table 8-2.  
8.6.4 CHIP RESISTORS  
American EIA Standard  
The value of chip resistors is indicated by a num-  
ber printed on the resistor. A 3-digit number is used to  
identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a 4-digit num-  
ber is used to identify ±1% resistors.  
This uses a single letter or number to indicate the  
value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate  
the multiplier.  
Japanese EIA Standard  
The 3-digit number used to identify ±5% and  
±10% resistors corresponds to the last 3-digits of the  
E.F. Johnson part number. This number is derived as  
shown.  
This uses a letter to indicate the value followed  
by a number to indicate the multiplier.  
Example:  
Example: 15 pF capacitor  
273  
339  
27k ohm  
3.3 ohm  
American - Single Black "E"  
Japanese -"E1"  
March 1999  
8-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SERVICING  
Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identi-  
Table 8-2 CERAMIC CHIP CAP  
IDENTIFICATION  
fied by a 4-digit number and others may not have a  
marking. When identified with a 4-digit number, the  
first three digits are the value and the fourth is the mul-  
tiplier.  
American EIA Standard  
Japanese EIA Standard  
First Letter/  
Number  
First Letter/  
Number  
Value (pF)  
Value (pF)  
Example: 5761  
5.76k ohm  
A
B
C
D
E
H
I
10  
11  
12  
13  
15  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
27  
30  
33  
36  
39  
43  
47  
51  
56  
62  
68  
75  
82  
91  
A
B
C
D
E
1.0  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.5  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.7  
3.0  
3.3  
3.6  
3.9  
4.3  
4.7  
5.1  
5.6  
6.2  
6.8  
7.5  
8.2  
9.1  
X
X
X
Value in ohms  
Multiplier  
F
0 = 0  
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
1 = 10  
J
K
L
N
O
R
S
T
V
W
X
Y
Z
3
2 = 100  
3 = 1k  
4 = 10k  
5 = 100k  
6 = 1M  
7 = 10M  
8 = 0.01  
9 = 0.1  
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
Figure 8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR  
4
7
9
Table 8-1 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION  
Second  
Number  
Color  
Multiplier  
Multiplier  
Orange  
0.1  
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
Black  
Green  
Blue  
1
10  
10  
100  
100  
1000  
10,000  
1000  
10,000  
100,000  
Violet  
Red  
Color  
Black  
1st Digit  
2nd Digit  
Multiplier  
(Last PN Digit)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1 (7)  
Brown  
Red  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 (8)  
100 (9)  
1000 (0)  
10,000 (1)  
100,000 (2)  
---  
Orange  
Yellow  
Green  
Blue  
8.6.5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES  
Surface mounted transistors and diodes are identi-  
fied by a special number that is shown in a table on  
Page 10-1.  
Violet  
Gray  
---  
---  
White  
0.1 (6)  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
8-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SERVICING  
8.7 BERYLLIUM PRODUCT WARNING  
Q501, Q502, Q503, R504, R505 in the 75W  
power amplifier and R685 R701, R702, R703, R716,  
R717, R730, Q502, Q701, Q702, Q703, Q704 in the  
160W Power Amplifier contain Beryllium (BeO).  
Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic  
lung disease. Refer to the Material Safety Data Sheets  
for further details.  
8.8 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE  
When replacing a device that uses Grafoil for the  
thermal interface, the Grafoil must be replaced. The  
old Grafoil must be completely removed from the  
heatsink. To avoid scuffing the heatsink a plastic  
scraper (e.g. tuning tool) should be used to remove the  
old Grafoil.  
March 1999  
8-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SERVICING  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
8-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECTION 9 PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
900 MHz LTR-Net 75W REPEATER  
PART NO. 242-2009-632  
900 MHz 75W REPEATER ASSEMBLY  
PART NO. 023-2009-932  
A 003 900 MHz 75W repeater assem 023-2009-932  
A 002 895 MHz drop-in circulator  
A 004 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon  
A 005 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon  
A 008 N ST BK cable assembly  
A 009 PA RF input coax SMB  
A 010 Forward/Reverse Power  
A 011 800 MHz LPF assembly  
585-0590-005  
A 006 Tx/Rx module assembly  
A 010 2000 series power supply  
023-2009-832  
023-2000-800  
023-2000-190  
023-2000-190  
416-0614-001  
597-3002-031  
023-2008-680  
023-2008-630  
HW0016-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012  
MP001 PA hold down bracket 017-2210-032  
PA001 Main Processor Card assem** 023-2000-310  
PA002 Main Audio Card assem** 023-2000-320  
PA003 Interface Alarm Card assem** 023-2000-350  
PA001 75W PA mechanical assem  
PA008 RF Interface board assembly 023-2008-110  
PA009 900 MHz 75W PA assembly 023-2009-500  
023-2009-732  
PA004 Repeater enclosure assembly 023-2000-200  
C 001 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 002 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 003 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 004 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 005 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 006 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 007 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 008 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 009 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 010 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 011 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 012 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 013 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
U 014 HSDB LTR-Net software  
023-9998-456  
W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG 597-1001-013  
900 MHz LTR-Net 160W REPEATER  
PART NO. 242-2009-634  
A 003 900 MHz 175W repeater assem 023-2009-934  
A 006 Tx/Rx module assembly  
A 010 2000 series power supply  
023-2009-832  
023-2000-800  
HW0016-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012  
MP033 PA hold down bracket 017-2210-032  
C 523 12 pF 250V mini mica  
C 524 12 pF 250V mini mica  
C 525 22 pF 250V mini mica  
C 526 22 pF 250V mini mica  
C 586 6.2 pF 250V mini mica  
C 587 6.2 pF 250V mini mica  
510-0019-120  
510-0019-120  
510-0019-220  
510-0019-220  
510-0219-629  
510-0219-629  
PA001 Main Processor Card assem** 023-2000-310  
PA002 Main Audio Card assem** 023-2000-320  
PA003 Interface Alarm Card assem** 023-2000-350  
PA004 Repeater enclosure assembly 023-2000-200  
EP500 Jumper/RF Power Detector  
016-2228-015  
U 014 HSDB LTR-Net software  
023-9998-456  
HW003 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB 560-9079-028  
HW004 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028  
W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG 597-1001-013  
J 001 2-pin lock receptacle #22  
515-9032-232  
**Requires Application Engineering authorization to  
purchase.  
March 1999  
9-1  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
Q 501* 30W 900 MHz 24V MRF894 576-0004-821  
Q 502* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 503* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 502* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 701* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 702* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 703* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 704* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
R 508* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001  
R 509* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mount 569-5001-003  
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mount  
R 701* 100 ohm 20W flange mount  
R 702* 100 ohm 20W flange mount  
569-5001-003  
569-5001-001  
569-5001-001  
U 501 6W 870-950 MHz power mod 544-4001-051  
R 703* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
R 716* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001  
R 717* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
R 730* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
900 MHz 160W REPEATER ASSEMBLY  
PART NO. 023-2009-934  
A 002 895 MHz drop-in circulator  
A 004 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon  
A 005 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon  
A 008 N ST BK cable assembly  
A 009 PA RF input coax SMB  
A 010 Forward/Reverse Power  
A 011 800 MHz LPF assembly  
585-0590-005  
023-2000-190  
023-2000-190  
416-0614-001  
597-3002-031  
023-2008-680  
023-2008-630  
U 501 18W 870-950 MHz power mod 544-4001-029  
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE MODULE  
PART NO. 023-2009-832  
HW001 5/8-24 X 0.094 hex nut NPB 560-9079-028  
HW002 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int. CPS 596-9119-028  
HW249 10-32 mach panhead phil ZPS 575-1610-020  
PA001 160W PA mechanical assem  
023-2009-734  
PA008 RF Interface board assembly 023-2008-110  
PA009 160W PA assembly 023-2009-520  
HW250 #10 flat washer ZPS  
J 202 BNC panel mount  
MP200 Transceiver pad  
596-1410-016  
515-3005-002  
017-2210-105  
C 001 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 002 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 003 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 004 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 005 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 006 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 007 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 008 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 009 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 010 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 011 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 012 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
C 013 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102  
PA002 Transceiver  
PA004 900 MHz Receiver  
PA005 900 MHz Exciter  
023-2000-205  
023-2009-200  
023-2009-400  
REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY  
PART NO. 023-2000-200  
A 004 Shelf power harness assembly 023-2000-165  
A 005 High speed data bus harness  
A 006 Input/Output harness assem  
A 007 Alarm harness assembly  
A 008 RF input harness assembly  
A 009 Controller backplane card  
A 010 External connector board  
A 011 Power supply filter board  
023-2000-170  
023-2000-175  
023-2000-180  
023-2000-185  
023-2000-210  
023-2000-220  
023-2000-250  
EP500 Jumper, RF Power Detector  
016-2228-015  
HW0035/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB  
560-9079-028  
HW0045/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028  
J 001 2-pin lock receptacle #22  
J 002 2-pin lock receptacle #22  
515-9032-232  
515-9032-232  
CH017 Chassis  
017-2210-080  
*DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. See Material Safety Data Sheets for details.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
EP001 Ferrite bead  
EP002 Ferrite bead  
EP010 3/8" heat shrink tubing  
EP011 1/2" tubing  
517-2002-008  
517-2002-009  
042-0241-556  
042-0241-557  
MP032 Dowel pin guide  
013-1723-230  
559-5861-163  
NP001 Nameplate E.F. Johnson  
TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL  
PART NO. 023-2000-205  
HW013 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-014  
HW014 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW016 8-32 panhead philips ZPS  
575-1606-012  
575-1608-012  
CH252 Transceiver housing  
015-0902-010  
574-3002-036  
575-0006-010  
HW017 10-32 machine panhead phil 575-1610-016  
HW018 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-5606-008  
HW019 6-32 machine flathead philips 575-8206-012  
HW020 6-32 x 0.094 nut 560-1106-010  
HW021 8-32 socket head shield screw 575-9078-106  
EP252 0.093 OD RF shield gasket  
HW2726-32 pan torx ZPS  
HW2736-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-016  
HW022 8 x 0.032 flat washer NPB  
HW023 #10 flat washer NPB  
HW024 1/2" cable clamp  
HW025 Ratcheting flat wire  
HW026 Floating connector shield  
HW027 Floating connector cushion  
HW029 Speed nut 0.093 stud  
HW030 4-40 shield screw  
596-2408-012  
596-1410-016  
572-0001-007  
572-0011-005  
018-1007-028  
018-1132-150  
537-0002-004  
575-9078-105  
574-3002-115  
MP253 Transceiver deck cover 015-0902-015  
CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-210  
F 001 4 Amp 250V submin fuse  
F 002 4 Amp 250V submin fuse  
F 003 1 Amp 250V submin fuse  
534-0017-020  
534-0017-020  
534-0017-014  
HW031 Lens, adhesive  
HW032 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-024  
HW033 6 x 0.018 lockwasher  
HW036 High vinyl foot  
596-1106-009  
574-1004-003  
FH001 Fuse holder  
FH002 Fuse holder  
FH003 Fuse holder  
534-0017-001  
534-0017-001  
534-0017-001  
J 010 Banana jack assembly .166  
J 011 Banana jack assembly .166  
J 012 Banana jack assembly .166  
108-2302-621  
108-2303-621  
108-2301-621  
HW012Polarizing key box cont  
515-7109-010  
J 001 34-pos latch ejection header  
J 002 34-pos latch ejection header  
515-9031-400  
515-9031-400  
MP001 PA floating connector bracket 017-2210-099  
MP012 8-32 x 1.15 spacer 0.375  
MP013 Guide pin shield  
MP015 Chassis top cover  
MP017 Door lock rod  
MP018 Mounting ears  
MP019 Door lock cam  
MP020 Front door lens  
MP021 PA slide  
013-1723-221  
013-1723-220  
017-2210-070  
013-1723-225  
017-2210-085  
017-2210-110  
032-0758-025  
032-0758-015  
032-0758-020  
537-9007-012  
574-9015-006  
017-2226-020  
574-0001-030  
574-0001-030  
013-1723-228  
013-1723-229  
MP001 Round swage spacer 0.5"  
MP002 Round swage spacer 0.75"  
312-2483-216  
312-2483-224  
P 001 64-pin DIN female straight  
P 002 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 003 64-pin DIN female straight  
P 004 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 005 64-pin DIN female straight  
P 006 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 007 64-pin DIN female straight  
P 008 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 009 32-pin DIN female straight  
515-7082-201  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-201  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-201  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-201  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-200  
MP022 Front door  
MP024 Slide lock cam  
MP025 Card guide 4.5"  
MP026 PA conn floating plate  
MP028 Flexible grommet  
MP029 Flexible grommet  
MP030 Spacer  
P 010 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397  
P 011 6-pin friction lock conn  
P 012 64-pin DIN female straight  
515-9031-205  
515-7082-201  
MP031 Spacer  
March 1999  
9-3  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
P 013 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 014 64-pin DIN female straight  
P 015 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 016 64-pin DIN female straight  
P 017 32-pin DIN female straight  
P 018 64-pin DIN female straight  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-201  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-201  
515-7082-200  
515-7082-201  
C 104 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
C 105 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 107 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
510-3606-104  
510-3602-390  
510-2626-229  
C 108 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 109 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 110 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
510-3606-104  
C 111 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473  
C 112 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109  
C 113 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473  
C 114 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109  
PC001 PC board  
035-2000-210  
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-220  
C 115 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473  
C 116 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103  
HW001 6-32 ss pem fastener  
HW002 Polarizing key box cnt  
560-9106-010  
515-7109-010  
C 117 1000 µF 50V  
510-4076-102  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
C 119 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
C 120 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
J 001 26-pos terminal block PC mt 515-7110-426  
J 002 34-pos terminal block PC mt 515-7110-434  
J 003 34-pos latch ejection header 515-9031-400  
J 004 8-pos modular jack  
J 005 8-pos modular jack  
C 125 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103  
C 126 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 130 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
510-3606-104  
515-2006-046  
515-2006-046  
C 132 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 135 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 138 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 141 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
MP001 Insulator  
018-1132-018  
559-0069-060  
C 143 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
NP001 External connector label  
C 149 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
C 150 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
P 001 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397  
P 002 8-pin friction lock header  
515-9031-207  
CR101 Switching SOT-23  
CR103 3.9V zener SOT-23  
CR104 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR107 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR108 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR109 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR110 5.1V zener SOT-23  
523-1504-002  
523-2016-399  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-519  
PC001 PC board  
035-2000-220  
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-250  
EP020 Ferrite bead  
EP021 Ferrite bead  
517-2002-009  
517-2002-009  
CR111 Dual switching common-cath 523-1504-022  
EP101 Terminal lug 2104-06  
EP102 Terminal lug 2104-06  
EP103 Terminal lug 2104-06  
EP104 Terminal lug 2104-06  
EP105 Terminal lug 2104-06  
586-0005-106  
586-0005-106  
586-0005-106  
586-0005-106  
586-0005-106  
MP001 Round tapped swage spacer  
MP002 Round tapped swage spacer  
312-2493-212  
312-2493-212  
PC001 PC board  
035-2000-250  
RF INTERFACE BOARD  
PART NO. 023-2008-110  
F 101 2A 250V AC sub-min  
F 102 2A 250V AC sub-min  
534-0017-017  
534-0017-017  
C 101 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-104  
510-2626-229  
510-2625-479  
FH101 Fuse holder PC mount  
FH102 Fuse holder PC mount  
534-1017-001  
534-1017-001  
C 102 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 103 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
HW105 Polarizing key box cnt  
HW106 Polarizing key box cnt  
HW240 #6 plit lock washer ZPS  
515-7109-010  
515-7109-010  
596-1306-008  
R 065 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 066 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 073 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 074 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 075 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 076 5k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 078 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 079 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 080 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 081 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 082 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 083 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 084 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 085 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 086 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 087 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 088 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 089 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 090 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 091 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 092 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 093 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 094 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 095 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 100 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 101 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 102 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 103 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 104 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 105 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 106 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 107 560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 108 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 109 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 110 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 111 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 112 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 113 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 114 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 115 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 116 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 117 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 118 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 119 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 120 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 121 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 122 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-433  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
562-1112-502  
569-0115-274  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-274  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-274  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-274  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-512  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-274  
569-0115-274  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-561  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-512  
569-0115-331  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-182  
569-0115-182  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-271  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
HW247 6-32 machine pan head philips 575-1606-012  
J 101 36-pin right angle radial  
J 102 20-pin straight low profile  
J 103 20-pin straight low profile  
J 104 4-pin right angle header  
515-0511-001  
515-9031-376  
515-9031-376  
515-9035-004  
L 101 3 µH filter choke PC mount  
542-5007-031  
MP101 PA connector mounting shield 032-0758-028  
P 101 Banana plug panel mount  
P 102 Banana plug panel mount  
P 103 Banana plug panel mount  
P 104 Banana plug panel mount  
P 105 Banana plug panel mount  
108-0753-001  
108-0753-001  
108-0753-001  
108-0753-001  
108-0753-001  
PC100 PC board  
035-2008-110  
Q 101 Si PNP low noise SOT-23  
Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 103 PNP D-pak power  
Q 104 Si NPN low noise SOT-23  
Q 105 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
Q 106 Si NPN SOT-23  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-600  
576-0002-603  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-600  
576-0002-603  
576-0001-300  
Q 107 PNP D-pak power  
Q 108 Si NPN gen purp sw/amp  
R 045 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 046 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 048 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 049 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 050 4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 051 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 052 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 053 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 054 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 055 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 056 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 057 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 059 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 061 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 063 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 064 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-001  
569-0111-368  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-474  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-433  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-433  
March 1999  
9-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 123 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 124 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 125 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 126 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 127 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 128 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 129 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 130 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 131 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 132 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 133 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 134 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 135 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 136 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 137 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 138 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 139 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 140 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 143 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 144 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 145 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 146 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 147 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 148 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 149 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 150 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 151 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 152 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 153 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 154 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 155 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 156 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 157 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 158 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 159 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 160 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 161 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 162 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 163 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 164 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 165 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 166 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 167 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 168 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 169 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-430  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-223  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-274  
R 170 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 171 511 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 172 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 173 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 174 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 175 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 176 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 177 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 178 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 179 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 180 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 181 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 182 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 183 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 184 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 185 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 187 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 188 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 189 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 190 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 191 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 192 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 193 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 194 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 198 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 199 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-269  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-220  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
U 101 +5V regulator 78L05  
U 102 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 103 8-bit shift register MC14094 544-3016-094  
U 104 8-chan mux 4051  
U 105 8-chan mux 4051  
U 106 8-chan mux 4051  
U 107 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 108 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 109 Quad op amp SOIC LM224  
U 110 Hex non-inv buffer 4050B  
U 111 Dual op amp SO-8 LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 112 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 544-2020-014  
544-2603-039  
544-3016-051  
544-3016-051  
544-3016-051  
544-2020-014  
544-3016-050  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
RECEIVE VCO  
PART NO. 023-2009-800  
C 207 3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 208 33 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 209 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 210 6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 211 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 212 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 213 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 214 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 215 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 216 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 217 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 218 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 219 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104  
C 220 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 221 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104  
C 222 120 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-121  
510-3602-309  
510-3602-330  
510-3602-829  
510-3602-689  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-759  
510-3602-759  
510-3602-759  
510-3607-104  
C 803 1 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip  
C 804 2.7 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip  
C 805 .47 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 806 4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 807 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 808 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 809 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 810 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 811 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 812 3.9 pF 150V chip  
510-3356-109  
510-3656-279  
510-2625-478  
510-2624-479  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-2626-150  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3656-399  
510-3656-569  
C 813 5.6 pF 150V chip  
CR802 Varactor 105G SOT-23  
523-1504-015  
C 224 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 225 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 226 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 227 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 228 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 229 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 230 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
L 803 .039 µH inductor SMD  
L 804 .039 µH inductor SMD  
L 805 .039 µH inductor SMD  
542-9001-397  
542-9001-397  
542-9001-397  
PC801 PC board  
035-2009-800  
Q 801 Si NPN gen purp switch/amp 576-0001-300  
Q 802 NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636  
C 231 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 232 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 233 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 234 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 235 220 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-221  
C 236 220 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-221  
C 237 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 238 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 240 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 241 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 242 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 243 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 244 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 245 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 246 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 247 56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-2625-479  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
R 801 10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 802 3.6k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 803 100 ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 804 4.7k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 805 5.1k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 806 6.2k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 807 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0105-100  
569-0105-362  
569-0105-101  
569-0105-472  
569-0105-512  
569-0105-622  
569-0115-181  
510-3602-569  
510-3602-391  
510-2625-479  
510-3607-104  
510-3607-104  
510-3607-104  
510-3606-103  
510-2524-330  
510-2625-109  
510-3602-560  
900 MHz RECEIVER  
PART NO. 023-2009-200  
A 006 900 MHz VCO assembly  
A 201 RF input coax assembly  
A 202 OCXO coax cable assembly 597-3001-215  
023-2009-800  
023-2000-161  
C 248 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 249 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103  
C 250 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 251 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103  
C 252 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 253 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103  
C 254 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
A 203 Top shield assembly  
023-2000-199  
C 201 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 202 4.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 203 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 204 33 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 205 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-569  
510-3602-439  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-330  
510-3602-100  
C 255 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
510-3607-104  
March 1999  
9-7  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 256 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
510-3607-104  
510-3607-104  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-339  
510-3602-759  
510-3602-759  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-390  
510-3602-159  
510-3602-270  
C 308 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 309 1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 310 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-109  
510-3602-270  
C 257 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 258 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 259 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 260 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 261 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 262 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 264 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 266 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 267 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 268 1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 269 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 311 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 312 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 313 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
C 314 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 315 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 316 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 317 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 318 .001 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-102  
510-3606-103  
C 319 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 320 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 321 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 322 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 323 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 324 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 325 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 326 3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 328 820 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-821  
C 329 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 270 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 271 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 272 18 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 273 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 274 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 275 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 277 6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 278 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 279 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 280 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 281 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 282 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 284 1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-569  
510-3602-180  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-339  
510-3602-689  
510-3602-270  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-569  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-109  
510-3602-101  
510-3602-101  
510-3602-309  
510-3607-104  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-330  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-209  
510-3602-399  
C 330 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 331 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 332 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 333 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 334 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 335 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 336 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 337 33 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 338 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 356 2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 358 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 285 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 286 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 287 1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD  
C 288 6.8 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 289 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-2627-159  
510-3602-689  
510-2625-479  
C 290 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 291 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 292 1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD  
C 293 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 294 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-2627-159  
510-3606-103  
510-2625-479  
C 360 120 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-121  
C 363 .001 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 364 1.5 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 365 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 366 .001 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 367 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 368 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 369 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 370 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 371 1.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 372 1.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 373 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3606-102  
510-3602-159  
510-2625-479  
510-3606-102  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-139  
510-3602-139  
510-3602-399  
C 295 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 296 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 297 1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD  
C 298 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 299 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-2627-159  
510-2625-479  
510-2625-479  
C 300 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 301 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 303 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 304 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 305 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 306 18 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 307 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
510-3602-390  
510-3606-104  
510-3602-270  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-180  
510-3602-101  
CH200 3-cavity helical front end  
CH201 3-cavity helical front end  
015-0901-038  
015-0901-038  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
CH202 2-cavity helical front end  
CH203 1-cavity helical front end  
015-0901-028  
015-0901-010  
L 226 3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-003  
L 227 3T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-003  
L 228 4T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-004  
CR201 Hot carrier diode SOT-23  
CR204 Si 9.1V zener SOT-23  
CR205 5.6V zener SOT-23  
CR206 5.6V zener SOT-23  
523-1504-016  
523-2016-919  
623-2016-569  
623-2016-569  
L 230 0.82 µH inductor SMD  
542-9001-828  
MP200 Helical coil form  
MP201 Helical core  
MP203 Damped washer 0.125  
MP204 Bottom shield  
MP206 Grounding clip  
MP210 Receive shield  
013-1627-102  
013-1627-105  
018-1132-152  
017-2210-101  
537-5001-002  
017-2210-019  
EP200 Mini ceramic crystal pin insul 010-0345-280  
EP202 Ferrite bead SMD 1206  
EP204 Ferrite bead SMD 1206  
EP206 Ferrite bead SMD 1206  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-002  
PC201 PC board  
035-2009-200  
HW200 10-32 hex set screw NPB  
HW201 10-32 hex set screw NPB  
HW202 Tension lock nut CPS  
HW203 6-32 panhead torx  
HW204 4-40 panhead slot nylon screw 575-4504-008  
HW205 Polarizing key box cnt  
HW206 6-32 pan torx ZPS  
575-9059-032  
575-9059-024  
560-1810-022  
575-0006-008  
Q 201 NPN RF amp low noise  
Q 202 Si NPN RF amp SOT-23  
Q 203 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
Q 204 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
Q 205 Si NPN amp  
576-0003-610  
576-0003-602  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
515-7109-010  
575-0006-008  
Q 206 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
Q 207 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
J 201 20-pin right angle header  
515-9031-375  
Q 208 NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636  
Q 209 NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636  
L 201 Helical coil 2 1/16 turns  
L 202 Helical coil 2 1/16 turns  
L 203 Helical coil 2 1/16 turns  
L 204 Helical coil 2 1/16 turns  
L 205 Helical coil 2 1/16 turns  
L 206 Helical coil 2 1/16 turns  
016-2186-208  
016-2186-209  
016-2186-208  
016-2186-208  
016-2186-209  
016-2186-208  
Q 210 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
Q 211 Si NPN amp SOT-23  
Q 214 NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636  
Q 215 NPN UHF low noise SOT-23 576-0003-636  
Q 216 NPN .2-2 GHz SO-8 amp  
Q 217 NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz 576-0004-098  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-604  
L 207 0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm 542-1012-008  
L 209 0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm 542-1012-008  
R 201 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 202 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 203 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 204 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 205 510 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 206 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 207 510 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 208 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 209 680 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 211 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 212 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 213 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 214 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 215 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 217 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 218 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 219 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-511  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-511  
569-0115-182  
569-0115-681  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-512  
569-0115-513  
569-0115-182  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-101  
L 210 2.5T coil 22 AWG  
542-0010-025  
L 211 0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm 542-1012-008  
L 212 1.5T coil 22 AWG  
L 213 0.82 µH inductor SMD  
L 214 .1 µH inductor SMD  
L 215 .1 µH inductor SMD  
L 216 .1 µH inductor SMD  
L 217 10 µH inductor SMD  
L 218 .1 µH inductor SMD  
L 219 .018 µH inductor SMD  
L 220 2 1/4 turn helical coil  
542-0010-015  
542-9001-828  
542-9001-108  
542-9001-108  
542-9001-108  
542-9001-100  
542-9001-108  
542-9001-187  
016-2186-252  
L 221 4T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-004  
L 222 2T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-002  
L 223 Helical coil  
L 224 Helical coil  
016-2186-204  
016-2186-204  
L 225 0.9 µH variable inductor 7mm 542-1012-008  
March 1999  
9-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 220 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 221 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 222 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 223 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 224 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 225 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 226 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 227 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 228 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 229 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 230 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 231 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 232 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 233 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 234 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 235 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 236 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 237 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 238 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 239 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 240 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 241 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 242 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 243 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 244 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 245 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 246 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 248 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 249 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 250 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 251 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 252 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 253 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 254 240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 255 27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 256 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 257 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 258 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 260 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 261 5k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 262 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 263 240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 264 5k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 265 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 266 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 267 294 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 268 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-392  
569-0115-241  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-163  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-244  
569-0115-273  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-001  
562-0112-502  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-244  
562-0112-502  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-221  
569-0111-246  
569-0111-301  
R 269 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 270 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 271 910 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 272 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 273 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 274 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 275 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 276 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 277 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 278 1.6k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 279 1.6k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 280 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 281 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 283 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 284 5k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 285 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 286 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 287 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 290 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 291 1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 292 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 293 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 294 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 295 390 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 296 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 297 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 298 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 299 36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 300 36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 301 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 302 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 303 43 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 304 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 311 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 312 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 313 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 314 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 315 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 316 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 319 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 321 510 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 322 560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 323 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 324 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-911  
569-0115-241  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-682  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-162  
569-0115-162  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-101  
562-0112-502  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-152  
569-0115-132  
569-0115-750  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-391  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-360  
569-0115-360  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-430  
569-0115-241  
569-0115-432  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-511  
569-0115-561  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-103  
RT101 1k ohm ±5% thermistor chip 569-3013-002  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
TP001 Red tip jack, vert. 0.08  
TP003 Red tip jack, vert. 0.08  
TP004 Red tip jack, vert. 0.08  
TP005 Red tip jack, vert. 0.08  
TP006 Red tip jack, vert. 0.08  
105-2002-211  
105-2002-211  
105-2002-211  
105-2002-211  
105-2002-211  
L 805 .022 µH inductor SMD  
542-9001-227  
035-2009-800  
PC801 PC board  
Q 801 Si NPN gen purp switch/amp 576-0001-300  
Q 802 NPN low noise SOT-23  
576-0003-636  
U 201 Mixer LRMS-2H  
U 202 FM IF MC3371D SO-16  
U 203 Dual op amp SO-8  
544-0007-013  
544-2002-031  
544-2019-004  
544-2019-017  
R 801 10 ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 802 3.6k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 803 100 ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 804 12k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 805 5.1k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 806 6.2k ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 807 180 ohm ±5% 0805 chip  
R 814 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0105-100  
569-0105-362  
569-0105-101  
569-0105-123  
569-0105-512  
569-0105-622  
569-0105-181  
569-0115-103  
U 204 Op amp SO-8 MC33172D  
U 206 +12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032  
U 207 +12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032  
U 208 +5V regulator 78L05 SO-8  
544-2603-039  
U 209 Synthesizer MC145190F SOIC544-3954-026  
U 210 +12V regulator SOIC 78L12 544-2603-032  
U 211 Single op amp LMC7101  
544-2016-001  
597-3003-290  
518-7117-500  
900 MHz EXCITER  
PART NO. 023-2009-400  
W 201 Cable assembly  
Y 201 17.5 MHz crystal 1 PPM  
A 007 900 MHz VCO  
023-2009-850  
Z 201 52.95 MHz 4-pole 8 kHz BW 532-0009-011  
Z 203 52.95 MHz 4-pole 8 kHz BW 532-0009-011  
Z 205 450 kHz cer filter 9 kHz BW 532-2006-034  
C 400 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 401 .01 µF ±10% X7R  
C 402 .1 µF ±10% X7R  
510-3602-270  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-104  
Z 213 455 kHz var inductor w/cap  
542-1012-010  
C 405 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 406 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 407 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 408 56 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 409 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 410 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 411 .1 µF ±10% X7R  
510-2625-109  
510-2624-330  
510-3602-560  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-104  
510-3602-270  
TRANSMIT VCO  
PART NO. 023-2009-850  
C 802 .3 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip  
C 803 1.1 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip  
C 804 1.8 pF ±0.1 pF 150V chip  
C 805 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 806 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 807 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 808 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 809 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 810 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 811 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 812 3.3 pF ±10% 50V chip  
C 813 4.7 pF ±10% 50V chip  
510-3356-039  
510-3356-119  
510-3356-189  
510-3606-104  
510-2625-109  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-2626-150  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3352-339  
510-3352-479  
C 412 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 413 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 414 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 415 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
510-3607-104  
510-3606-103  
C 416 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 417 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103  
C 418 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 419 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 420 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 421 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 422 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-569  
510-2625-479  
510-3607-104  
CR801 Varacap 26-32 pF 30V SOT 523-1504-014  
CR802 Varactor SOT-23 hyper  
C 423 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
523-5004-002  
C 424 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 425 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 426 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 428 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-3607-104  
510-3607-104  
510-2625-479  
510-2625-479  
L 803 .039 µH inductor SMD  
L 804 .039 µH inductor SMD  
542-9001-397  
542-9001-397  
March 1999  
9-11  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 429 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 430 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 431 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 432 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 433 2 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 434 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 441 1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 442 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 443 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 444 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 445 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 446 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 447 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 448 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 449 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 450 4.3 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 451 5.1 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-209  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-109  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-100  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-279  
510-3602-439  
510-3602-519  
CH400 Single helical cavity front end 015-0901-010  
CR401 Si 9.1V zener SOT-23  
CR402 5.6V zener SOT-23  
CR403 5.6V zener SOT-23  
523-2016-919  
523-2016-569  
523-2016-569  
EP400 Helical core form  
013-1627-103  
HW400 10-32 hex set screw NPB  
HW401 Tension lock nut CPS  
HW402 6-32 pan torx ZPS  
575-9059-032  
560-1810-022  
575-0006-008  
HW403 4-40 panhead slot nylon screw 575-4504-008  
HW404 Polarized key box connector 515-7109-010  
J 401 20-pin right angle header  
J 402 Right angle PC JCM-B  
J 403 Jack assembly  
515-9031-375  
131-3701-301  
131-1701-206  
C 453 820 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-821  
C 460 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-270  
L 401 10 µH inductor SMD  
L 402 .1 µH inductor SMD  
L 403 .018 ceramic inductor SMD  
L 404 2T 45° helical coil  
542-9001-100  
542-9001-108  
542-9001-187  
016-2186-251  
542-9001-397  
C 461 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 462 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 463 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 464 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 465 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-2626-150  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-569  
L 406 .039 µH inductor SMD  
C 466 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
MP402 Damped washer 0.125  
PC400 PC board  
018-1132-152  
035-2009-400  
C 467 1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD  
510-2627-159  
510-2625-479  
C 469 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 470 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 471 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
Q 401 Si NPN amp  
Q 402 Si NPN amp  
Q 403 Si NPN amp  
Q 404 Si NPN amp  
Q 405 Si PNP switching  
Q 406 Si NPN low noise SOT-23  
Q 407 Si NPN low noise SOT-23  
Q 410 Si NPN low noise SOT-23  
Q 411 Si NPN low noise SOT-23  
Q 412 NPN .2-2 GHz SO-8  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-612  
576-0003-636  
576-0003-636  
576-0003-636  
576-0003-636  
576-0003-604  
C 472 1.5 µF 25V tantalum SMD  
510-2627-159  
510-2625-479  
C 474 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 475 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 476 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 477 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 479 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 480 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 481 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 482 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 483 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 484 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 485 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 488 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
510-2625-479  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-390  
510-2625-109  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
510-3607-104  
510-2626-150  
Q 413 NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz 576-0004-098  
R 401 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 404 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 405 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 406 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 407 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 408 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 409 910 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-911  
C 496 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 497 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 498 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 499 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 814 27pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-279  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-270  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 410 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 411 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 412 8.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 416 270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 417 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 418 10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 419 12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206  
R 420 2.7k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 421 3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 422 3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 423 270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 424 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-100  
569-0111-409  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-103  
R 462 10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 463 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 464 5.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 465 1.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 466 1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 467 1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 468 150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 469 2.4k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 470 330 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 471 180 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 472 180 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 473 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 474 2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 476 270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 480 7.5k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 481 1.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 482 Zero ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 485 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 486 12.1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206  
R 487 4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206  
R 488 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 489 300 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 490 18 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 491 300 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-562  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-162  
569-0115-162  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-242  
569-0115-331  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-202  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-752  
569-0115-132  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-102  
569-0111-409  
569-0111-368  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-301  
R 425 50k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-503  
R 426 Zero ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 427 62k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 428 10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 429 4.99k ohm ±1% SMD 1206  
R 430 2.7k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 431 3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 432 3.3k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 433 270 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 434 294 ohm ±1% SMD 1206  
R 435 1k ohm ±1% SMD 1206  
R 436 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 437 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 438 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 439 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 440 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 441 47k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 443 36 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 444 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 445 120k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-623  
569-0115-100  
569-0111-368  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-271  
569-0111-246  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-360  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-124  
U 401 Parallel load phase lock loop 544-2024-005  
U 402 Dual op amp SO-8 2904 544-2019-004  
U 403 Synthesizer SOIC MC145190 544-3954-026  
U 404 Dual op amp SO-8  
U 405 +5V regulator 78L05 SO-8  
544-2019-004  
544-2603-039  
U 406 +12V regulator 78L12 SO-8 544-2603-032  
U 407 Dual op amp SO-8  
544-2019-004  
R 446 50k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-503  
R 447 1k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 448 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 449 10k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 450 10 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 451 6.8k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 452 100 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 453 1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 454 1.6k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 455 150 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 456 680 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 457 36 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 458 130 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 459 130 ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
R 461 8.2k ohm ±5% SMD 1206  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-682  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-162  
569-0115-162  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-681  
569-0115-360  
569-0115-131  
569-0115-131  
569-0115-822  
Y 401 17.5 MHz 1 PPM  
518-7117-500  
75 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER  
PART NO. 023-2009-500  
C 501 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 502 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 503 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 504 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 505 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109  
C 506 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 507 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 508 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 509 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-270  
510-2628-109  
510-2628-108  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3602-270  
March 1999  
9-13  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 510 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 511 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 512 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 513 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
510-2628-109  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-108  
510-2628-109  
C 570 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 571 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 572 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-390  
C 573 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 514 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 574 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 515 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-109  
C 575 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 576 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 577 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-109  
510-2625-479  
C 516 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 517 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 518 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
510-3663-560  
510-3602-100  
C 578 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 519 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 579 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 520 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 580 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-2625-479  
C 521 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 581 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 527 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
510-3663-560  
C 582 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-2625-109  
510-3602-390  
C 528 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 529 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103  
C 530 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 531 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 532 27 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 533 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 534 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 535 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 536 3.9 pF high Q .110 cube 510-3663-399  
C 537 1.56 - 4.86 pF T-cap vert mt 187-0103-175  
C 583 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 584 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 585 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
510-2628-689  
510-3663-270  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-689  
C 588 1.5 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 589 1.5 pF high Q .110 cube  
510-3663-159  
510-3663-159  
CR501 Dual Schottky SOT-14  
CR502 Dual Schottky SOT-14  
CR503 Dual Schottky SOT-14  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
C 538 15 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 541 6.2 pF ±10% high Q SMD  
C 542 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 543 27 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 544 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 545 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
510-3663-150  
510-3653-629  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-270  
510-3605-183  
510-2635-689  
EP501 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP502 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP503 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP504 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP505 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP506 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP507 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP508 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP510 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP511 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP512 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP513 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP514 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP515 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP516 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP517 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP518 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP520 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
C 546 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 547 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 548 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 549 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 550 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 553 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 555 6.2 pF ±10% high Q SMD  
C 556 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 557 27 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 558 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 559 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 560 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 561 56 pF high Q .110 cube 510-3663-560  
C 562 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183  
C 563 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 564 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 567 56 pF high Q .110 cube  
C 569 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3663-560  
510-3605-183  
510-2635-689  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3653-629  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-270  
510-3605-183  
510-2635-689  
L 501 5T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-005  
L 502 .01 µH inductor SMD  
L 503 .01 µH inductor SMD  
510-2635-689  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3602-390  
542-9001-107  
542-9001-107  
PC500 PC board  
035-2009-500  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
Q 501* 30W 24V 900 MHz MRF-894 576-0004-821  
Q 502* 60W 24V 800 MHz MRF-898 576-0004-820  
Q 503* 60W 24V 800 MHz MRF-898 576-0004-820  
C 506 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-391  
C 507 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-390  
C 508 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 509 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-271  
R 501 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 502 12 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 503 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 504 110 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 505 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 506 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 507 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-120  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-111  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-202  
C 510 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-391  
C 511 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 512 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 513 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 514 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 515 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 516 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 517 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 518 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 519 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 520 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 521 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 523 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 524 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 525 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 526 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 527 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 528 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 529 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 530 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 531 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 532 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 533 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 534 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 535 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 536 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 537 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 538 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 539 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 540 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 542 6.2 pF high Q SMD  
510-3605-183  
510-2626-229  
510-3605-183  
510-2628-108  
510-3663-560  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-3605-183  
510-2628-109  
510-2628-108  
510-3602-279  
510-3605-183  
510-2628-108  
510-3663-560  
510-3605-183  
510-2628-109  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-108  
510-2628-109  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-109  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-108  
510-2628-109  
510-3605-183  
510-3653-629  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3605-183  
R 508* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
R 509* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001  
R 510 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 511 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 512 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 513 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 514 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 515 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 516 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 517 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 518 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 519 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 520 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 521 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 522 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 523 56 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 524 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 525 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 526 301k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 527 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 528 12 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-101  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-352  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-101  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-352  
569-0115-241  
569-0115-560  
569-0115-750  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-547  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-120  
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mount 569-5001-003  
U 501 6W pwr module 870-950 MHz 544-4001-051  
U 502 Dual op amp 532 SO-8  
U 503 Temp sensor LM35 SO-8  
U 504 +5V regulator SO-8 78L05  
544-2019-004  
544-2032-003  
544-2603-039  
C 543 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 544 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 545 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 546 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
160 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER  
PART NO. 023-2009-520  
C 547 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 548 27 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 549 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 550 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 551 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 552 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 553 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 554 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
510-2635-689  
510-3663-270  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-2628-109  
C 501 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-430  
510-3602-479  
510-3602-390  
C 502 43 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 503 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 504 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 505 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-271  
*DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. See Material Safety Data Sheets  
for further details. (Parts are from 023-2009-932.)  
March 1999  
9-15  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 555 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 556 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 557 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-2625-479  
510-2625-479  
510-3605-183  
C 738 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-270  
C 739 27 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 740 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 558 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 741 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 742 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 744 6.2 pF high Q SMD  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3653-629  
C 559 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 560 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 561 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3605-183  
510-2625-109  
510-3602-390  
C 745 6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD 510-0190-629  
C 562 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 746 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 747 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 748 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 749 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 750 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 751 27 pF ±10% high Q cube  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-270  
C 563 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-100  
C 565 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 566 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 567 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 568 6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD 510-0019-629  
C 702 6.2 pF high Q SMD  
C 703 6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD 510-0019-629  
510-3653-629  
C 752 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 753 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 754 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 755 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 756 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 757 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 758 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 759 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 760 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 761 1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 762 1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 766 1.5 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 771 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 772 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 773 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 774 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-390  
510-3605-183  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-390  
510-3605-183  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-159  
510-3663-159  
510-3663-159  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
C 704 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 705 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 706 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 707 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 708 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 709 27 pF ±10% high Q cube  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-270  
C 710 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 711 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 712 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 714 6.2 pF high Q SMD  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3653-629  
C 715 6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD 510-0019-629  
C 716 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 717 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 718 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 719 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 720 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 721 27 pF ±10% high Q cube  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-270  
CR501 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
CR701 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
CR702 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
CR703 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
CR704 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
C 722 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 723 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 724 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 725 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 726 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 727 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 728 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 729 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 730 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 732 6.2 pF high Q SMD  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-390  
510-3605-183  
510-3605-183  
510-3602-390  
510-3605-183  
510-3605-183  
510-3653-629  
EP502 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP503 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP504 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP505 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP506 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP507 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP508 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP509 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP510 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP511 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP513 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
C 733 6.2 pF 250V mini-mica SMD 510-0019-629  
C 734 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 735 56 pF ±10% high Q cube  
C 736 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 737 .018 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3663-560  
510-3663-560  
510-2635-689  
510-3605-183  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
EP701 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP702 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP703 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP704 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP705 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP706 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP707 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP708 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP709 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP710 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP711 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP712 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP713 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP714 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP715 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
EP716 Ferrite bead SMD 1233  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
517-2503-010  
R 521 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-392  
R 685* 50 ohm 250W flange mt load 569-5001-003  
R 701* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001  
R 702* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001  
R 703* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
R 704 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 705 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 706 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 707 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 708 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 709 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 710 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 711 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 712 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 713 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 714 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 715 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-101  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-352  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-101  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-352  
L 501 6T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-006  
L 502 4T 22 AWG 0.05 ID SMD air 542-0015-004  
R 716* 100 ohm 20W flange mount 569-5001-001  
R 717* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
L 503 .01 µH SMD  
542-9001-107  
542-9001-107  
R 718 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 719 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 720 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 721 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 722 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 723 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 724 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 725 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 726 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 727 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 728 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 729 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-352  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-201  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-352  
L 504 .01 µH SMD  
PC501 PC board  
035-2009-520  
Q 501 NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz 576-0004-098  
Q 502* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 701* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 702* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 703* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
Q 704* 60W 800 MHz 24V MRF898 576-0004-820  
R 502 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 504 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 505 750 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 507 360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 508 120 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 509 120 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 510 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 511 56 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 512 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 513 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 514 301k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 515 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 517 110 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 519 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 520 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-751  
569-0115-361  
569-0115-121  
569-0115-121  
569-0115-241  
569-0115-560  
569-0115-750  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-547  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-111  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-201  
R 730* 100 ohm 100W flange mount 569-5001-002  
U501 18W RF power module  
U 502 Dual op amp 532 SO-8  
U 503 Temp sensor LM35 SO-8  
U 504 +5V regulator 78L05 SO-8  
544-4001-079  
544-2019-004  
544-2032-003  
544-2603-039  
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR  
PART NO. 023-2008-680  
C 653 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 654 12 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 658 27 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
510-3602-270  
510-3602-120  
510-3602-270  
C 659 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 660 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
510-2626-229  
510-2624-479  
C 661 4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
*DANGER Beryllium Product. Inhalation of dust or fumes may cause serious chronic lung disease. See Material Safety Data Sheets  
for further details. (Parts are from 023-2009-934.)  
March 1999  
9-17  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 662 4.7 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
510-2624-479  
C 663 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
R 667 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 670 160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 671 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 672 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 673 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 675 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 676 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 677 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 678 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 680 5k ohm top adjust SMD pot  
R 681 150 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD  
R 682 7.5k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD  
R 683 10k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD  
R 684 470 ohm ±5% 0805 SMD  
R 686 47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 687 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 688 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 689 10k ohm ±5% 0805 SMD  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-161  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
562-0135-502  
569-0105-151  
569-0105-752  
569-0105-103  
569-0105-471  
569-0115-470  
569-0115-241  
569-0111-401  
569-0105-103  
C 664 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 665 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 667 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 668 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 669 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 670 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 671 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 672 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
C 673 .001 µF ±10% NPO 0805 chip 510-3605-102  
C 674 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 675 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 676 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 677 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
C 678 27 pF ±5% NPO 0805 chip  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
510-3601-270  
C 679 .001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip 510-3605-102  
C 681 .001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip 510-3605-102  
C 682 .001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip 510-3605-102  
C 683 4.7 µF 10V SMD tantalum  
C 684 .001 µF ±5% NPO 0805 chip 510-3605-102  
510-2624-479  
U 651 Dual op amp SO-8  
U 652 Dual op amp SO-8  
U 653 +5V regulator LM78L05 SO-8 544-2603-039  
544-2019-004  
544-2019-004  
CR651 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
CR652 Dual Schottky SOT-143  
523-1504-033  
523-1504-033  
900 MHz 75W PA MECHANICAL  
PART NO. 023-2009-732  
L 652 12.5 nH air core inductor  
L 653 .039 µH inductor SMD  
L 655 12.5 nH air core inductor  
L 656 .039 µH inductor SMD  
L 657 12.5 nH air core inductor  
542-0030-004  
542-9001-397  
542-0030-004  
542-9001-397  
542-0030-004  
B 252 24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26" 529-2002-027  
EP200 Ground lug 6-14 wire  
586-0007-070  
HW251 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW253 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW254 1/8" cable clamp  
575-1606-008  
575-1606-012  
572-0001-001  
575-0006-010  
575-1604-010  
575-1606-010  
575-1606-016  
575-5606-008  
596-1206-010  
018-1007-030  
018-1007-032  
018-1007-034  
018-1007-036  
018-1007-046  
018-1007-042  
MP651 PA PC board shield  
MP652 PA PC board shield  
MP653 PC board  
017-2210-086  
017-2210-086  
017-2210-096  
HW255 6-32 pan torx ZPS  
HW256 4-40 panhead philips ZPS  
HW257 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW258 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW259 6-19 panhead philips ZPS  
HW260 6 x 32 lock washer ext ZPS  
HW261 0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres  
HW262 0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf  
HW263 894.25 x 0.995 grafoil mrf  
HW264 0.385 x 0.88 grafoil flgres  
HW265 Multi-module grafoil  
HW266 Grafoil circulator  
R 653 160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 654 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 655 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 656 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 658 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 659 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 660 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 662 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 663 5k ohm top adjust SMD pot  
R 664 160 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 665 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 666 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-161  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0111-430  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-018  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
562-0135-502  
569-0115-161  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
HW268 10-32 HHSL Sems screw ZPS 575-9810-012  
HW269 0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp 574-3002-110  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
MP254 M PA plate align dowel pin  
MP255 PA heat sink  
MP256 PA shield, left  
013-1723-216  
014-0771-124  
017-2210-026  
017-2210-022  
017-2210-025  
312-7483-024  
017-2210-097  
013-1723-222  
017-2210-095  
MP268 M PA stop  
MP269 Predriver cover shield  
MP270 PA shield  
013-1723-222  
017-2210-037  
017-2210-095  
MP257 PA shield, top  
MP258 Low power PA shield, 1 fan  
MP261 1/4 hex brass M/F spacer  
MP262 High power LPF PA shield  
MP268 M PA stop  
2000 SERIES REPEATER POWER SUPPLY  
PART NO. 023-2000-800  
MP270 PA shield  
A 801 Main board assembly  
A 803 AC filter board assembly  
023-2000-810  
023-2000-820  
900 MHz 75W PA MECHANICAL  
PART NO. 023-2009-734  
B 800 24V DC fan 3.14” square  
529-2002-012  
B 252 24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26" 529-2002-027  
HW800 Speed nut  
HW801 10-32 x 0.375 CPS nut  
HW802 6-32 x 0.094 nut  
537-0001-002  
560-1110-012  
560-1106-010  
EP100 Balanced finger gasket  
EP200 Ground lug 6-14 wire  
537-5001-006  
586-0007-070  
HW803 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-010  
HW804 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-010  
HW805 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-016  
HW251 3/16 #2 panhead phil sheetmtl 575-3602-006  
HW253 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW254 1/8" cable clamp  
HW255 6-32 pan torx ZPS  
575-1606-012  
572-0001-001  
575-0006-010  
575-1604-010  
575-1606-010  
575-1606-016  
575-5606-008  
596-1206-010  
018-1007-030  
018-1007-032  
018-1007-036  
018-1007-046  
018-1007-042  
018-1007-033  
HW806 Washer  
HW809 6 x 0.018 lockwasher int.  
HW810 3/8” cable clamp  
HW811 #10 split lock washer  
HW812 Snap rivet 0.157 dia. x 0.29  
HW813 Connector mounting screw  
596-2406-012  
596-1106-009  
572-0001-005  
596-1310-010  
574-9015-052  
515-7141-215  
HW256 4-40 panhead philips ZPS  
HW257 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW258 6-32 panhead philips ZPS  
HW259 6-19 panhead philips ZPS  
HW260 6 x 32 lockwasher ext ZPS  
HW261 0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres  
HW262 0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf  
HW264 0.385 x 0.88 grafoil flgres  
HW265 Multi-module grafoil  
HW266 Grafoil circulator  
J 800 2-pos lock receptacle #22 wire 515-9032-262  
MP801 Main enclosure  
MP802 Top cover  
MP803 Handle  
MP804 Strain relief  
MP805 Fan finger guard  
017-2210-165  
017-2210-166  
017-2139-202  
016-2187-270  
578-1000-001  
HW267 MRF898 dbl length grafoil  
HW268 10-32 HHSL Sems screw ZPS 575-9810-012  
HW269 0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp 574-3002-110  
HW270 8-32 panhead phil CPS  
575-0608-008  
NP800 Nameplate holder  
NP801 Nameplate label  
015-0900-406  
559-5861-161  
MP240 PA coax ground tab  
MP254 M PA plate align dowel pin  
MP255 PA heat sink  
MP256 PA shield, left  
MP257 PA shield, top  
MP258 Right high power PA shield  
MP261 1/4 hex brass M/F spacer  
MP262 High power LPF PA shield  
017-2210-038  
013-1723-216  
014-0771-124  
017-2210-026  
017-2210-022  
017-2210-023  
312-7483-024  
017-2210-097  
WIREHARNESS  
PART NO. 023-2000-803  
EP001 Power socket  
EP002 Signal socket  
515-9012-284  
515-9012-291  
MP265 High pwr RF PA PC bd shield 017-2210-034  
MP266 High pwr RF PA bd shield 017-2210-035  
MP001 15-pos plug  
515-9012-272  
March 1999  
9-19  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-810  
C 143 2700 µF 35V aluminum  
C 144 2700 µF 35V aluminum  
C 145 2700 µF 35V aluminum  
C 146 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 147 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 148 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 149 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 150 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 152 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 153 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 154 .1 µF ±5% X7R chip  
C 156 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 159 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 160 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 161 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 162 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 163 2700 µF 35V aluminum  
C 164 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 165 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 166 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 167 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 168 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 169 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 170 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 172 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 173 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 174 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 175 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 176 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 178 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 180 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 181 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 182 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 183 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 184 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 185 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 186 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 187 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 188 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 189 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 190 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 192 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 193 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 194 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 195 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 196 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 197 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-4075-272  
510-4075-272  
510-4075-272  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-2628-109  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-2635-689  
510-2633-150  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-4075-272  
510-3602-102  
510-4075-152  
510-4075-152  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-103  
510-4075-152  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3602-222  
510-3606-224  
510-3602-102  
510-2628-109  
510-2635-689  
510-3609-103  
510-3602-471  
510-3602-271  
510-3609-104  
510-3602-102  
510-4075-152  
510-4075-152  
510-4075-152  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3602-222  
510-3606-224  
510-3609-103  
510-3602-102  
510-2625-229  
A 002 Pin feed EPROM blank label 559-1154-004  
A 802 Wireharness  
023-2000-803  
A 803 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-840  
C 101 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221  
C 102 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 103 220 nF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 104 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 105 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
510-3609-103  
510-3606-224  
510-2628-109  
510-2628-109  
C 106 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 510-4075-152  
C 107 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 510-4075-152  
C 108 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 109 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 110 330 µF 450V aluminum  
C 111 330 µF 450V aluminum  
C 113 .0047 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 114 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 115 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 116 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 117 .47 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 118 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 119 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 120 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 121 .0027 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 122 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 123 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 124 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 125 .0022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 126 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 127 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 128 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 129 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 131 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 132 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 133 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 134 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 135 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 136 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 137 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 138 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 139 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 140 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 141 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 142 1 nF 600V AC double m  
510-3602-471  
510-3609-104  
510-4574-331  
510-4574-331  
510-3609-472  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-2625-478  
510-3602-271  
510-2628-109  
510-3602-271  
510-3609-272  
510-3602-471  
510-2628-109  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-222  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-2635-689  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-2628-109  
510-2628-109  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-2625-229  
510-2625-229  
510-3602-102  
510-2635-689  
510-2635-689  
510-3609-104  
510-1023-102  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 198 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 199 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 200 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 201 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 202 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 203 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 204 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 205 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 207 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 208 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 209 1500 µF 35V aluminum  
C 210 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 211 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 212 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 213 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 214 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 215 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 216 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 217 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 218 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 219 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 220 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 221 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 222 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 223 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 224 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 225 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 227 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 228 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 229 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 230 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 232 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 233 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 234 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 235 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 236 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
510-2628-109  
510-2635-689  
510-2635-689  
510-3609-103  
510-3602-471  
510-3602-471  
510-3609-473  
510-4075-152  
510-3602-222  
510-3609-104  
510-4075-152  
510-3602-222  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-2625-229  
510-3609-104  
510-2628-109  
510-2635-689  
510-3609-104  
510-3602-102  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
CR111 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR112 Switch diode SOT-23  
CR113 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR114 1A Schottky diode  
CR115 1A Schottky diode  
CR116 1A Schottky diode  
CR117 18V zener SOT-23  
CR118 3A ultra-fast diode  
CR119 3A ultra-fast diode  
CR120 18V zener SOT-23  
CR121 Ultra-fast rectifier  
CR122 Switch diode SOT-23  
CR123 1A Schottky diode  
CR124 1A Schottky diode  
CR125 1A Schottky diode  
CR126 Schottkey diode 20A  
CR127 Switch diode SOT-23  
CR128 Ultra-fast rectifier  
CR129 25A 400V SCR TO-220  
CR130 1A Schottky diode  
CR131 1A Schottky diode  
CR132 Schottkey diode 20A  
CR133 Switch diode SOT-23  
CR134 1A Schottky diode  
CR135 25A 400V SCR TO-220  
CR136 3A ultra-fast diode  
CR137 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR138 Switching diode SOT-23  
523-1504-002  
523-1504-017  
523-2016-519  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-031  
523-2016-180  
523-1507-004  
523-1507-004  
523-2016-180  
523-0019-024  
523-1504-017  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-030  
523-1504-017  
523-0019-024  
523-3021-001  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-030  
523-1504-017  
523-0519-031  
523-3021-001  
523-1507-004  
523-1504-002  
523-1504-002  
CR139 Dual switching common cath 523-1504-022  
CR140 4.7V zener SOT-23  
CR141 25A 400V SCR TO-220  
CR142 Switch diode SOT-23  
CR143 Switch diode SOT-23  
CR145 8A 600V ultrafast diode  
CR148 13V 1W zener SMT  
523-2016-479  
523-3021-001  
523-1504-017  
523-1504-017  
523-0019-026  
523-2026-130  
EP100 Ferrite bead  
517-2002-008  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
586-3502-021  
CR101 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR102 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR103 3A ultra-fast diode  
CR104 18V zener ±5% SMD  
CR105 1A Schottky diode  
523-1504-002  
523-1504-002  
523-1507-004  
523-2026-180  
523-0519-031  
523-0519-031  
523-1504-017  
523-1504-017  
523-1504-002  
EP101 0.25” spade lug  
EP103 0.25” spade lug  
EP104 0.25” spade lug  
EP105 0.25” spade lug  
EP106 0.25” spade lug  
EP110 0.25” spade lug  
EP111 0.25” spade lug  
EP112 0.25” spade lug  
CR106 1A Schottky diode  
CR107 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR108 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR110 Switching diode SOT-23  
March 1999  
9-21  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
F 102 10A 250V fastblow AGC fuse 534-0003-036  
Q 111 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
Q 112 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
Q 114 PNP switching  
Q 115 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 116 14A 500V N-MOSFET  
Q 117 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 118 14A 500V N-MOSFET  
Q 120 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
Q 121 PNP 6A SMD MJD42C  
Q 122 PNP high current SOT-223  
576-0003-600  
576-0003-600  
576-0003-612  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-351  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-351  
576-0003-600  
576-0002-603  
576-0006-026  
FH102 Fuse clip  
534-1007-001  
HW100 Cam5 x 3.795 sil-pad  
HW101 0.89 x 1.37 sil-pad  
HW102 1.06 x 4.73 sil-pad  
HW104 0.83 x 5 Teflon spacer  
HW105 0.83” Teflon spacer  
HW106 1.28” Teflon spacer  
HW107 4-40 3/8” hex socket CPS  
HW108 6-32 3/8” socket hoodcap  
018-1007-051  
018-1007-052  
018-1007-053  
018-1007-056  
018-1007-057  
018-1007-058  
575-9076-122  
575-9076-112  
Q 123 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 576-0006-110  
Q 124 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 125 20A 200V N-MOSFET  
Q 126 PNP switching  
Q 127 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
Q 128 PNP switching  
Q 129 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 130 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 576-0006-110  
Q 131 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 132 20A 200V N-MOSFET  
Q 133 PNP switching  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-352  
576-0003-612  
576-0003-600  
576-0003-612  
576-0006-026  
HW109 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-012  
HW110 #4 x 0.046 shoulder washer 596-4504-008  
HW111 #4 x 0.040 flat washer NPB 596-2404-008  
HW112 #6 x 0.028 flat washer NPB 596-2406-010  
HW113 #4 shakeproof washer  
HW114 #6 x 0.018 int lockwasher  
HW115 #4 spring washer  
596-1104-008  
596-1106-009  
596-9604-009  
537-9055-051  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-352  
576-0003-612  
576-0003-612  
HW120 TO-220 clamp  
J 101 2-pin friction header  
J 102 2-pin friction header  
515-9031-201  
515-9031-201  
Q 138 PNP switching  
R 101 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 102 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 103 240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 104 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 105 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 106 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 107 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 108 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 109 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 110 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 111 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 112 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-334  
569-0115-334  
569-0115-244  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-334  
569-0115-334  
569-0115-334  
569-0175-203  
569-0175-203  
569-0175-203  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-100  
L 101 15 µH 30A DC inductor  
L 102 20 µH 8A DC inductor  
L 103 7.5 µH 8A DC inductor  
L 104 10 µH 5A DC inductor  
L 105 100 µH 1A DC inductor  
L 107 300 µH 17A DC inductor  
542-5010-005  
542-5010-006  
542-5010-008  
542-5010-007  
542-5010-012  
542-5010-004  
MP100 5.7” heat sink  
MP101 2.9” heat sink  
MP102 5.7” heat sink  
MP105 TO-202 spacer  
014-0771-130  
014-0771-131  
014-0771-133  
017-2210-162  
R 113 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 569-4151-307  
R 114 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 569-4151-307  
PC001 PC board  
035-2000-810  
R 115 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 116 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 117 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 118 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 119 24.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 120 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 121 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 122 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 123 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 124 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 125 13 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-331  
569-0111-426  
569-0111-438  
569-0175-203  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-501  
569-0115-130  
Q 101 30A 500V N-chnl pwr module 576-0006-354  
Q 102 PNP switching  
576-0003-612  
576-0003-600  
576-0006-026  
576-0003-612  
576-0003-600  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-027  
576-0003-600  
Q 103 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
Q 104 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 105 PNP switching  
Q 106 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
Q 107 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 108 NPN high current SOT-223  
Q 110 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 126 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 127 1.27k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 128 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 129 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 130 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 131 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 132 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 133 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 134 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 135 13k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 136 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 137 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 138 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 139 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 140 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 142 560k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 143 3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 144 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 146 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 148 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 149 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 150 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 151 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 152 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 153 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 154 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 155 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 156 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 157 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 158 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 159 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 160 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 161 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 162 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 163 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 164 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 165 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 166 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 167 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 168 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 169 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 170 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 171 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 172 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 173 16.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 174 1k ohm trim pot  
562-0115-100  
569-0111-311  
569-0175-510  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-203  
569-0111-412  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-105  
569-0111-335  
569-0111-335  
569-0111-418  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-564  
569-0115-302  
569-0111-440  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-202  
569-0175-203  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-200  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-200  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-200  
569-0115-471  
569-0115-200  
569-0175-100  
569-0175-100  
569-0175-100  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-104  
569-0111-423  
562-0110-102  
R 175 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 176 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 178 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 179 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 180 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 181 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 182 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 183 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 184 357k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 185 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 187 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 188 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 189 6.81k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 190 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 191 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 192 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 193 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 194 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 195 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 196 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 198 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 199 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 200 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 201 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 202 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 203 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 204 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 205 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 206 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 207 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 208 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 209 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 210 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 211 12.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 212 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 213 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 214 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 215 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 216 1k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 217 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 218 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 219 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 220 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 221 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 222 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-182  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-202  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-752  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-750  
569-0111-495  
569-0111-554  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0111-495  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-381  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-822  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-202  
569-0175-202  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-821  
569-0111-410  
569-0111-335  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-622  
562-0112-102  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-471  
569-0111-330  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-001  
March 1999  
9-23  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 223 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 224 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 225 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 226 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 227 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 228 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 229 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 230 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 231 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 232 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 233 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 234 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 235 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 236 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 237 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 238 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 240 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 241 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 242 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 244 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 245 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 246 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 247 36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 249 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 250 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 251 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 252 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 253 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 254 1k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 255 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 256 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 257 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 258 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 259 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 260 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 261 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 262 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 263 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 264 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 265 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 266 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 267 430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 268 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 269 360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 270 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 271 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-133  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-680  
569-0115-240  
569-0115-181  
569-0111-330  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-101  
569-0175-510  
569-0115-821  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-180  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-202  
569-0175-202  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-100  
569-0115-181  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-360  
569-0111-352  
569-0111-339  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-472  
562-0112-102  
569-0115-432  
569-0111-330  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-133  
569-0115-680  
569-0115-240  
569-0111-446  
569-0111-339  
569-0111-330  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-431  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-361  
569-0115-333  
569-0115-332  
R 272 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 273 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 274 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 275 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 276 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 277 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 278 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 279 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 280 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 281 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 284 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 285 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 286 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 287 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 302 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 303 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 306 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 307 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 308 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 309 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 311 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 312 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 313 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 314 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 315 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0175-510  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-750  
569-0115-471  
569-0111-352  
569-0111-339  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-501  
569-0111-501  
569-0115-821  
RT101 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor 569-3014-001  
RT102 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor 569-3014-001  
T 101 0.5 line freq. bias transformer 592-3041-004  
T 103 1:200 current transformer  
T 104 1:200 current transformer  
T 105 100:1 current transformer  
T 106 1:1 transformer  
592-3041-002  
592-3041-002  
592-3041-005  
592-3041-003  
T 107 4.5:1 switch mode transformer 592-3041-001  
U 102 PFC/PWN combo SOIC  
544-2002-035  
U 104 Quad 2-in AND SOIC HC08 544-3766-008  
U 105 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039  
U 106 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039  
U 107 Opto-isolator surface mt  
U 108 Opto-isolator  
U 109 Programmable TL431AID  
U 110 Quad op amp LMC660 SOIC 544-2020-020  
U 111 Adj volt reg full temp LM317T544-2003-094  
544-9022-001  
544-2010-005  
544-2003-097  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
U 112 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034  
U 113 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034  
U 114 5V 3A regulator power supply 544-2003-098  
RV002 Metal oxide varistor  
569-3503-001  
W 001 Wire 1 assembly  
W 002 Wire 2 assembly  
W 003 Wire 3 assembly  
W 004 Wire 4 assembly  
W 005 Wire 5 assembly  
023-2000-825  
023-2000-826  
023-2000-827  
023-2000-828  
023-2000-829  
U 115 Programmable TL431AID  
U 116 Programmable TL431AID  
U 117 Programmable TL431AID  
U 118 Programmable TL431AID  
U 119 Opto-isolator SOIC-8  
544-2003-097  
544-2003-097  
544-2003-097  
544-2003-097  
544-2010-006  
544-2010-006  
U 120 Opto-isolator SOIC-8  
BATTERY BACK-UP  
PART NO. 023-2000-830  
U 121 Programmable volt TL431AID 544-2003-097  
U 122 Opto-isolator SOIC-8  
544-2010-006  
C 101 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 103 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 104 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
510-3606-103  
510-2635-689  
510-3609-104  
AC FILTER BOARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-820  
C 105 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect 510-4076-102  
C 001 .22 µF 275V AC ±2%  
C 003 .0022 µF ±2% Y2  
C 004 .0022 µF ±2% Y2  
510-1024-224  
510-1022-222  
510-1022-222  
C 106 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 107 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 109 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 110 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-2635-689  
C 005 1 µF 275V X2 class capacitor 510-1024-105  
C 111 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect 510-4076-102  
CR001 600V 35A rectifier bridge  
EP006 1/2” tubing  
523-4004-025  
042-0241-557  
534-0003-045  
534-1007-001  
596-1110-012  
C 112 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 113 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 114 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 115 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 118 1 µF ±10% 100V polyester  
510-3609-104  
510-2628-109  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-1031-105  
F 001 15A 250V ceramic body  
FH001 Fuse clip  
C 119 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221  
C 124 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 125 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 126 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 127 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 128 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 129 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 130 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 131 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 132 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 133 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 134 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
510-2628-109  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-103  
HW001 #10 shakeproof washer  
HW002 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-016  
HW003 9/16” ID rubber grommet 574-0002-004  
HW004 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-016  
HW005 #4 shakeproof washer  
HW007 Heatsink Grafoil TO-15  
596-1104-008  
018-1007-055  
J 001 AC power cord connector  
515-0028-008  
L 001 1 µH 10A coil  
L 002 4.2 µH 10A coil  
542-5010-010  
542-5010-009  
CR101 Red LED right angle PC mt  
CR102 3A ultra-fast diode  
CR103 12V zener diode  
CR104 18V ±5% zener SMT  
CR105 Red LED right angle PC mt  
CR109 8A 600V ultra-fast diode  
CR111 Green LED rt angle PC mt  
CR113 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR114 3A ultra-fast diode  
549-4001-035  
523-1507-004  
523-2016-120  
523-2026-180  
549-4001-035  
523-0019-026  
549-4001-037  
523-1504-002  
523-1507-004  
MP001 Filter bracket  
017-2210-167  
035-2000-820  
569-0513-105  
569-3503-001  
PC001 PC board  
R 001 1M ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
RV001 Metal oxide varistor  
March 1999  
9-25  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
CR115 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR116 3A ultra-fast diode  
CR117 13V 1W zener SMT  
CR118 18V ±5% zener SMT  
523-1504-002  
523-1507-004  
523-2026-130  
523-2026-180  
R 105 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 106 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 107 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 108 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 109 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 110 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 111 51 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 569-0175-510  
R 112 7.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 112 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-202  
569-0175-202  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-202  
569-0115-202  
569-0115-202  
EP100 Heat sink insulator TO-220  
EP101 Copper terminal lug  
EP102 Copper terminal lug  
EP103 Copper terminal lug  
574-5005-060  
586-0007-072  
586-0007-072  
586-0007-071  
569-0111-385  
569-0111-301  
R 115 470 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 569-0175-471  
F 101 4A resettable polyfuse  
534-0020-001  
R 116 47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 117 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 118 10.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 119 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 120 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 121 62k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 122 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 123 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 124 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 125 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 126 42.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 127 82.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 128 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 129 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 130 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 136 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 137 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 138 240 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 139 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 140 1k ohm single turn trimmer  
R 141 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 143 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 144 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 145 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 146 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 147 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 148 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 149 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 150 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 151 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 152 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 153 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 154 300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 155 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 156 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 157 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 158 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-470  
569-0115-332  
569-0111-403  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
569-0115-623  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-461  
569-0111-489  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-333  
569-0175-332  
569-0175-332  
569-0115-241  
569-0175-332  
562-0112-102  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-103  
569-0175-202  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-392  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-823  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-750  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-304  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0111-301  
569-0111-301  
HW100 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-012  
HW101 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-008  
HW102 4 x 0.04 flat washer  
HW103 6 x 0.018 int lockwasher  
HW104 #4 shakeproof washer  
596-2404-008  
596-1106-009  
596-1104-008  
HW105 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-012  
HW106 #10 shakeproof washer  
HW107 4 x 0.46 shoulder washer  
HW108 10-32 x 0.375 CPS  
HW800 Speed nut  
596-1110-012  
596-4504-008  
560-1110-012  
537-0001-002  
J 100  
2-pin lock receptacle  
515-9032-232  
567-0031-001  
542-5010-014  
K 101 Single pole 24V relay  
L 101 70 µH 3A Toroid inductor  
MP100 Bracket  
MP101 Terminal cover  
017-2210-169  
032-0758-050  
NP100 Max input 28.5V Bat/Backup 559-5861-166  
NP800 Nameplate holder  
NP801 Nameplate  
015-0900-406  
559-5861-161  
PC001 PC board  
035-2000-830  
Q 101 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 102 PNP high current SOT-223  
Q 103 N-channel E-MOSFET  
Q 104 PNP TO-220 ISO  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-026  
576-0006-110  
576-0002-057  
576-0006-026  
Q 105 PNP high current SOT-223  
R 101 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 102 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 103 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 104 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-331  
569-0115-202  
569-0115-202  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 159 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 160 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 165 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
569-0115-184  
569-0115-103  
569-0175-202  
C 903 .0039 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 904 .0039 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 905 .001 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3609-392  
510-3609-392  
510-3606-102  
C 906 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151  
S 101 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014  
C 907 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151  
C 908 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 909 22 µF 16V SMD tant SMD  
C 910 22 µF 16V SMD tant SMD  
510-3606-103  
510-2625-220  
510-2625-220  
U 101 Quad comparator 2901  
U 102 Programmable voltage reg  
U 103 Programmable voltage reg  
U 104 Dual op amp SO-8  
U 105 Dual op amp SO-8  
U 106 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8  
544-2025-011  
544-2003-097  
544-2003-097  
544-2019-004  
544-2019-004  
544-2032-003  
C 911 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151  
C 912 .047 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 913 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 914 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 915 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 916 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 917 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 chip  
C 921 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 922 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
510-3606-473  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3607-104  
510-2625-229  
510-2625-229  
U 107 Full temp adjustable LM317T 544-2003-094  
W 101 Green wire assembly  
W 102 Red wire assembly  
W 103 Black wire assembly  
W 104 Orange wire assembly  
023-2000-836  
023-2000-837  
023-2000-838  
023-2000-839  
C 923 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471  
C 924 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471  
C 925 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 926 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 927 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 928 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 929 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 930 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 931 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 932 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 933 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 934 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 935 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 936 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 937 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 938 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 939 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 940 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 941 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 942 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 943 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 944 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 945 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 946 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 947 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 948 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
THERMAL SENSOR BOARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-840  
A 001 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-841  
C 001 .1 µF 10% X7R chip  
510-3606-104  
J 001 48 mil edge clip, short  
J 002 48 mil edge clip, short  
J 003 48 mil edge clip, short  
515-9034-004  
515-9034-004  
515-9034-004  
PC001 Thermal sensor board  
035-2000-840  
544-2032-003  
U 001 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8  
OCXO DRAWER  
PART NO. 023-2000-921 (w/1 OCXO)  
023-2000-922 (w/2 OCXOs)  
A 001 Main board OCXO drawer  
A 002 Power supply board OCXO  
A 003 8-Way BNC RF splitter  
023-2000-920  
023-2000-930  
585-0647-027  
CR901 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR902 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR903 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
523-1504-002  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
C 901 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151  
C 902 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103  
March 1999  
9-27  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
CR904 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR905 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR906 Switching diode SOT-23  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-002  
J 911 3-pin single inline header  
J 912 Rear connector housing  
J 920 18-terminal block connector 586-2006-005  
515-7100-003  
515-9031-234  
CR907 200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818 523-0013-201  
CR908 200V 1A rectifier 1N4003  
523-0501-002  
K 901 12V SPDT reed DIP  
K 902 12V SPDT reed DIP  
K 903 12V SPDT reed DIP  
K 904 12V SPDT reed DIP  
K 905 12V SPDT reed DIP  
K 906 12V SPDT reed DIP  
567-2002-021  
567-2002-021  
567-2002-021  
567-2002-021  
567-2002-021  
567-2002-021  
DS901 Red/Green LED right angle  
DS902 Red/Green LED right angle  
DS903 Red/Green LED right angle  
DS904 Red/Green LED right angle  
DS905 Red/Green LED right angle  
DS906 Red/Green LED right angle  
549-4006-001  
549-4006-001  
549-4006-001  
549-4006-001  
549-4006-001  
549-4006-001  
L 901 3.9 µH inductor SMD  
L 902 10 µH inductor SMD  
L 903 3.9 µH inductor SMD  
L 904 .39 µH inductor SMD  
L 905 1.2 µH inductor SMD  
L 906 .39 µH inductor SMD  
542-9001-399  
542-9001-100  
542-9001-399  
542-9001-398  
542-9001-129  
542-9001-398  
EP001 8 ft AC cord 3-18  
597-1001-011  
534-0017-017  
534-1017-001  
560-2106-008  
F 901 2A 250V subminiature  
FH901 Fuse holder PC bd mount  
HW001 6-32 x 0.078 nut NPB  
HW002 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-008  
HW003 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-016  
HW004 6-32 flathead philips BZPS  
HW005 6 x 0.018 lockwasher int  
HW006 #10 flat washer ZPS  
MP001 Power cord strain relief  
MP002 Front panel  
MP003 Lens  
MP004 Drawer  
MP005 Top cover  
016-2187-270  
017-2210-125  
032-0758-035  
017-2210-127  
017-2210-129  
017-2210-132  
574-3001-016  
575-8206-306  
596-1106-009  
596-1410-016  
575-9086-012  
MP006 Mounting ear  
MP007 Foam pad 0.312 thick  
HW007 6-32 flathead 82 philips  
HW008 Power supply board insulator 018-1007-048  
NP001 Nameplate  
559-5861-163  
HW009 LED lens cover  
HW010 Lens adhesive  
HW011 LED lens cover adhesive  
HW012 5/16" cable clamp  
HW013 Washer  
HW014 6-32 mach panhead phil ZPS 575-1606-012  
HW015 Fishpaper 0.005 018-1007-050  
HW901 0.025 x 0.037 pin receptacle 515-5006-255  
018-1007-049  
574-3002-117  
574-3002-118  
572-0001-004  
596-2406-012  
P 902 2-pos shorting socket  
P 903 2-pos shorting socket  
P 904 2-pos shorting socket  
P 905 2-pos shorting socket  
P 906 2-pos shorting socket  
P 907 2-pos shorting socket  
P 908 2-pos shorting socket  
P 909 2-pos shorting socket  
P 910 2-pos shorting socket  
P 911 2-pos shorting socket  
P 912 2-pos shorting socket  
P 913 2-pos shorting socket  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
HW902 Rubber feet  
574-1008-002  
J 901 18-pin block header  
586-2006-010  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
J 902 3-pin single inline header  
J 903 3-pin single inline header  
J 904 3-pin single inline header  
J 905 3-pin single inline header  
J 906 3-pin single inline header  
J 907 3-pin single inline header  
J 908 3-pin single inline header  
J 909 3-pin single inline header  
J 910 3-pin single inline header  
PC900 PC board  
035-2000-900  
Q 901 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 902 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 903 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 904 Si NPN SOT-23  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
Q 905 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 906 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 907 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 908 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 909 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 910 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 911 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 912 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 913 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 914 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 915 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 916 Si PNP SOT-23  
Q 917 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 918 Si PNP SOT-23  
Q 919 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 920 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 921 Si PNP SOT-23  
Q 922 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 923 Si PNP SOT-23  
Q 924 Si NPN SOT-23  
Q 925 Si NPN SOT-23  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
R 926 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 927 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 928 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 929 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 930 27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 931 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 932 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 933 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 934 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 935 27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 936 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 937 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 938 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 939 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 940 27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 941 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 942 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 943 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 944 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 945 27k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 946 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 948 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 949 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 950 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 951 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 952 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 953 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 954 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 955 1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 956 1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 957 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 958 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 959 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 960 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 961 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 962 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 963 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 964 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 965 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 966 1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 967 1.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 968 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 969 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 970 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 971 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 972 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 973 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-273  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-273  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-273  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-273  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-132  
569-0115-132  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-132  
569-0115-132  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-474  
R 901 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 902 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 903 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 904 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 905 430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 906 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 907 2.4k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 908 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 909 430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 910 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 911 2.4k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 912 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 913 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 914 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 915 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 916 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 917 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 918 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 919 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 920 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 921 30k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 922 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 923 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 924 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 925 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-431  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-242  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-431  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-242  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-271  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-303  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-512  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-274  
March 1999  
9-29  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
S Y M B O L  
NUMBER  
PA R T  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 974 39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 975 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 976 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 977 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-393  
569-0115-510  
569-0115-153  
569-0115-153  
C 112 4.7 µF 16V SMD tantalum  
510-2625-479  
CR101 200V 1.5A 1N4818  
CR102 200V 1.5A 1N4818  
CR103 200V 1.5A 1N4818  
CR104 200V 1.5A 1N4818  
CR105 200V 1.5A 1N4818  
523-0013-201  
523-0013-201  
523-0013-201  
523-0013-201  
523-0013-201  
S 901 Toggle switch on-none-mom 583-0006-010  
S 902 Toggle switch on-none-mom 583-0006-010  
S 903 Toggle switch on-none-mom 583-0006-010  
S 904 4-pos recessed DIP switch  
S 905 4-pos recessed DIP switch  
583-5002-104  
583-5002-104  
EP101 Therma-film washer TO-3  
F 101 0.25A 250V subminiature  
574-5005-001  
534-0017-008  
U 901 Quad 2-in NAND 74HC00  
U 902 Quad 2-in AND 74HC08  
U 903 Quad 2-in AND 74HC08  
U 904 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04  
U 905 Dual 4-bit bi ripple counter  
U 906 Dual differential line driver  
544-3766-000  
544-3766-008  
544-3766-008  
544-3766-004  
544-3766-393  
544-2023-026  
FH101 Fuse holder PC board mount 534-1017-001  
HW101 4-40 machine panhead ZPS  
HW102 #4 shakeproof washer  
HW103 4-40 x 0.094 nut NPB  
HW104 4-40 x 0.25 panhead taptite  
HW105 6-32 panhead taptite 5/16  
HW106 #4 x 0.046 shoulder washer  
HW107 Grafoil TO-220  
575-1604-012  
596-1104-008  
560-2104-008  
575-0604-008  
575-0606-010  
596-4504-008  
018-1007-043  
018-1007-044  
575-0606-012  
U 907 Dual monostable multivibrator 544-3766-123  
U 908 Opto isolation NPN out  
U 909 Opto isolation NPN out  
U 910 Dual D-flip-flop 74HC74  
U 911 Dual monostable multivibrator 544-3766-123  
U 912 Quad 2-in OR gate 74HC32 544-3766-032  
U 913 Phase locked loop 4046 SOIC 544-3016-046  
544-2010-001  
544-2010-001  
544-3766-074  
HW108 Grafoil pad  
HW109 6-32 panhead philips  
U 914 Quad 2-in AND 74HC08  
544-3766-008  
J 101 PC board mt AC power cord 515-0028-008  
J 102 4-cond #22 conn housing  
515-9031-233  
W 902 Coax BNC panel 14.5"  
W 903 Coax BNC  
W 904 Coax BNC panel 14.5"  
597-3003-250  
597-3003-252  
597-3003-250  
MP101 OCXO drawer heat sink  
MP102 OCXO drwr finned heat sink 014-0771-126  
017-2210-130  
Y 901 10 MHz OCXO ±0.03 PPM  
561-0006-012  
561-0006-012  
PC100 Power supply board  
035-2000-930  
Y 902 10 MHz OCXO ±0.03 PPM  
R 101 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 102 220 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0111-339  
569-0111-234  
OCXO DRAWER POWER SUPPLY  
PART NO. 023-2000-930  
S 101 115/230V select switch  
583-3008-002  
592-3001-030  
C 101 1000 µF 50V  
510-4076-102  
510-2635-689  
C 102 6.8 µF 35V SMD tantalum  
T 101 Low profile PC bd mt xfmr  
C 103 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102  
C 104 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221  
U 101 Voltage reg TO-3 LM117  
U 102 5V regulator LM2940T-5  
544-2003-092  
544-2003-091  
C 105 15 µF 20V SMD tantalum  
C 106 15 µF 20V SMD tantalum  
C 107 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
510-2626-150  
510-2633-150  
510-3602-102  
C 108 2200 µF 25V aluminum axial 510-4325-222  
C 109 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 110 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 111 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
510-2633-150  
510-3602-102  
510-3602-102  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-310  
HW001 Panel fastener  
HW001 Card injector/extractor nylon 537-9057-020  
537-0011-031  
C 001 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 002 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 004 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 005 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 006 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 007 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 008 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 009 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 010 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 011 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 012 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 013 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 015 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 016 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3602-100  
510-3602-200  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-100  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-200  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
J 001 8-cond modular jack PC mt  
J 002 3-pin single inline header  
J 003 14-pin double row header  
J 004 6-pin double row header  
J 005 3-pin single inline header  
J 006 3-pin single inline header  
515-2006-040  
515-7100-003  
515-7101-407  
515-7101-403  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-003  
P 001 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101  
P 002 2-pos shorting socket  
P 003 2-pos shorting socket  
P 004 2-pos shorting socket  
P 005 2-pos shorting socket  
P 006 2-pos shorting socket  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
C 017 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470  
PC310 PC board  
035-2000-310  
C 018 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470  
C 019 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 020 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 021 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 022 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 023 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 024 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 025 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 026 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 027 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 028 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 029 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 030 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 031 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 032 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3602-620  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-2625-100  
510-2625-100  
510-3606-103  
510-2625-100  
510-2625-100  
510-3602-620  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
Q 002 PNP switching SOT-23  
Q 003 NPN gen purp SOT-23  
576-0003-612  
576-0001-300  
R 001 10M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 002 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 003 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 004 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 005 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 006 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 007 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 008 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 009 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 010 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 011 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 012 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 013 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 014 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 015 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 016 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 017 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 018 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 019 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 020 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 021 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 022 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 023 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 024 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 025 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-106  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-202  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-151  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-103  
CR001 Green LED submin radial  
CR002 Yellow LED submin radial  
CR003 Red LED subminiature radial 549-4001-120  
CR004 Red LED subminiature radial 549-4001-120  
549-4001-122  
549-4001-121  
CR005 Yellow LED submin radial  
549-4001-121  
DS001 7-segment display .3" green  
549-4002-020  
EP001 Crystal pin insulator  
EP002 Crystal pin insulator  
EP003 Crystal pin insulator  
EP004 Crystal pin insulator  
018-1080-001  
018-1080-001  
018-1080-001  
018-1080-001  
March 1999  
9-31  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 026 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 027 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 028 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 029 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 030 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 031 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 032 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 033 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 034 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 035 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 038 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 039 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 040 15 ohm 1W SMD  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-392  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-274  
569-0175-150  
X 001 10-pos right angle IC socket 515-5008-270  
X 014 28-pin IC socket  
X 013 40-pin IC socket  
X 024 8-pin DIP socket  
X 025 32-pin IC socket  
X 027 84-pos PLCC socket  
515-5008-018  
515-5008-019  
515-5008-011  
515-5008-108  
515-5020-100  
Y 001 10 MHz crystal HC-18  
Y 002 11.059 MHz crystal  
Y 003 2.4576 MHz HC-18U  
Y 004 12 MHz µP crystal  
521-0010-000  
521-0011-059  
521-0002-458  
521-0012-000  
Z 001 EMI suppression filter  
Z 002 EMI suppression filter  
532-3003-002  
532-3003-002  
S 001 SPST momentary sw  
S 002 8-pos DIP switch  
S 003 4-pos DIP switch  
583-4005-002  
583-5002-008  
583-5002-004  
MAIN AUDIO CARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-320  
U 001 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM  
U 002 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04  
U 003 1 of 8 demux 74HC138  
U 004 1 of 8 demux 74HC138  
544-5001-109  
544-3766-004  
544-3766-138  
544-3766-138  
A 301 Compandor option  
023-2000-940  
C 100 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471  
C 101 .0022 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip510-3606-222  
U 005 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154  
U 006 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32  
U 007 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32  
U 008 D-latch non-inv 74HC573  
U 009 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703  
U 010 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703  
U 011 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032  
U 012 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032  
544-3766-032  
544-3766-032  
544-3766-573  
C 102 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 103 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 104 100 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 105 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210  
C 106 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 107 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 108 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 109 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 110 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 111 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 112 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
510-3616-102  
510-3606-104  
510-3616-101  
510-3610-333  
510-3609-683  
510-3609-223  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-223  
510-3609-223  
510-3609-103  
U 013 CMOS 87C52  
U 014 HSDB LTR-Net software  
544-5011-948  
023-9998-456  
U 015 Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906  
U 016 Driver/receiver RS232C/v28 544-2023-014  
U 017 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085  
U 018 32 x 8 SCRAM SO-28 CMOS 544-5001-412  
U 020 Quad 2-input NAND 74HC00 544-3766-000  
U 021 7-stage binary cntr SOIC 4024 544-3016-024  
U 022 Prog comm intfc 82C51  
U 023 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025  
U 024 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025  
C 113 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 114 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 115 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101  
C 116 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 117 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 118 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 119 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 120 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 121 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 122 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 123 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 124 .0068 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 125 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 126 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
510-3602-102  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-223  
510-3609-473  
510-3606-682  
510-3616-681  
510-3617-103  
544-5001-319  
U 025 MPC boot code  
023-9998-277  
U 026 BCD 7 latch DIP-16 MC14495 544-3014-495  
U 027 CPU v25 PLCC-84 MPD7032 544-5002-016  
U 028 EEPROM PLCC32R 28C64 544-5002-412  
U 030 HEX inverting Schmitt trigger 544-3014-092  
U 031 Quad 2-input NOR gate  
U 032 Octal buffer/line driver  
544-3014-002  
544-3542-243  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 127 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 128 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 129 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 130 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 131 .0047 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 132 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 133 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 134 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 136 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 137 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 138 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 139 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 140 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 141 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 142 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 143 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 144 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 145 .0068 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 146 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 147 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 148 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 149 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 150 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 151 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 152 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 153 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 154 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 155 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 156 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 157 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 158 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 159 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 160 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 161 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 162 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 163 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 164 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 165 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 166 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip  
C 169 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 170 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 171 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 172 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 173 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 174 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 175 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 176 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3616-681  
510-3616-332  
510-3616-471  
510-3616-471  
510-3609-472  
510-3617-562  
510-3616-472  
510-3602-200  
510-3602-101  
510-3602-101  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3609-103  
510-3609-223  
510-3606-473  
510-3609-682  
510-3602-391  
510-3616-681  
510-3617-103  
510-3616-472  
510-3609-223  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3602-150  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-2625-100  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-3602-200  
510-3602-200  
510-3616-102  
510-3602-361  
510-3602-150  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
C 177 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 178 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 179 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 180 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 181 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 182 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 183 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 184 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 185 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 186 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 187 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 188 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 189 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 190 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 191 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 192 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 193 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 194 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 195 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 196 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 197 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 198 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 199 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 200 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 201 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 202 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 203 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 204 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 205 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 206 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 207 1 µF tantalum SMD  
C 208 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 209 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 210 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 211 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 212 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 213 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 214 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 215 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 216 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 217 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 218 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 219 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 220 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 221 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 222 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 223 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-2625-109  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
March 1999  
9-33  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
C 224 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 225 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 226 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 227 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 228 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 229 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 230 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 231 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 232 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 233 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 234 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 235 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 236 .001 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 237 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210  
C 238 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 239 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 240 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 241 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 242 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 247 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 249 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 251 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 254 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 255 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 256 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD  
C 257 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 258 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 262 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 263 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 264 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 265 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 266 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 267 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 268 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 269 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 270 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD  
C 271 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 272 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 273 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 276 .0022 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 277 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 278 .0068 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 279 .22 µF ±5% X7R 1210  
C 280 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 281 820 pF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 282 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
C 283 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-2625-109  
510-3616-102  
510-3610-333  
510-3609-473  
510-3609-683  
510-2625-109  
510-2626-150  
510-2626-150  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
510-2626-150  
510-3606-104  
510-2624-470  
510-2626-150  
510-2624-470  
510-2624-470  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-2624-470  
510-2624-470  
510-2624-470  
510-2624-470  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3616-222  
510-3616-472  
510-3617-682  
510-3610-224  
510-3609-223  
510-3616-821  
510-3606-104  
510-3606-104  
C 285 470 µF 25V radial low temp 510-4064-471  
C 286 10 µF tantalum SMD  
C 287 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 288 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 289 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 290 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 291 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 292 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 293 68 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 294 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206  
C 296 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 297 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 298 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 299 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 300 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1210  
C 301 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 302 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 303 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206  
C 304 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip  
C 305 10 µF tantalum SMD  
C 306 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 307 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
510-2625-100  
510-3602-301  
510-3602-301  
510-3602-301  
510-3602-301  
510-3609-104  
510-3602-361  
510-3602-680  
510-3609-104  
510-2625-100  
510-3616-392  
510-3616-332  
510-3606-103  
510-3617-562  
510-3616-472  
510-3616-332  
510-3616-392  
510-3606-104  
510-2625-100  
510-3606-104  
510-3602-101  
CR100 Switching diode SOT-23  
523-1504-002  
CR101 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023  
CR102 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023  
CR103 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023  
CR104 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023  
CR105 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023  
CR106 Switching diode SOT-23  
CR107 4.3V zener SOT-23  
523-1504-002  
523-2016-439  
CR108 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012  
CR109 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012  
CR110 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012  
CR111 2.4V 1W zener  
CR112 2.4V 1W zener  
523-2505-249  
523-2505-249  
523-2016-150  
523-2016-150  
523-2016-150  
523-2016-150  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-519  
CR113 15V zener SOT-23  
CR114 15V zener SOT-23  
CR117 15V zener SOT-23  
CR118 15V zener SOT-23  
CR119 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR120 5.1V zener SOT-23  
EP100 Crystal pin insulator  
018-1080-001  
HW001 Panel fastener  
HW101 Card inj/ext nylon pull  
537-0011-031  
537-9057-020  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
HW102 Rivet snap 0.142 dia  
574-9015-050  
R 124 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 125 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 126 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 127 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 128 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 129 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 130 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 131 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 132 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 133 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 134 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 135 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 136 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 137 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 138 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 139 35.7k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 140 27.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 141 22.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 142 17.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 143 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 144 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 145 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 150 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 151 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 152 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 153 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 154 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 155 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 156 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 157 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 158 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 159 2.74k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 160 1.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 161 3.01k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 162 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 163 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 164 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 165 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 166 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 167 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 168 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 169 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 170 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 171 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 172 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 173 430k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 174 160k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-474  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-563  
569-0115-563  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-103  
569-0111-509  
569-0111-509  
569-0111-454  
569-0111-443  
569-0111-435  
569-0111-424  
569-0115-332  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-154  
569-0111-491  
569-0111-462  
569-0115-223  
569-0115-433  
569-0115-433  
569-0115-823  
569-0115-823  
569-0115-823  
569-0115-823  
569-0111-343  
569-0111-305  
569-0111-347  
569-0111-426  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-563  
569-0115-563  
569-0115-222  
569-0111-472  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-434  
569-0115-164  
J 100 Green horizontal tip jack .080 105-2204-105  
J 101 Speaker jack 0.1 enclosed  
J 102 3.6mm jack enclosed  
J 103 Black horiz tip jack .080  
J 104 3.6mm jack enclosed  
J 105 3-pin single inline header  
J 106 5-pin single inline header  
J 301 Minisert cl bottom socket  
515-2002-011  
515-2001-011  
105-2203-101  
515-2001-011  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-005  
515-5006-041  
MP101 Control knob  
032-0792-010  
P 100 32-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-102  
P 101 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101  
P 102 2-pos shorting socket  
P 106 2-pos shorting socket  
P 107 2-pos shorting socket  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
PC200 PC board  
035-2000-320  
Q 101 Si PNP SOT-23 2N3906  
Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
R 101 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 102 147k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 103 69.8k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 104 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 105 100 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0111-446  
569-0111-517  
569-0111-482  
569-0111-418  
569-0111-201  
R 106 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604  
R 107 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604  
R 108 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0111-205  
R 109 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604  
R 110 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 111 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 112 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 113 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 114 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 115 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 116 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 117 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 118 12k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 119 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 120 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 121 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 122 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 123 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0111-205  
569-0111-426  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-154  
569-0115-183  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-152  
569-0115-622  
569-0115-123  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-334  
March 1999  
9-35  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 175 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 176 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 177 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 178 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 179 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 180 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 181 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 182 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 183 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 184 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 185 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 186 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 187 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 188 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 189 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 190 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 191 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 192 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 193 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 194 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 195 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 196 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 197 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 198 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 199 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 200 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 201 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 202 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 203 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 204 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 205 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 206 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 207 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 208 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 209 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 210 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 211 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 212 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 213 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 214 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 215 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 216 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 217 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 218 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 219 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 220 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 222 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-432  
569-0115-682  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-301  
569-0111-485  
569-0111-485  
569-0111-485  
569-0111-485  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-301  
569-0111-485  
569-0111-485  
569-0111-485  
569-0111-485  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-301  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-274  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-752  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-512  
569-0115-392  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-823  
569-0115-184  
569-0115-163  
569-0115-104  
R 223 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 225 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 226 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 227 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 228 5.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 229 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 230 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 231 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 232 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD  
R 233 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 234 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 235 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 236 10k ohm Vol/Audio switch  
R 237 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 238 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 239 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 240 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 241 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 242 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 243 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 244 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 247 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 248 120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 249 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 250 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 251 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 252 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 253 390k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 254 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 256 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 257 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 258 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 259 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 260 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 261 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 262 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 263 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 264 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 265 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 266 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 267 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 268 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 269 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 270 39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 271 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 274 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 275 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-682  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0111-512  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-752  
569-0115-103  
569-0175-510  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0018-044  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
562-0110-104  
569-0111-472  
569-0115-124  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-154  
569-0115-513  
569-0115-433  
569-0115-394  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-473  
569-0115-274  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-393  
569-0115-184  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-363  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
R 276 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 277 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 279 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 280 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 281 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 282 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 283 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 284 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 285 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 286 75k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 288 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 289 2.2 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 290 1 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 291 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 292 39 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 293 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 294 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 295 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 296 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 297 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 298 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 299 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 300 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 301 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 302 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 303 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 304 27 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 305 100k ohm multi-turn pot  
R 306 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 307 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 308 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 309 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 310 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 311 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 312 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 313 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD  
R 314 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 315 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 316 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 317 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 318 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 319 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 320 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 321 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 322 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 323 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-183  
569-0115-512  
569-0115-154  
569-0115-154  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-222  
569-0115-753  
569-0115-221  
569-0115-229  
569-0115-109  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-390  
569-0115-622  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-363  
562-0110-104  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-241  
569-0115-270  
562-0110-104  
569-0115-363  
569-0115-363  
569-0111-593  
569-0111-440  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
569-0111-462  
569-0111-491  
569-0111-440  
569-0111-593  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-184  
569-0115-101  
569-0115-001  
569-0115-001  
RT100 10k ohm chip thermistor  
569-3013-007  
S 100 8-pos DIP switch  
S 101 4-pos DIP switch  
583-5002-008  
583-5002-004  
U 100 Quad 2-input NOR  
U 101 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004  
U 102 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138  
U 103 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154  
U 104 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573  
U 105 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573  
U 106 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
U 107 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
U 108 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
544-3766-002  
544-3766-574  
544-3766-574  
544-3766-574  
U 109 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014  
U 110 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014  
U 111 CMOS 87C52  
544-5011-948  
023-9998-455  
U 112 Main Audio Card/LTR-Net  
U 113 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 114 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 115 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 116 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 117 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 118 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 119 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085  
U 120 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 121 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 122 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008  
U 123 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008  
U 124 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 125 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
U 126 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
U 127 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
U 128 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
U 129 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
U 130 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 131 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
U 132 Audio amp 10W TO-220  
U 133 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154  
U 135 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018  
U 136 +8V regulator SOIC 78L08  
U 149 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104  
U 151 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104  
U 153 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001  
U 154 Quad 2-in OR SOIC 74HC32 544-3766-032  
544-2006-013  
544-2603-042  
544-0004-209  
544-0004-209  
U 155 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
U 156 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
544-3766-574  
544-3766-574  
March 1999  
9-37  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
U 157 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
544-3766-574  
C 531 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-103  
C 532 1000 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-102  
U 158 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001  
U 159 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001  
U 160 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703  
U 161 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703  
U 162 Dr/Rcvr RS232C V.28 145406 544-2023-014  
U 163 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 164 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 165 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 166 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018  
U 167 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008  
C 533 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 534 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 535 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206  
C 536 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 537 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 538 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 539 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-103  
510-3602-101  
510-3602-101  
510-3607-104  
510-3607-104  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
CR500 Red LED submin radial  
CR501 Green LED submin radial  
CR502 Yellow LED submin radial  
CR503 Green LED submin radial  
CR504 Green LED submin radial  
CR505 Yellow LED submin radial  
CR506 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR507 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR508 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR509 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR510 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR511 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR512 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR513 Dual switch diode SOT-23  
CR523 Green LED submin radial  
CR524 Green LED submin radial  
CR525 Green LED submin radial  
CR526 200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818 523-0013-201  
CR527 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR528 5.1V zener SOT-23  
CR529 15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15 523-2016-150  
CR530 15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15 523-2016-150  
CR531 15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15 523-2016-150  
CR532 15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15 523-2016-150  
CR533 15V zener SOT-23 BZXC15 523-2016-150  
549-4001-120  
549-4001-122  
549-4001-121  
549-4001-122  
549-4001-122  
549-4001-121  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
523-1504-023  
549-4001-122  
549-4001-122  
549-4001-122  
X 110 28-pin IC socket  
X 111 40-pin IC socket  
X 112 28-pin IC socket  
515-5008-018  
515-5008-019  
515-5008-018  
Y 100 3.5795 MHz crystal  
Y 101 11.059 MHz crystal  
521-0003-579  
521-0011-059  
Z 100 EMI suppression filter  
Z 101 EMI suppression filter  
Z 102 EMI suppression filter  
532-3003-002  
532-3003-002  
532-3003-002  
INTERFACE ALARM CARD  
PART NO. 023-2000-350  
C 500 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 502 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210  
C 503 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151  
510-3606-103  
510-3607-104  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-519  
C 511 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 512 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 513 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 514 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 515 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 516 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 517 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 518 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 519 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 521 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
F 501 1A 250V submin fuse  
FH501 Fuse holder  
534-0017-014  
534-1017-001  
C 522 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470  
C 523 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470  
C 525 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100  
HW001 Panel fastener 0.475 long  
HW500 Card inj/ext nylon pull  
537-0011-031  
537-9057-020  
C 526 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD  
C 527 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD  
C 528 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
C 529 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip  
510-2625-109  
510-2628-108  
510-3606-103  
510-3606-103  
J 500 Horizontal green tip jack .080 105-2204-105  
J 501 Horizontal black tip jack .080 105-2203-101  
J 502 Horizontal red tip jack .080  
J 503 3-pin single inline header  
105-2202-101  
515-7100-003  
C 530 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
DESCRIPTION  
J 504 3-pin single inline header  
J 505 4-pin single inline header  
515-7100-003  
515-7100-004  
R 524 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 525 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 526 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 527 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 528 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 529 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 530 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 531 4.32k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 532 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 533 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 534 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 535 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 536 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 537 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 538 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 539 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 541 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 543 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 544 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 545 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 546 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 547 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 548 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 549 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 550 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 551 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 552 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 553 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 554 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 555 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 556 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 557 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 558 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 559 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 560 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 561 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 562 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 563 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 564 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 567 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 568 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 569 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 576 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 577 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 578 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
569-0115-472  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-472  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-362  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-105  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-104  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-103  
569-0513-431  
569-0513-431  
569-0513-431  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-122  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-392  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-201  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-272  
K 500 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021  
K 501 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021  
K 502 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021  
K 503 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021  
L 501 3 µH filter choke PC mount  
542-5007-031  
P 500 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101  
P 501 32-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-102  
P 503 2-pos shorting socket  
P 504 2-pos shorting socket  
P 505 2-pos shorting socket  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
515-5010-001  
PC350 PC board  
035-2000-350  
Q 500 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904  
Q 501 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904  
Q 502 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904  
Q 503 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904  
Q 504 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404  
Q 505 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-658  
576-0003-616  
576-0003-616  
R 500 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 501 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 502 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 504 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 506 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 507 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 508 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 509 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 510 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 511 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 512 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 513 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 514 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 515 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 516 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 517 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 518 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 519 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 520 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF  
R 521 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD  
R 522 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
R 523 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD  
569-0115-472  
569-0115-472  
569-0513-431  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-104  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-203  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-103  
569-0115-102  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-272  
569-0115-472  
569-0111-401  
569-0111-401  
March 1999  
9-39  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARTS LIST  
SYMBOL  
NUMBER  
PART  
NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
S 500 4-pos recessed DIP switch  
S 501 4-pos recessed DIP switch  
S 502 4-pos recessed DIP switch  
S 503 4-pos recessed DIP switch  
583-5002-104  
583-5002-104  
583-5002-104  
583-5002-104  
S 508 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014  
U 500 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154  
U 501 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154  
U 503 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
U 504 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
U 505 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
U 506 8-bit A/D converter  
544-3766-574  
544-3766-574  
544-3766-574  
544-2031-001  
U 507 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066  
U 508 Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906  
U 509 Quad op amp SOIC  
544-2020-008  
U 510 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001  
U 511 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001  
U 512 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001  
U 513 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066  
U 514 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004  
U 517 Transparent latch SOIC  
U 518 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574  
544-3766-573  
544-3766-574  
U 520 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001  
U 521 Transparent latch SOIC  
U 523 +8V regulator 78M08  
544-3766-573  
544-2003-081  
Z 500 EMI suppression filter  
Z 501 EMI suppression filter  
532-3003-002  
532-3003-002  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
9-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
TRANSISTORS  
TRANSISTORS  
C
C
Part Number  
Basing Diagram  
Identification  
1R  
TOP  
TOP  
576-0001-300  
576-0002-603  
576-0003-600  
576-0003-602  
576-0003-604  
576-0003-612  
576-0003-636  
576-0003-657  
576-0003-658  
576-0004-098  
576-0004-820  
576-0004-821  
576-0006-109  
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
5
VIEW  
VIEW  
2X  
B
C
E
B
E
R2/R3  
3604  
2T  
R25  
2A  
1
2
E
E
B
B
E
B
C
B
1A  
TOP  
VIEW  
TOP  
VIEW  
C
C
E
B
E
B
DIODES  
3
4
523-1504-002  
523-1504-012  
523-1504-015  
523-1504-016  
523-1504-023  
523-2016-180  
523-2016-479  
523-2016-519  
523-2016-629  
523-2016-919  
523-5004-002  
6
6
6
6
-
6
6
6
6
6
5A  
2A  
4E  
5H  
A7  
Y7  
8E/Z1  
8F/Z2  
8J/Z4  
8P/Z8  
C
S
G
D
TOP  
VIEW  
A
NC  
6
5
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS  
1
40  
6
1
40  
6
14  
8
7
39  
16  
9
7
39  
50  
60  
80  
70  
45  
TOP  
TOP VIEW  
TOP  
VIEW  
TOP  
VIEW  
VIEW  
1
8
17  
29  
17  
29  
END  
VIEW  
1
7
18  
28  
18  
28  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
Figure 10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR  
Figure 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OCXO DRAWER FRONT/REAR PANEL  
FIGURE 10-3  
OCXO DRAWER  
FIGURE 10-6  
GND  
RX  
TX  
REPEATER REAR VIEW  
FIGURE 10-4  
RFIC  
PA  
IAC  
MPC  
MAC  
EXCITER/RECEIVER  
REPEATER FRONT VIEW  
FIGURE 10-5  
REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW  
FIGURE 10-7  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RF INTERFACE  
(023-2008-110)  
REAR CONNECTOR BOARD  
A10  
BACKPLANE  
BACKPLANE A9  
FWD/REV PWR DETECT  
P3-P5-P7-P12  
P14-P16-P18  
C11  
C12  
C13  
J2  
J1  
A5  
P11  
J2  
A8  
J101  
PWR OUT  
WO 655  
W115  
W126  
W121  
W655  
W656  
W654  
6
5
4
3
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
24 HSDB+  
1
1
18  
2
1
19  
2
+15V  
ISOLATOR  
WO 652  
P9  
56 HSDB-  
25 IRDB+  
57 IRDB-  
RF MUX 3 INH 14  
2
RF MUX 3 INH  
PC STR  
REFLECTED POWER  
FORWARD POWER  
WO 656  
R685  
PWR IN  
WO 654  
P3-P5-P7-P12  
P14-P16-P18  
PC STR 15  
3
WO 651  
LPTT 21  
4
19  
3
20  
3
LPTT  
A8  
POWER AMPLIFIER  
LOW-PASS  
FILTER  
20 TLA DB+  
52 TLA DB-  
HS CS EX 16  
5
HS CS EX  
SYN CS EX  
C4  
RF OUT  
WO 501  
W116  
W120  
W118  
W117  
W117  
W122  
W123  
W124  
W125  
W127  
W147  
W501  
W505  
W506  
W507  
W508  
W515  
W516  
W 517  
W 518  
W519  
W 521  
SYN CS EX 26  
6
20  
4
21  
4
+26V  
POWER CONTROL  
+15V  
WO 510  
C2  
C3  
P2-P4-P6-P8  
P13-P15-P17  
7
WO 505  
WO 506  
WO 507  
WO 508  
WO 515  
P2-P4-P6-P8  
J2  
J3  
A6  
J1  
1
P13-P15-P17  
RXA+  
RXA-  
TXA+  
TXA-  
TIP  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
13  
TX MOD 29  
8
21  
5
22  
5
TX MOD  
WO 101  
C6  
C6  
C7  
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
1
WO 4 30  
9
GROUND  
3
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
22  
6
23  
6
GROUND  
4
WO 1 11  
WO 102  
FINAL POWER 1  
FINAL POWER 2  
C8  
C9  
RF INPUT  
WO 516  
5
WO 3 28  
23  
7
24  
7
WO 108  
WO 509  
RX WBAND  
3
RING  
TIP 1  
RING 1  
EA  
6
RX WBAND 27  
RX WBAND  
WO 109  
FINAL POWER 3  
FINAL POWER 4  
WO 517  
WO 518  
WO 519  
WO 521  
C10  
C5  
7
WO 2 24  
RF DATA A 29  
RF DATA B 30  
RF DATA C 31  
A-D LEVEL 28  
RF MUX 2 INH 13  
RF DATA 32  
24  
8
25  
8
8
RF DATA A  
RF DATA B  
RF DATA C  
A-D LEVEL  
RF MUX 2 INH  
RF DATA  
TEMP SENSOR  
C1  
9
25  
9
26  
9
GAIN BLOCK POWER  
EB 10  
MA 11  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
10  
A-D LEVEL 26  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
26  
10  
27  
11  
28  
12  
29  
13  
30  
14  
31  
15  
32  
16  
33  
17  
34  
27  
10  
28  
11  
29  
12  
30  
13  
31  
14  
32  
15  
33  
16  
34  
17  
35  
EXCITER  
MB 12  
J402 A9  
J401  
J102  
RXS+ 13  
+15V  
WO 128  
1
+15V  
RXS- 14  
2
RF CLOCK  
8
RF CLOCK  
SYN CS RX  
HS CS RX  
RSSI  
2
WO 423  
TXS+ 15  
3
SYN CS RX 10  
HS CS RX 25  
WO 129  
3
WO 429  
TXS- 16  
4
WO 130  
4
WO 421  
VOTER AUDIO 17  
EXT MODE 18  
VOTER DATA IN 19  
EXT REQ 1 20  
GROUND 21  
25  
11  
RSSI 12  
WO 131  
5
WO 427  
RF MUX 1 INH 12  
RF MUX 1 INH  
WO 132  
6
WO 419  
P3-P5-P7-P12  
P14-P16-P18  
58  
WO 133  
7
WO 425  
10  
V REF EX  
7
V REF EX/WO 103  
WO 110  
WO 134  
8
WO 417  
WO 135 / V REF EX  
GROUND  
LPTT  
9
V REF EX / WO 415  
GROUND  
LPTT  
ANT  
GROUND 22  
WO 104  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
IAC SLOT P1  
TX  
DUPLEXER  
+15V ACC 23  
+15V ACC 24  
RSSI 25  
24  
25  
WO 111  
RX  
WO 105  
SYN CS EX  
TX MOD  
SYN CS EX  
EX MOD  
GROUND  
GROUND  
SYN LK EX  
HS LK EX  
HS CS EX  
RF CLOCK  
12  
IAC SLOT P9  
WO 112  
AC FAIL OUT 26  
ALARM 1 IN + 27  
ALARM 1 IN - 28  
ALARM 2 IN + 29  
ALARM 2 IN - 30  
ALARM 1 OUT + 31  
ALARM 1 OUT - 32  
ALARM 2 OUT + 33  
ALARM 2 OUT - 34  
23  
WO 106  
GROUND  
GROUND  
SYN LK EX  
HS LK EX  
HS CS EX  
RF CLOCK  
RF DATA  
IAC SLOT P1  
5
WO 113  
37  
6
18  
36  
FILTER BOARD  
A 11  
POWER SUPPLY  
A10  
38  
19  
51  
20  
52  
A4  
P104  
P105  
P103  
P101  
P102  
GROUND (BLK)  
GROUND (BLK)  
GROUND  
B
C
A
WO 145 / C4  
J403 A9  
+15V  
+26V  
RF DATA  
OCXO IN  
+15V (WHT)  
+26V (RED)  
WO 144 / C2  
WO 143 / C3  
RECEIVER  
W201  
J201  
J103  
+26V (RED)  
OCXO OUT  
WO 32  
+15V  
WO 136  
WO 137  
WO 138  
WO 139  
WO 140  
RSSI  
1
+15V  
A7  
P1  
J1  
P10  
ALARM 3 IN +  
ALARM 3 IN -  
ALARM 4 IN +  
ALARM 4 IN -  
SQUELCH ENABLE  
IAC 41  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
2
7
2
GROUND  
WO 17  
J104  
2
39  
8
1
2
3
4
FAN LOW  
FAN HIGH  
FAN LOW  
FAN HIGH  
3
A201  
FAN  
3
3
4
WO 25  
RF IN  
4
4
40  
9
5
WO 19  
5
5
6
WO 23  
J202  
OCXO  
6
6
41  
7
RSSI  
OCXO IN  
DRAWER  
EXT REQ 2  
7
7
10  
WO 141  
8
WO 21  
IAC SLOT P9  
EXT OUT 1  
8
8
7
RX WBAND  
WO 142  
9
RX WBAND  
WO 27  
P3-P5-P7-P12  
P14-P16-P18  
17  
COM 17  
9
9
17  
49  
18  
50  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
COM 49 10  
SYNC IN 11  
COM 50 12  
10  
11  
12  
10  
11  
12  
GROUND  
SYN CS RX  
RX INJ  
GROUND  
SYN CS RX  
RX INJ TP  
SYN LK RX  
GROUND  
HS CS RX  
GROUND  
RF CLOCK  
HS LK RX  
RF DATA  
49  
18  
50  
WO 17  
WO 16  
SYN LK RX  
GROUND  
HS CS RX  
GROUND  
RF CLOCK  
HS LK RX  
RF DATA  
IAC SLOT P9  
ALARM 3 OUT + 13  
ALARM 3 OUT - 14  
ALARM 4 OUT + 15  
ALARM 4 OUT - 16  
TX DATA OUT 17  
TX DATA IN 18  
COM 53  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
1
17  
2
18  
P2-P4-P6-P8  
P13-P15-P17  
8
9
P3-P5-P7-P12  
P14-P16-P18  
53  
RF INTERFACE  
FIGURE 10-9  
RX VOICE 20  
COM 54 21  
31  
32  
54  
55  
TX VOICE 22  
INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERFACE  
FIGURE 10-8  
COM 55  
BUF RX WBAND 24  
I/O 13 25  
22  
27  
5
6
COMM 6 26  
26  
26  
6
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
21 58 32 31 64 63 27 59 30 62 29 28 61 60 24 56 25 57 20 52 19 51 26 23 22 17 49 18 50 53 54 55 48 47 16 15 46 14 45 13 44 12 43 11 42 10 41  
9
40  
8
39  
7
38  
6
37  
5
36  
4
35  
3
34  
2
33  
1
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18  
P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18  
IAC SLOT  
P1  
1
A19  
33 A18  
-5V  
+15V  
+5V  
2
A17  
34 A16  
A15  
35 A14  
A13  
+15V  
WO 13  
FILTERED  
P11  
HSDB+  
HSDB-  
IRDB+  
IRDB-  
TLA+  
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
4
36 A12  
11 D7  
TLA-  
43 D6  
12 D5  
44 D4  
13 D3  
45 D2  
14 D1  
46 D0  
REPEATER I/O  
15 MREQ  
16 MSTB  
47 RD  
J1  
VOTER DATA IN 19  
48 WR  
WO 17  
WO 16  
55 COM 55  
54 COM 54  
53 COM 53  
ACC  
+15V ACC 23  
+15V ACC 24  
+15V  
ALARM 1 IN + 27  
ALARM 1 IN - 28  
ALARM 1 OUT + 31  
ALARM 1 OUT - 32  
ALARM 2 IN + 29  
ALARM 2 IN - 30  
ALARM 2 OUT + 33  
ALARM 2 OUT - 34  
AC FAIL OUT 26  
5
ALARM 1 IN +  
37 ALARM 1 IN -  
19 ALARM 1 OUT +  
51 ALARM 1 OUT -  
6
ALARM 2 IN +  
38 ALARM 2 IN -  
20 ALARM 2 OUT +  
52 ALARM 2 OUT -  
P19  
WO 1  
57 POWER SWITCH  
30 +15V  
F1  
4A  
SOURCE  
+15V  
P2-P4-P6-P8  
P13-P15-P17  
WO 3  
WO 4  
62 +15V  
22  
21  
RX VOICE 31  
56 THERMAL SENSOR  
63 GROUND  
64 GROUND  
31 GROUND  
32 GROUND  
27 -5V  
TX VOICE 32  
TX DATA OUT  
8
9
WO 5  
WO 8  
WO 9  
TX DATA IN  
COMM 6  
I/O 13  
6
5
F3  
1A  
SOURCE  
-5V  
EXT REQ 1 20  
EXT MOD 18  
RXS+ 13  
10 EXT REQ 1  
11 EXT MOD  
WO 6  
59 -5V  
28 +5V  
1
2
3
4
RXS+  
RXS-  
TXS+  
TXS-  
F2  
4A  
29 +5V  
SOURCE  
+5V  
RXS- 14  
WO 7  
WO 2  
60 +5V  
TXS+ 15  
61 +5V  
TXS- 16  
RXA+  
RXA-  
TXA+  
TXA-  
EA  
1
2
3
4
9
13 RXA+  
14 RXA-  
15 TXA+  
16 TXA-  
21 EA  
50 COM 50  
18 SYNC IN  
49 COM 49  
17 COM 17  
21  
EB 10  
MA 11  
22 EB  
23 MA  
MB 12  
24 MB  
22  
VOTER AUDIO 17  
25 VOTER AUDIO  
17 TIP  
23  
TIP  
RING  
5
6
7
8
42  
18 RING  
19 TIP 1  
20 RING 1  
12 RSSI  
30 WO 4  
28 WO 3  
29 TX MOD  
10 EXT REQ 2  
41 IAC 41  
TIP 1  
RING 1  
9
SQELCH ENABLE  
40 ALARM 4 IN -  
ALARM 4 IN +  
39 ALARM 3 IN -  
ALARM 3 IN +  
RSSI 25  
8
7
7
V REF EX  
24 +15V ACCESSORY  
25 +15V ACCESSORY  
26 +15V FILTERED  
58 +15V FILTERED  
ACC  
A-D LEVEL 26  
RX WBAND 27  
+15V  
FILTERED  
+15V  
RF  
INTERFACE  
J2  
J2 P9  
P9 P10  
18 22 24 16 15 14 13  
P10  
24  
9
12  
8
27 34 33 32 31 30 29 28  
1
26 10  
7
4
13 18  
3
15 16 17 20 21 11 14 22 23  
6
5
25 19  
2
14 13 12 16 26 25 10 24 11  
8
32 31 30 29 15 28  
3
23  
9
19  
4
20  
5
21 27  
6
7
1
17  
2
8
26 25 18 17 22 20 19 21 23 12 11 10  
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT  
FIGURE 10-10  
10-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
4
5
8
Q107  
CR104  
U108  
C128  
R171  
1
4
R178  
R177  
R176  
R175  
R174  
R180  
R179  
R169  
E
J103  
B
J102  
WO135  
R193  
19  
20  
1
WO117  
GROUND  
19  
20  
1
WO133  
WO131  
WO129  
C114 +  
2
2
WO110  
WO111  
WO  
139  
1
1
8
9
8
9
WO  
134  
1
8
9
C119  
WO  
128  
WO  
140  
WO  
142  
WO  
136  
WO  
130  
WO  
132  
WO  
137  
U105  
U104  
R198  
R199  
WO112  
U110  
WO113  
WO  
141  
WO  
138  
B
E
36  
18  
16  
16  
R147  
16  
WO105  
WO104  
F102  
R148  
5
8
Q103  
L101  
U101  
WO106  
1
8
9
C121  
R112  
R111  
1
4
R152  
U106  
WO103  
+
16  
WO143  
1
2
J105  
+ C103  
R102  
+ C107  
WO116  
+26.5V  
C110  
R104  
C124  
R101  
Q1C05  
E
B
J101  
R51  
C115  
R61  
R93  
R92  
R81  
WO102  
WO101  
CR107  
R79  
C111  
R118  
CR110  
R91  
R108  
R109  
R139  
R80  
B
CR101  
E
R117  
R116  
R115  
C141  
C132  
Q101  
R140  
C117  
R119  
C
R142  
R78  
R141  
R121  
R123  
C130  
1
8
9
WO118  
+15V  
WO144  
+15V  
19  
1
R136  
R135  
R137  
R138  
R82  
R83  
CR105  
R45  
U103  
R49  
R125  
R127  
R129  
F101  
WO108  
1
7
8
WO120  
CTRL OUT  
16  
R47  
R46  
WO147  
RF DET  
PRE-DRIVER  
C138  
R88  
R87  
C135  
U109  
R54  
CR108  
C136  
WO109  
R84  
R85  
R76  
14  
CR109  
WO121  
FORWARD  
POWER  
WO126  
REFLECTED  
POWER  
WO115  
POWER  
SENSE  
WO127  
TEMP  
R89  
R131  
R133  
WO124  
RF OUT 3  
WO123  
RF OUT 2  
WO125  
RF OUT 4  
WO145  
GROUND  
WO122  
RF OUT 1  
WO119  
C108  
C149  
RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-11  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R137  
22k  
R119  
20k  
J1  
C4  
1
2
3
11  
12  
13  
14  
7
+26V  
PC STR  
2
STR  
SER  
CLK  
Q8  
Q7  
Q6  
Q5  
Q4  
Q3  
Q2  
Q1  
R104  
270k  
F102  
2A  
P102 +26V IN  
P101 +26V IN  
SOURCE  
+26V  
L101  
WO143  
R138  
22k  
R120  
10k  
R135  
22k  
R121  
20k  
+
C117  
1000  
C110  
.1  
+15V  
WO145  
C6  
R122  
10k  
1
4
R136  
22k  
R123  
20k  
P104 GROUND  
P105 GROUND  
R112  
1k  
Q104  
3657  
R100  
100  
R103  
270k  
R111  
330  
R124  
10k  
U103  
MC14094BD  
23  
31  
R125  
20k  
F101  
2A  
SOURCE  
+15V  
WO144  
+15V  
W144  
W118  
C109  
.001  
+5V  
P103 +15V IN  
C3  
C2  
R126  
10k  
R113  
1.8k  
Q103  
2603  
R127  
20k  
R139  
10k  
U102A  
R102  
2.7k  
5
6
WO 101  
WO 102  
WO 104  
WO 105  
WO 106  
WO 108  
WO 109  
WO 110  
WO 111  
WO 112  
WO 113  
2
3
U102B  
2904  
2904  
Q102  
3600  
R110  
5.1k  
R101  
1k  
R95  
1k  
R105  
2.7k  
WO120  
R128  
10k  
1
6
5
W120  
R139  
20k  
CONTROL OUT  
Q101  
3657  
7
+
R116  
470  
R115  
470  
Q105  
3658  
6
15  
16  
17  
24  
25  
32  
33  
34  
35  
R141  
10k  
+
C105  
39pF  
R94  
5.1k  
R130  
10k  
R114  
1.8K  
15  
C150  
.001  
OE  
R131  
20k  
R118  
20k  
+5V  
R107  
560  
R117  
270  
R140  
10k  
C116  
.018  
R142  
10k  
5
R56  
470k  
R49  
0
C111  
.047  
R132  
10k  
R61  
43K  
CR103  
3.9V  
R133  
20k  
R45  
100  
4
R76  
5k  
CR101  
R55  
2.7k  
U111B  
224  
5
+
R134  
20k  
Q108  
1300  
7
R48  
1k  
(4.7k UHF)  
C108  
.018  
C149  
.1  
6
R109  
R46  
100  
1k  
R108  
2.7k  
WO147  
WO121  
C1  
RF DETECT FROM PRE-  
DRIVER  
W147  
W121  
+5V  
R106  
10k  
U109A  
3
2
C1  
3
+
224  
2
4
13  
1
Y7  
Y0  
FORWARD POWER  
R52  
10k  
R150  
10k  
U104  
HEF405TBTD  
Y1  
R81  
470  
U112B  
R147  
10k  
WO122  
WO115  
C7  
5
W122  
W115  
+
224  
RF OUT 1  
14  
15  
7
C131  
.018  
R146  
22k  
R78  
270k  
6
C1  
1
C133  
39pF  
CR107  
5.1V  
6
11  
10  
9
C132  
.001  
+15V  
RF MUX 3 INH 19  
E
R85  
470  
U112A  
224  
POWER SENSE  
3
2
+
1
C134  
.018  
R143  
22k  
Y2  
R79  
1k  
R82  
270k  
R80  
1k  
C136  
39pF  
CR108  
5.1V  
C135  
.001  
18  
36  
A0  
A1  
A2  
Z
WO123  
C8  
C9  
W123  
W124  
R144  
22k  
R83  
1k  
RF OUT 2  
RF OUT 3  
R84  
1k  
R89  
470  
U112D  
WO124  
12  
+
224  
12  
14  
C137  
.018  
R145  
22k  
Y3  
R86  
270k  
13  
C139  
39pF  
R152  
10k  
CR109  
5.1V  
C138  
.001  
R93  
470  
U112C  
10  
+
224  
8
C140  
.018  
1
5
R87  
1k  
Y4  
Y5  
Y6  
R90  
270k  
R88  
1k  
9
C151  
39pF  
R151  
10k  
CR110  
5.1V  
U109B  
224  
3
C141  
.001  
5
6
+
WO125  
C10  
7
W125  
R91  
1k  
RF OUT 4  
R92  
1k  
R53  
10k  
+5V  
U109D  
224  
14  
12  
13  
+
WO126  
WO127  
C12  
C5  
R148  
22k  
2
W126  
W127  
REFLECTED POWER  
R54  
10k  
TEMPERATURE SENSOR  
WO 103  
V REF EX 14  
LPPT 20  
J102  
11 PTT  
SOURCE  
+5V  
R156  
22k  
R157  
10k  
+15V  
WO129  
6
3
5
1
RF MUX1 INH 13  
A D LEVEL 27  
E
Y5  
Y4  
3
U101  
U105  
HEF405TBTD  
WO130  
WO131  
WO132  
WO133  
8
1
V IN  
78L05 V OUT  
R51  
100  
R158  
10k  
4
GNDBGNDC GND  
GNDA  
C120  
.1  
C101  
.01  
+
+
+
C104  
.1  
C119  
.1  
C102  
C107  
2.2  
C103  
Z
5
2.2  
2
4.7  
3
6
7
R155  
22k  
R159  
10k  
6
9
12  
14  
U110E  
74HC906  
RF DATA C  
9
A2  
A1  
A0  
Y3  
Y1  
R57  
10k  
7
12  
11  
R154  
22k  
17 HS LK EX  
2
WO134  
WO134  
10  
11  
RF DATA B 26  
R59  
10k  
U110F  
EXCITER  
15  
2
13  
14  
R153  
22k  
16 SYN LK EX  
Y2  
Y6  
Y7  
WO135  
RF DATA A  
8
9
8
1
V REF EX  
4
Y0  
13  
+15V  
+15V  
TX MOD 22  
13 TX MOD  
12 SYN CS EX  
18 HS CS EX  
19 RF CLK  
20 RF DATA  
10  
SYN CS EX 21  
HS CS EX  
3
R199  
10k  
3
9
Z
R50  
4.99k  
R198  
10k  
2
Y6  
+26V  
R165  
22k  
U106  
HEF405TBT  
D
R167  
1k  
A2  
A1  
A0  
E
14  
R164  
22k  
15  
R197  
10k  
10  
11  
6
12  
14  
U110A  
74HC906  
Y3  
Y1  
+5V  
R63  
10k  
J103  
2
3
R163  
22k  
19 HS LK RX  
+5V  
R65  
10k  
U110B  
R149  
22k  
15  
13  
4
4
5
R166  
22k  
Y2  
Y0  
Y7  
Y4  
Y5  
14 SYN LK RX  
13 RX INJ  
RF MUX2 INH 10  
R160  
22k  
R161  
22k  
R162  
22k  
R73  
10k  
R66  
43k  
R64  
43k  
1
5
RECEIVER  
RSSI 30  
RX WB AUDIO  
7
9
RSSI  
7
RX WBAND  
RF DATA 28  
RF CLK 11  
20 RF DATA  
18 RF CLK  
12 SYN CS RX  
16 HS CS RX  
11  
SYN CS RX 29  
HS CS RX 12  
WO 109  
LOGIC CONTROL  
25  
TO FAN  
R174  
8.2k  
FAN CONNECTOR  
NOTES:  
J104  
FAN HIGH  
FAN 1 LOW  
FAN HIGH  
2
1
4
3
15  
1. ALL RESISOTRS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MIDROFARADS  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
FAN 1 BUFFER  
R185  
22k  
+26V  
R175  
8.2k  
17  
U107A  
3
2
2904  
+
+15V  
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15V  
R74  
1k  
2. REMOVE R106 FOR STANDARD POWER UNITS (85-110W)  
REMOVE R150 FOR HIGH POWER UNITS ( > 150W).  
1
R169  
200k  
WO136  
+
R181  
22  
R182  
22  
R183  
22  
R184  
22  
C112  
1
R179  
10k  
R187  
15k  
R176  
8.2k  
WO137  
WO138  
WO139  
WO140  
Q107  
2603  
CR111  
3. IC NUMBER NOT SHOWN:  
PIN NUMBERS  
R168  
10k  
U108A  
2904  
1
R172  
1k  
Q106  
3600  
FAN 2 BUFFER  
IC  
+15V  
8
+5V  
GND  
4
8
7,8  
4
11  
8
3
2
C113  
.047  
R192  
22k  
R177  
8.2k  
+
U102  
U103  
U104, U105, U106  
U107, U108, U111  
U109, U112  
U107B  
2904  
R180  
10k  
R173  
3.3k  
C126  
.01  
5
16  
16  
8
FAN 2 LOW  
+
7
+
R188  
22  
R189  
22  
R190  
22  
R191  
22  
C114  
1
R186  
10k  
6
R194  
15k  
R178  
8.2k  
4
+5V  
WO141  
WO142  
CR104  
5.1V  
1
U110  
8
R170  
1k  
C115  
.047  
10  
R193  
10k  
R171  
1.1k  
RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-12  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J201  
20  
19  
2
1
WO32  
C298  
R303  
C353  
C354  
WO16  
C341  
C342  
C339  
C352  
EP4  
C369  
C230  
R318  
R231  
C313  
TP3  
R317 R232  
C287  
C286  
C228  
R234  
C324  
C292  
TP4  
C227  
R216  
TP6  
R224 R222  
C291  
R321  
WO202  
EP7  
EP5  
R288  
C328  
R264  
R241 R312  
R281  
CR201  
C325  
C206  
C265  
U206  
R315  
WO14  
WO15  
C316  
R256  
C289  
C290  
L218  
U205  
C305  
C368  
C331  
R271  
R218  
Q206  
Q207  
Q210  
TP2  
R284  
C235  
R323  
C240  
U209  
C231  
C239  
Q211  
C358  
Y201  
R324  
U211  
C247  
L216  
C233  
R229  
RC224456 C245  
R246  
R276  
R267  
L220  
C292  
C258 R275  
R274  
R279  
C260  
EP8  
Z205  
C261  
Z213  
TP1  
C315  
C365  
R215  
R213  
EP204  
U202  
C269  
R294  
C279  
EP9  
R291  
EP10  
C281  
C280  
R292  
CH203  
L224  
L223  
C278  
C335  
C273  
R293  
Q209  
Q209  
EP11  
R322  
TP5  
C317  
R300  
EP201  
R311  
C274  
C275  
L212  
L222  
C277  
L225  
C375  
R254  
C285  
C264  
CH202  
L211 L230  
L210  
3
C284  
1
EP3  
C212  
C213  
R211  
EP1  
L202  
L201  
L205  
L203  
L204  
L206  
Q202  
C207  
C211  
R209  
U201 C208  
EP2  
R206  
C371  
L221  
C202  
6
4
C209  
C270  
Z201  
Z202  
MP1  
L207  
L209  
C203  
CH201  
CH200  
C336  
C337  
C311  
RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-13  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
Figure 10-14 RECEIVE VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT  
March 1999  
10-9  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
NOTES:  
+12V  
1. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS  
IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
2
3
TRANSMIT VCO ONLY.  
C807  
27pF  
R801  
10  
RX  
TX  
DESIG  
C804  
2.7pF 2.2pF  
.47uF  
4.7uF  
.1uF  
1uF  
C805  
C806  
C812  
C808  
27pF  
R802  
3.6k  
3.9pF 3.3pF  
5.6pF 4.7pF  
C813  
R804  
12k  
4.7k  
1pF  
CAPACITIVE  
MULTIPLIER  
Q801  
1300  
1.1pF  
.022uH  
C803  
L805  
+12V  
C809  
15  
.039uH  
WO 805  
C810  
27pF  
C802  
.3pF  
R814  
10k  
L803  
.039uH  
2
2
MOD IN  
WO 801  
WO 804  
WO 807  
WO 808  
C811  
27pF  
CR801  
R803  
100  
2
RF OUT  
WO 806  
R805  
5.1k  
C803  
3
OSCILLATOR  
Q802  
TO RESONATOR TAP  
CONTROL IN  
WO 802  
WO 803  
3636  
R806  
6.2k  
C804  
C812  
3
3
L804  
.039uH  
C813  
3
L805  
3
C806  
C805  
3
CR802  
3
R804  
3
R807  
180  
C814  
27pF  
2
Figure 10-15 RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RX  
+12V  
+
+
C311  
.001  
R202  
200  
R203  
200  
C336  
4.7  
C337  
56pF  
RX  
+12V  
+ C213  
4.7  
C212  
.01  
C321  
.001  
C203 C204  
4.7  
33pF  
R313  
220  
L204  
L205  
L206  
L201  
L202  
L203  
R208  
1.8k  
RF AMP  
IF AMP  
MIXER  
52.95 MHz  
4-POLE  
CRYSTAL FILTER  
C205  
6.8pF  
C208  
33pF  
C210  
10pF  
C209  
8.2pF  
52.95 MHz  
4-POLE  
CRYSTAL FILTER  
R201  
2.7k  
L227  
L228  
Q202  
3602  
4
5
2
C214  
7.5pF  
C201  
5.6pF  
C202  
4.3pF  
U201  
LRMS-2H  
C216  
5.6pF  
C338  
.01  
RF  
IF  
A201  
J202  
L226  
L221  
C371  
C372  
1.3pF  
Q201  
3636  
C267  
39pF  
C270  
10pF  
RF IN  
GND A  
GND B  
GND C  
Z202  
C293  
.01  
Z201  
L213  
.82  
C262  
4.3pF  
C211  
.01  
C207  
3pF  
R209  
680  
R211  
51  
C301  
39pF  
3
6
C215  
5.6pF  
C374  
1.5-5pF  
R204  
270  
1.3pF  
Z203  
Z204  
C264  
C375  
1.5-5pF  
L230  
.82  
R322  
560  
L207  
L209  
4.3pF  
L211  
LO  
R321  
510  
L225  
1
WO202  
TO OCXO  
+6V  
OCXO INPUT  
R239  
51  
+6V  
C314  
R224  
.01  
100  
U203A  
MC3317B  
1
C313  
.01  
R219  
100  
3
C305  
.01  
R220  
100  
TP3  
WO 14  
J201  
8
C228  
.01  
2
R225  
100  
C218  
.001  
R212  
100k  
C230  
.01  
R
+
C241  
.1  
R261  
5k  
WO 32  
7
RSSI  
C368  
27pF  
C225  
.01  
R217  
3.3k  
R222  
3.3k  
TO TX  
OCXO  
13  
9
C24  
.01  
C227  
.01  
METER  
9
27  
C369  
27pF  
16  
Q204  
3658  
U202  
MC3371D  
V
OSC IN  
+6V  
Q203  
3658  
R213  
5.1k  
R280  
100k  
R323  
0
R263  
240k  
MIXER IN  
C243  
.1  
W201  
WO 15  
C370  
27pF  
U205  
MC145151DW2  
R218  
2.7k  
R223  
2.7k  
AUDIO  
QUAD  
MIXER  
OUT  
R316  
10k  
WO16  
IF IN  
Vcc  
DEC 2  
7
R320  
10k  
C226  
.01  
C229  
.01  
OSC B  
GND  
15  
DEC 1  
10  
C244  
R221  
180  
R226  
270  
C220  
.001  
C367  
27pF  
FV  
J201  
4
8
5
6
3
1
+5V  
U211  
LMC7101  
.1  
TP1  
HS CS RX 16  
HS LK RX 19  
R234  
1k  
R210  
3.6k  
R246  
1k  
450 kHz  
Z205  
U203B  
MC3317B  
7
5
1
C217  
.1  
C219  
.1  
6
R214  
51k  
R256  
20k  
28  
4
3
RX  
LOCK DET  
PD OUT  
+
Z213  
TP4  
1
+12V  
+
C247  
56pF  
C324  
100pF  
C246  
1
R245  
3.9k  
5
4
3
2
4
+6V  
R215  
+
+6V  
R264  
5k  
1.8k  
+
9
RX WBAND  
R284  
5k  
3
21  
17  
16  
15  
C240  
4.7  
Vcc  
T/R  
N6  
+ C245  
33  
C221  
.1  
C323  
.001  
R241  
10  
RT101 R324  
1k  
10k  
R281  
1k  
L 217  
10uH  
C244  
.01  
C306  
18pF  
N5  
R242  
2.7k  
+12V  
+12V  
R229  
R262  
10k  
1
N4  
F IN  
C242  
.01  
C304  
27pF  
R315  
270  
Q206  
3658  
C284  
1pF  
TP5  
2
R247  
R255  
27k  
U204A  
33172  
10  
GND  
TRIPLER  
1k  
C249  
.01  
3
2
+
R243  
3.3k  
1
13 RX INJ TP  
C266  
4.7  
C232  
4.7  
+
C316  
.01  
+
C233  
.01  
R254  
330k  
C285  
.001  
C250  
100pF  
CR201  
C248  
.001  
R227  
10k  
L214  
.1uH  
Q207  
3658  
C235  
220pF  
C237  
5.6pF  
C222  
120pF  
R252  
330k  
52.5 MHz  
3
C231  
100pF  
DC IN  
Y201 RF OUT  
5
Q205  
3658  
C236  
220pF  
L215  
.1uH  
L216  
.1uH  
C238  
390pF  
R253  
6.8k  
R240  
270  
R244  
3.3k  
2
MOD  
GNDA  
4
GNDC  
7
GNDB  
6
R228  
1k  
R230  
270  
C234  
.01  
TCXO 1.0 PPM  
17.5 MHz  
+6V  
+6V  
R271  
910  
14  
R312  
10  
V DD  
C256  
.1  
C330  
27pF  
U209  
MC145190  
C328  
820pF  
L 218  
.1uH  
C251  
.01  
SOURCE  
+12V  
C307  
100pF  
R248  
2.7k  
20  
R232  
10k  
REF IN  
+15V  
U210  
LM78L12  
19  
8
1
Q210  
3658  
V
OUT  
RF DATA 20  
RF CLK 18  
DATA  
V IN  
+
+
C253  
.01  
C363  
.001  
C364  
1.5  
C365  
4.7  
C366  
.001  
R231  
10k  
EP204  
R249  
3.3k  
GND A  
GND B GND C  
GND  
7
18  
8
C254  
100pF  
C252  
.001  
CLK  
EP202  
2
3
6
+6V  
C265  
27pF  
C206  
27pF  
Q211  
3658  
R283  
100  
R258  
100  
+12V  
R294  
R272  
R297  
220  
RX  
240  
12  
+
C333  
27pF  
R276  
47k  
7
R250  
270  
R251  
3.3k  
C282  
27pF  
C281  
4.7  
L223  
L224  
CR205  
5.6V  
Vcc  
10  
+6V  
+6V  
+
C257  
C331  
27pF  
C278  
27pF  
C279  
4.7  
R257  
100  
CR206  
5.6V  
GND  
.1  
R319  
10k  
R274  
R293  
51  
C274  
27pF  
R298  
100  
C280  
5.6pF  
R269  
1k  
R311  
4.3k  
L222  
R286  
18  
R265  
1k  
10  
L212  
L210  
17  
2
C277  
SYN CS RX 12  
SYN LK RX 14  
ENABLE  
LOCK DET  
F IN  
R296  
1k  
6.8pF  
R273  
L 219  
.018uH  
C258  
27pF  
C356  
2pF  
C310  
27pF  
Q217  
4098  
R287  
300  
R285  
300  
C309  
1pF  
C275  
3.3pF  
R270  
1k  
EP206  
R275  
100  
6.8k  
C288  
6.8pF  
Q216  
3604  
11  
C263  
3.9pF  
F IN  
C325  
100pF  
Q208  
3636  
Q214  
3636  
R266  
220  
C271  
5.6pF  
R295  
390  
C260  
27pF  
SOURCE  
10  
C272  
18pF  
13  
17  
15  
11  
2
TEST 2  
RECEIVE  
R290  
1.5k  
R279  
C302  
27pF  
1.6k  
C332  
27pF  
C261  
3.3pF  
C259  
27pF  
+12V  
+15V  
U206  
LM78L12  
1
8
Q209  
3636  
Q215  
3636  
C273  
27pF  
V OUT  
V IN  
1
+15V  
+12V  
R299  
36  
+
+
C309  
3pF  
R291  
1.3k  
C323  
.001  
C311  
.001  
C312  
.001  
C321  
.001  
C290  
.001  
C289  
4.7  
C287 C286  
1.5 .001  
R300  
36  
TP2  
GND A  
2
GND B GND C  
GND  
C335  
27pF  
R267  
C334  
27pF  
R277  
150  
R278  
R292  
75  
294  
1.6k  
3
7
6
6
5
V PD  
PD OUT  
+
C255  
.1  
C308  
4.7  
R268  
1k  
C358  
3.9pF  
+15V  
SOURCE  
VCO  
753-772 MHz  
L220  
FREQ  
ADJ  
R314  
220  
R301  
220  
R302  
220  
+6V  
U208  
LM78L05  
8
1
CNTL  
6
8
7
5
2
1
4
3
V OUT  
V IN  
+
+
C296  
.001  
C297  
1.5  
R304  
240  
C299 C300  
4.7 .001  
C315  
.001  
C319  
.001  
TAP  
A006 MOD  
GND  
GND A  
2
GND B GND C  
GND  
7
3
6
+
R303  
43  
C298  
4.7  
SOURCE  
+12V  
GND  
C268  
1.5pF  
GND  
+15V  
U207  
LM78L12  
1
RF OUT  
+12V  
V OUT  
V IN  
+
+
C291  
.001  
C292  
1.5  
C294  
4.7  
C295  
.001  
C317  
.001  
C318  
.001  
C322  
.001  
+12V  
GND A  
2
GND B GND C  
GND  
7
C269  
27pF  
3
6
NOTES:  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS  
IN MICROFARADS  
UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
RECEIVER SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-16  
10-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J401  
2
20  
19  
WO431  
WO417  
1
C491  
J402  
C436  
C438  
C493  
C494  
WO425  
C489  
WO427  
WO429  
C466  
C495  
R491  
R489  
R427  
R449  
C467 +  
4
1
5
R488 R403  
8
1
5
8
R402  
J403  
U407  
R425  
C469 +  
4
EP404  
R487  
R415  
C408  
R411  
+ C476  
R412  
E
C
E
5
4
C460  
B
1
28  
E
E
8
1
C406+  
R476  
R474  
C462  
C464  
C409  
R424  
R414  
C426 +  
CR403  
R461  
C488  
C404  
C403  
Q405  
R472  
R471  
CR401  
15  
14  
Y401  
R473  
C472 +  
EP401  
C411  
+ C474  
E
C
E
5
8
4
CR402  
C475  
Q412  
C412  
R420  
C414  
R421  
R422  
C415  
B
E
E
1
R469  
R470  
L401  
R485  
R423  
C478  
L407  
R456  
C413  
C450  
C419  
R430  
C416  
EP405  
R431  
R432  
R433  
C418  
C434  
C432  
R451  
R453  
C417  
EP402  
C423  
R454  
C429  
EP403  
R435  
+ C421  
R440  
C441  
R466  
1
20  
R439  
C497  
C485  
C484  
10  
11  
C483  
R441  
CH400  
R419  
8
5
U404  
1
4
R446  
R447  
L404  
R445  
EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-17  
March 1999  
10-12  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
*C814 IS PLACED ON TOP OF R807  
C814*  
Figure 10-18 TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
NOTES:  
+12V  
1. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS  
IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
2
3
TRANSMIT VCO ONLY.  
C807  
27pF  
R801  
10  
RX  
TX  
DESIG  
C804  
2.2pF  
2.7pF  
.47uF  
4.7uF  
3.9pF  
.1uF  
1uF  
C805  
C806  
C812  
C808  
27pF  
R802  
3.6k  
3.3pF  
4.7pF  
12k  
5.6pF  
4.7k  
C813  
R804  
CAPACITIVE  
MULTIPLIER  
Q801  
1pF  
1300  
1.1pF  
C803  
L805  
+12V  
C809  
15  
.039uH .022uH  
WO 805  
C810  
27pF  
C802  
.3pF  
R814  
10k  
L803  
.039uH  
2
2
MOD IN  
WO 801  
WO 804  
WO 807  
WO 808  
C811  
27pF  
CR801  
R803  
100  
2
RF OUT  
WO 806  
R805  
5.1k  
C803  
3
OSCILLATOR  
Q802  
TO RESONATOR TAP  
CONTROL IN  
WO 802  
WO 803  
3636  
R806  
6.2k  
C804  
C812  
3
3
L804  
.039uH  
C813  
3
L805  
3
C806  
C805  
3
CR802  
3
R804  
3
R807  
180  
C814  
27pF  
2
Figure 10-19 TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
+12V  
R418  
C411  
10  
.1  
R485  
1k  
L401  
10nH  
R420  
2.7k  
C412  
27pF  
+5V  
3
15  
16  
17  
21  
27  
1
F IN  
Vcc  
N4  
C405  
C402  
C477  
27pF  
Q401  
3658  
.001  
.1  
C414  
R421  
3.3k  
.01  
C415  
N5  
C413  
.001  
100pF  
N6  
Q402  
3658  
R422  
3.3k  
T/R  
J403  
BUFFERED  
OCXO IN  
R423  
270  
OSC IN  
C400  
27pF  
U401  
MC145151DW2  
8
9
R
C403  
.1  
V
C404  
.1  
10  
+5V  
FV  
C488  
.1  
R488  
10k  
R401  
10k  
J401  
WO431  
HS CS EX 18  
R461  
3.6k  
R411  
1k  
SOURCE  
+12V  
SOURCE  
+15V  
4
PD OUT  
U406  
LM7L12ACM  
R407  
1k  
+12V  
+
+
8
1
C408  
56pF  
C406  
1
C407  
33  
28  
HS LK EX 17  
LOCK DET  
V IN  
V OUT  
SOURCE  
+3.5V  
+
+
C409  
.01  
C471  
.001  
C475  
.001  
R416  
270  
C472  
1.5  
C474  
4.7  
R419  
12.1k  
C401  
100pF  
GROUND  
B
GND  
A
C
R412  
1K  
2
3
6
7
+
C410  
.01  
+
CR401  
9.1V  
C426  
R429  
4.99k  
C428  
4.7  
2
3
WO 423  
WO 429  
WO 421  
WO 427  
WO 419  
WO 425  
WO 417  
4.7  
R425  
50k  
R427  
62k  
R426  
0
SOURCE  
+5V  
3
U405  
78L05  
4
U402A  
2904  
1
DC IN  
8
1
3
2
Y401  
TCXO 1 PPM  
MOD RF OUT  
5
+
V IN  
V OUT  
GND  
2
+12V  
R486  
+
+
V
REF  
C466  
.001  
C470  
.001  
C467  
1.5  
C469  
4.7  
5
6
GROUND  
B
R424  
R417  
10k  
U402B  
+3.5V  
A
C
R456  
680  
6
17.5 MHz  
7
10k  
12.1k  
2
3
7
6
7
GNDA GNDB GNDC  
5
+
8
Q405  
3612  
+
C476  
4.7  
R487  
4.99k  
R482  
0
15  
14  
10  
+15V  
+
C462  
.001  
C464  
.01  
+ C463  
15  
R481  
C496  
15  
1.3k  
+15V  
1
R480  
7.5k  
LPTT 11  
+ C481  
1
R445  
120k  
R446  
50k  
R447  
1k  
+15V  
EX MOD 13  
+12V  
R458  
130  
VCO  
850-870 MHz  
R459  
130  
U404A  
2904  
1
R471  
180  
R472  
180  
R444  
10k  
2
3
U404B  
2904  
7
C434  
27pF  
R449  
10k  
U407B  
2904  
7
R462  
10  
6
5
+5V  
6
5
+3.5V  
+
1
4
3
5
7
2
8
6
MOD  
V
REF  
+
C448  
27pF  
C461  
27pF  
+
C460  
4.7  
R473  
1k  
C477  
1
CR403  
5.6V  
V REF EX  
9
+
A007  
+3.5V  
+
+3.5V  
R436  
100  
R437  
100  
C465  
5.6pF  
R490  
18  
J402  
CNTL  
TAP  
C442  
27pF  
L406  
.039uH  
R463  
100  
CR402  
5.6V  
R474  
2k  
C449  
5.6pF  
R464  
5.6k  
RF OUT  
C497  
100pF  
+12V  
C482  
27pF  
C424  
.1  
C425  
.1  
C483  
27pF  
Q413  
4098  
R489  
300  
R491  
300  
L404  
FREQ  
ADJ  
R469  
2.4k  
C443  
27pF  
C451  
5.1pF  
R465  
1.2k  
C451  
5.6pF  
C446  
27pF  
+5V  
+12V  
14  
12  
Q412  
3636  
V CC  
V DD  
C450  
4.3pF  
R438  
10k  
R428  
10  
Q410  
3636  
R439  
1k  
RF OUT  
6
20  
10  
C444  
27pF  
R470  
330  
17  
2
SYN CS RX 12  
SYN LK RX 16  
PD OUT  
R466  
1.6k  
ENABLE  
C416  
.1  
C441  
1pF  
U403  
L402  
.1uH  
C453  
820pF  
C417  
.01  
R440  
1k  
C445  
27pF  
145190  
Q411  
3636  
LOCK DETREF IN  
R443  
36  
C423  
100pF  
R430  
2.7k  
C480  
39pF  
Q403  
3636  
R467  
1.6k  
R468  
150  
R405  
F IN  
1k  
19  
18  
C484  
27pF  
C419  
.01  
RF DATA 20  
RF CLK 19  
DATA  
R431  
3.3k  
C420  
5.6pF  
R404  
100  
C418  
.001  
Q404  
3636  
CLK  
+12V  
8
7
R456  
470  
C433  
2pF  
RX  
+12V  
C485  
27pF  
R441  
47k  
R433  
270  
R432  
3.3k  
R450  
10  
NOTES:  
R434  
294  
GND  
5
C430  
27pF  
R452  
100  
L403  
.018uH  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPAICITORS IN  
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
C499  
27pF  
C429  
27pF  
V PD  
11  
+
C422  
.1  
C421  
4.7  
R435  
1k  
F IN  
R451  
6.8k  
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:  
C498  
2.7pF  
Q403  
PIN  
3636  
NUMBER  
C432  
27pF  
IC  
+12V  
GND  
R453  
1.6k  
U402, U404,  
U407  
4
8
C431  
Q404  
27pF  
3636  
R457  
36  
C479  
27pF  
R455  
150  
R454  
1.6k  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
EXCITER SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-20  
10-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WO510  
WO516  
WO508  
WO512  
WO503  
WO509  
C585  
R526  
C584  
C577+  
4
1
8
U504  
5
R524  
+C582  
C575  
+C576  
WO511  
R521  
C574  
WO502  
WO501  
WO521  
WO504  
WO505  
C573  
CR503  
R501  
R503  
R520 R519  
EP514  
C556  
B
E
B
B
C
WO513  
C530  
C529  
C528  
Q503  
C567  
B
C531 +  
C534 +  
1
2
C533  
C535  
C564  
R507  
R506  
WO502A  
EP517  
EP513  
C550  
EP516  
EP512  
EP515  
EP511  
R509  
C568  
R508  
C502+  
R504  
CR501  
U501  
C505  
C520  
L502  
3
4
R515  
C571  
CR502  
B
E
B
B
C
C532  
Q502  
C567  
C542  
EP510  
C569  
R511  
B
R510  
C588  
B
E
B
B
C
C537  
Q501  
B
C536  
75W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-21  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
+26V  
+15V  
EP501  
EP502  
EP508  
EP507  
WO 505  
POWER  
CONTROL  
+
+
C518  
56pF  
C508  
56pF  
C509  
27pF  
C506  
.018  
C507  
56pF  
C527  
56pF  
C528  
.018  
C530  
.001  
C529  
.01  
+
C510  
1
C505  
1
C531  
6.8  
+
C535  
.018  
C534  
6.8  
EP506  
EP520  
EP504  
EP503  
+
C516  
1
C515  
56pF  
C517  
.018  
L501  
C532  
27pF  
C502  
1
+
C504  
.018  
C503  
4
.1  
+
C511  
56pF  
C511  
56pF  
C514  
.018  
C513  
1
C536  
3.9pF  
2
VS1  
3
EP505  
DRIVER  
Q501  
1 dB PAD  
VS2  
R528  
12  
4821  
2
4
1
U501  
MHW806  
C538  
15pF  
RF IN  
RF OUT  
50  
50  
50  
C501  
27pF  
C523  
12pF  
C524  
12pF  
C525  
22pF  
C526  
22pF  
R502  
12  
C537  
1.5-5pF  
50  
C588  
1.5pF  
WO 511  
C589  
1.5pF  
RF INPUT  
EP509  
R501  
820  
R503  
820  
AMPLIFIER/PRE-DRIVER  
RF DRIVER OUTPUT MONITOR  
50  
50  
R504  
110  
L502  
.01uH  
+26V  
EP513  
EP512  
C519  
10pF  
R506  
200  
R505  
1k  
L503  
.01uH  
WO 521  
+
C548  
.018  
C546  
.001  
+
C544  
.018  
C550  
56pF  
C547  
56pF  
C549  
6.8  
C545  
6.8  
RF DRVIER  
POWER  
RF 2  
WO516A  
R506  
200  
C520  
.001  
C521  
.001  
R507  
2k  
R514  
1k  
WO 510  
FINAL POWER 1  
EP511  
CR501  
4
+28V  
C570  
.018  
C571  
.018  
R513  
1k  
R515  
3.4k  
C543  
56pF  
C542  
56pF  
FINAL 1  
Q502  
WO 501  
WO 502  
WO 502A  
WO 503  
WO 504  
WO 512  
R508  
200  
EP510  
+28V  
C553  
56pF  
4820  
2
C569  
39pF  
SPLITTER  
70.7 OHMS  
1/4 WAVE  
R512  
100  
C540  
6.2pF  
CR502  
A
C586  
5.1pF  
B
+26V  
R504  
RF LOAD  
100  
20W  
2
+15V  
+15V  
FINALS  
+26V  
EP517  
EP516  
WO513  
TO LPF  
+
C562  
.018  
C561  
56pF  
C560  
.001  
+
C558  
.018  
C564  
56pF  
C563  
6.8  
C559  
6.8  
EP515  
R509  
100  
100W  
RF LOAD  
4
2
C557  
56pF  
C556  
56pF  
FINAL 2  
Q503  
4820  
EP514  
C567  
56pF  
2
C554  
C587  
6.2pF  
5.1pF  
R516  
R517  
200  
100  
C572  
39pF  
R513  
200  
+15V  
SOURCE  
R518  
100  
+6.2V  
EP518  
U504  
78L05  
R519  
1k  
R520  
1k  
1
8
8
7
6
5
2
3
4
V IN  
V OUT  
V IN  
NC 2  
NC 3  
GND  
WO 508  
2
FINAL POWER  
+
C578  
.018  
C579  
.001  
C581  
.018  
C575  
56pF  
+
C576  
1
C577  
4.7  
R537  
C573  
.018  
C574  
.018  
R521  
3.4k  
CR503  
GND B GNDC  
GND  
7
GND A  
2
240  
NC 7  
NC 6  
NC 5  
B
A
U503  
LM35D  
3
6
+
R523  
56  
C580  
4.7  
NOTES:  
U502A  
R527  
470  
2904  
1
3
2
V OUT  
WO 509  
+
1
C583  
39pF  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
TEMP SENSOR  
+
C582  
1
R526  
301k  
C585  
.018  
DANGER BERYLLIUM PRODUCT.  
2
INHALATION OF DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS  
CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE.  
SEE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR FURTHER DETAILS.  
R524  
75  
C584  
.001  
R525  
100k  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
75W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-22  
10-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WO507  
WO508  
WO504A  
EP715  
EP716  
EP714  
C747  
WO521  
WO519  
C563  
R514  
C562  
C556 +  
WO520  
4
1
R502  
R724  
C564  
U504  
WO514A  
WO509  
R512  
+C560  
8
5
C745  
EP710  
B
E
B
C
R505  
C518  
C553  
+C554  
C760  
R506  
C519+  
Q704  
R507  
R725  
C758  
C503  
B
B
WO  
502  
WO  
501  
EP501  
8
1
5
C506  
WO505  
C508  
C510  
C507  
C504  
C505  
R508  
Q501  
WO506  
C769  
4
C766  
R717  
R716  
L502  
C755  
R719  
B
E
B
C
WO510  
+C512  
C544  
Q703  
C575  
C545  
C546  
B
B
C733  
WO513A  
R718  
EP709  
C521  
1
2
3
C524+  
EP502  
WO504  
C761  
C735  
EP711  
EP706  
C717  
C550  
C533  
EP712  
EP707  
EP713  
EP708  
WO  
502A  
C770  
R730  
R701  
EP504  
U501  
+C531  
C548  
WO503  
EP702  
EP506  
4
5
R710  
WO520A  
WO512A  
C567  
R521  
C715  
R715  
C730  
B
E
B
C
L503  
Q702  
R711  
C728  
B
B
CR501  
R517  
C765  
C762  
R703  
R702  
C541  
C542  
C725  
R705  
B
E
B
C
C568  
B
E
B
C
Q701  
C727  
R709  
Q502  
B
B
C703  
B
WO511A  
B
EP701  
R704  
WO503A  
C705  
EP704  
EP705  
EP703  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-23  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
+15V  
EP503  
DRIVER  
+26V  
EP507  
EP508  
C526  
.018  
C528  
56pF  
C529  
56pF  
+
+
POWER  
C517  
1
CONTROL  
WO505  
+15V  
+
+
C543  
56pF  
C544  
56pF  
C546  
.001  
C545  
.018  
C550  
C547  
6.8  
C549  
.018  
6.8  
EP509  
EP505  
EP506  
EP504  
EP501  
EP513  
C548  
56pF  
C530  
56pF  
+
C533  
.018  
C534  
56pF  
+
C536  
.018  
C531  
.1  
C532  
1
C535  
1
+
+
C520  
.1  
C519  
1
+C514 + C512  
C518  
.018  
C513  
.018  
C515  
56pF  
L501  
EP502  
.1  
1
1/4 WAVE  
C502  
43pF  
C516  
39pF  
L502  
R505  
750  
C524  
.1  
C523  
.018  
+
C537  
56pF  
+
+
C540  
.018  
C525  
1
C538  
.1  
C539  
1
C501  
120pF  
R502  
0
C551  
56pF  
WO509  
RF INPUT  
Q501  
4098  
R504  
150  
EP510  
DRIVER  
Q502  
4820  
R507  
360  
4
VS3  
C503  
4.7pF  
2
VS1  
3
VS2  
50  
4
C542  
6.2pF  
U501  
PHW2820-1  
5
1
RF OUT  
RF IN  
50  
50  
C504  
39pF  
C507  
.018  
C508  
39pF  
C511  
.018  
R508  
120  
R507  
120  
R517  
110  
C505  
270pF  
C506  
390pF  
C509  
270pF  
C510  
390pF  
+26V  
WO 520A  
50 OHMS  
WO 501  
WO 502  
GAIN BLOCK  
C565  
10pF  
L503  
.01uH  
GAIN BLOCK  
IF  
R519  
1k  
L504  
.01uH  
R520  
200  
+26V  
C568  
6.2pF  
A
C566  
.001  
C567  
.001  
R521  
2k  
CR501  
B
FINAL 1  
+26V  
C552  
56pF  
WO 503A  
50 OHMS  
2
2
WO 503  
1/4 WAVE  
EP701  
FINAL 2-3  
WO 502A  
1/2 WAVE DELAY  
LINE  
+26V  
C771  
FINAL 1  
56pF  
Q701  
4820  
4
RF 1  
WO 511A  
FINAL 1 POWER  
R708  
WO 504  
1k  
C703  
6.2  
C704  
56pF  
2
R704  
100  
FINAL 4  
+26V  
WO 504A  
1/4 WAVE  
C726  
.018  
C727  
.018  
R707  
1k  
R709  
43.2k  
R705  
200  
C702  
6.2pF  
C725  
39pF  
R706  
100  
CR701  
B
WO 508  
WO 506  
WO 507  
FINAL 1  
+26V  
C709  
56pF  
EP703  
A
R702  
100  
20W  
+15V  
COMBINER  
4
EP704  
EP705  
RF 2  
WO 512A  
C762  
1.5pF  
+
+
C705  
56pF  
C707  
.018  
C708  
56pF  
C710  
.001  
C712  
.018  
C706  
6.8  
C711  
R703  
100  
20W  
6.8  
R714  
1k  
4
C729  
.018  
C730  
.018  
R713  
1k  
R715  
43.2k  
C714  
6.2pF  
FINAL 2  
+26V  
COMBINER  
WO 515  
WO 511  
C728  
39pF  
R712  
100  
CR702  
B
FINAL POWER 1  
FINAL POWER 2  
RF 1  
RF 2  
RF 3  
RF 4  
EP706  
EP707  
R711  
200  
WO 516  
WO 517  
WO 518  
WO 521  
WO 512  
WO 513  
WO 514  
WO 520  
A
+
C717  
56pF  
+
C719  
.018  
C720  
56pF  
C722  
.001  
C724  
.018  
C718  
6.8  
C723  
6.8  
R710  
100  
FINAL POWER 3  
EP708  
1/4 WAVE  
R701  
100  
20W  
COMBINER  
FINAL 2 POWER  
4
C721  
56pF  
FINAL POWER 4  
C716  
56pF  
C761  
1.5pF  
FINAL 2  
Q702  
4820  
4
GAIN BLOCK POWER  
GAIN BLOCK RF  
1/4 WAVE  
C715  
6.2  
EP702  
NOTES:  
R730  
100  
100W  
C772  
56pF  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN  
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
4
BOTTOM SIDE INTERCONNECT WIRES.  
2
1/4 WAVE  
3. U502, PIN 8 +6.2V, PIN 4 GROUND  
WO 510  
EP703  
4
TO LPF  
DANGER  
C773  
56pF  
FINAL 3  
Q703  
4820  
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF DUST OR FUNES MAY  
CAUSE SERIOUS CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE.  
SEE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR FURTHER DETAILS.  
4
FINAL 3 POWER  
R722  
RF 3  
WO 513A  
50 OHMS  
1k  
C733  
6.2  
C734  
56pF  
R718  
100  
1/4 WAVE  
C756  
.018  
C757  
.018  
R721  
1k  
R723  
43.2k  
+15V  
SOURCE  
R719  
200  
C732  
6.2pF  
C755  
39pF  
R720  
100  
CR703  
B
+6.2V  
EP511  
FINAL 3  
+26V  
C739  
56pF  
U504  
8
1
EP713  
78L05  
GND  
V IN  
A
R716  
100  
20W  
C553  
56pF  
+
+
C557  
.018  
C558  
.001  
C554  
1
R510  
240  
C556  
A
B
C
GND  
COMBINER  
4
4.7  
EP711  
EP712  
RF 4  
WO 514A  
C766  
1.5pF  
+
C735  
56pF  
+
C737  
.018  
C738  
56pF  
C740  
.001  
+
C742  
.018  
R511  
56  
C535  
4.7  
C736  
6.8  
C741  
6.8  
R717  
100  
20W  
R728  
1k  
4
+6.2V  
C759  
.018  
C760  
.018  
R727  
1k  
R729  
43.2k  
C744  
6.2pF  
FINAL 4  
+26V  
U502A  
2904  
R515  
470  
8
7
6
5
1
3
+
V IN  
V OUT  
U503  
LM35D  
WO519  
TEMP  
SENSOR  
C561  
39pF  
1
C758  
39pF  
C559  
.018  
+
C560  
1
R726  
100  
CR704  
B
2
C563  
EP714  
EP715  
.018  
2
3
4
NC 7  
NC 6  
NC 5  
NC 2  
NC 3  
NC 4  
R514  
301k  
R725  
200  
A
C749  
.018  
C750  
56pF  
C752  
.001  
+
C754  
.018  
C747  
56pF  
+
R512  
75  
C748  
6.8  
C753  
6.8  
C562  
.001  
R724  
100  
EP716  
1/4 WAVE  
R513  
100k  
FINAL 4 POWER  
1/2 WAVE DELAY  
LINE  
C751  
56pF  
C746  
56pF  
FINAL 4  
Q704  
4820  
4
1/4 WAVE  
C745  
6.2  
EP704  
C774  
56pF  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE10-24  
10-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WO651  
WO653  
WO650  
L657  
MP652  
MP651  
R675  
R678  
L656  
L653  
CR651  
C667 R673  
C684  
C683  
C654  
8
5
R658  
4
5
1
U652  
8
1
1
U653  
4
R680  
C682  
R659  
5
4
C669  
R663  
C678  
R683  
8
C670  
R688  
C661  
C676 R682  
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER BOARD  
COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-25  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RF OUT  
WO 651  
WO 650  
WO 653  
REFLECTIVE  
POWER LOAD  
RF POWER IN  
CIRCULATOR  
R685  
50  
250W  
L657  
12.5nH  
DANGER  
BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF  
DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS  
CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE. SEE MATERIAL  
SAFETY SHEETS FOR FURHTER DETAILS.  
50  
50  
L651  
.033uH  
L652  
12.5nH  
L654  
.033uH  
L655  
12.5nH  
R651  
51  
R654  
0
R653  
160  
R668  
51  
R671  
0
R670  
160  
C677  
27pF  
R655  
0
R672  
0
C671  
27pF  
C674  
27pF  
R676  
10k  
R677  
10k  
C668  
27pF  
L653  
.039  
L656  
.039uH  
R659  
10k  
R662  
10k  
R673  
20k  
U652B  
R656  
20k  
6
5
2904  
U651A  
C675  
27pF  
2
3
2904  
7
A
CR652  
B
C667  
27pF  
C669  
27pF  
R678  
10k  
1
CR651  
+
B
A
C653  
27pF  
R660  
10k  
R681  
+
C676  
27pF  
160  
R664  
160  
C670  
27pF  
U652A  
R684  
470  
C658  
27pF  
2904  
3
C675  
10k  
R680  
5k  
U651B  
+
WO 656  
REFLECTED  
POWER  
R667  
470  
C654  
12pF  
C678  
27pF  
2904  
C658  
10k  
R663  
5k  
7
+
WO 654  
FORWARD  
POWER  
SENSE  
7
2
C672  
27pF  
SENSE  
C665  
27pF  
R683  
10k  
C664  
27pF  
R689  
10k  
R665  
10k  
R688  
10k  
C679  
.001  
C673  
.001  
C682  
.001  
R682  
7.5k  
C681  
.001  
R666  
10k  
+6V  
+6V  
+15V  
NOTES:  
WO 657A  
WO 657B  
WO 652  
1
6
7
8
2
3
V OUT  
V IN  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS AND  
INDUCTORS IN MICROHENRYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
U653  
LM78L05  
+
+
+
C684  
.001  
C663  
.001  
C659  
.001  
C683  
4.7  
C662  
4.7  
R687  
240  
C660  
2.2  
GND C  
GND A  
GND B  
GND  
+
C661  
4.7  
R686  
470  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
FORWARD/REVERSE POWER SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE10-26  
10-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OCXO 2  
TEST  
OCXO 1  
TEST  
+15V  
1
DC INPUTS  
P913  
DC ON/OFF  
+15V  
4
2
4
5
2
3
3
1
P912  
+5V  
INPUT BNC  
10 MHz  
FROM W W V  
GND  
+15V  
CR908  
10 MHz  
REF OUTPUT  
WO904  
C926  
AC/DC  
SENSE  
REF OUTPUT  
WO903  
WO902  
C913  
C932  
OSC  
2
INT  
EXT  
14  
1
C904  
1
3
C924  
J909  
DC ALARM  
NC  
J902  
C936  
NO  
U906  
C903  
C904  
C923  
R975  
2
1
3
R876  
R961  
R957  
R958  
C914  
R902  
R960  
R959  
7
8
R956  
R955  
Y902  
OCXO 2  
DC  
FAIL  
Y901  
OCXO 1  
J910  
R950  
R949  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
3
1
2
R952  
C915  
R954  
R953  
DS905  
Q915  
J911  
R951  
C937  
AC ALARM  
R948  
R946  
R918  
R917  
C907  
NO  
1
NC  
3
CR906  
2
R977  
R967  
R966  
R972  
R968  
R969  
R971  
R970  
AC FAIL  
DS906  
C908  
R919  
R965  
R964  
C938*  
R963  
C935  
RF  
J903  
OUTPUT  
RF OUTPUT ALARM  
NO  
3
NC  
1
R927  
R928  
*
C939  
2
R926  
R929  
J901  
1
R930  
DS901  
F901  
C927  
R914  
C905  
+15V  
C942  
R913  
R920  
R921  
GROUND  
2
3
4
5
CR907  
DELTA F  
DS904  
J907  
C906  
R916  
R942  
J908  
DELTA F ALARM  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
3
NO  
1
OCXO -  
OCXO +  
NC  
3
1
2
2
R941  
R944  
C941  
C909 +  
+ C910  
R943  
R945  
ALARM RELAYS  
REMOTE CONTROL INPUTS  
REMOTE -  
1
1
1
14  
13  
14  
14  
13  
C934  
4
1
5
4
5
2
2
2
13  
REMOTE +  
RF ALARM OUT +  
RF ALARM OUT -  
OCXO 1 ALARM +  
6
7
J905  
OCXO 2  
DS903  
R923  
C911  
R937  
S904  
S905  
J906  
DISABLE  
+C921  
+C922  
OCXO 2 ALARM  
R906  
R905  
R910  
R909  
R974  
R973  
ENABLE  
R922  
K903  
K902  
K901  
NO  
1
NC  
3
1
2
3
1
8
8
2
R936  
R939  
C912  
R925  
R938  
9
8
9
8
6
7
R940  
9
8
6
7
6
7
R907  
R911  
8
C947  
C946  
CR902 CR903  
CR904 CR905  
9
1
8
5
1
8
5
0CX0 1  
DS902  
OCXO 1 ALARM -  
10  
C948  
R912  
J904  
C929  
R932  
R933  
U908  
4
U909  
4
OCXO 1 ALARM  
R908  
R931  
R934  
NO  
1
NC  
3
OCXO 2 ALARM +  
OCXO 2 ALARM -  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
1
1
2
14  
13  
14  
13  
1
14  
13  
2
2
2
R935  
K904  
K905  
K906  
C933  
DELTA F ALARM +  
DELTA F ALARM -  
9
8
6
7
9
8
6
7
9
8
6
7
DC ALARM +  
DC ALARM -  
AC ALARM +  
16  
17  
18  
AC ALARM -  
OCXO COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-27  
10-22  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J901  
RF OUTPUT ALARM  
7
8
RF ALARM OUT +  
RF ALARM OUT -  
INPUT BNC  
10 MHz FROM  
WWV  
J902  
WO 902  
C901  
150pF  
1
7
8
+5V  
+5V  
+5V  
14  
U906A  
DS7830J  
5
C916  
.01  
1
2
3
4
L904  
.39uH  
L905  
1.2uH  
L906  
.39uH  
C902  
.01  
R903  
270  
WO 904  
WO 903  
10 MHz  
REF OUTPUT  
CLOSE  
UPON  
ALARM  
U901B  
U901D  
+15V  
4
5
C924  
470pF  
R901  
1k  
6
R975  
51  
C923  
470pF  
K901  
J903  
P903  
2
R930  
27k  
1
2
3
U901C  
9
R902  
10k  
Q905  
3658  
8
CR901  
1
10  
C917  
.1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
L901  
3.9uH  
L902  
10uH  
L903  
3.9uH  
U906B  
1.25 MHz  
REF OUTPUT TO  
8-WAY SPLITTER  
U902B  
12  
13  
U904D  
11  
11  
4
5
9
OPEN  
UPON  
ALARM  
6
U905  
10  
3
RF OUT  
OCXO 1  
Y901  
10 MHz  
U901A  
74HC00  
1
5
C904  
.0039  
C903  
.0039  
CLK  
QC  
R904  
51  
+5V  
74HC393  
CLR  
4
1
2
3
R936  
0
OCXO RF OUTPUT  
5
DC IN  
OUTPUT  
OK  
GREEN  
OUTPUT  
ALARM  
RED  
Q903  
3658  
R927  
100  
C925  
.01  
CASE GND  
4
2
R928  
150  
DS901  
R913  
10k  
B1  
CLR1  
3
15  
14  
13  
4
+5V  
Q1  
Q1  
R929  
0
U902C  
R914  
3.3k  
9
10  
Q904  
3658  
8
R915 10k  
11  
FAIL STROBE  
REXT1 CLR2  
U907  
74HC123  
CEXT REXT  
1
+5V  
C905  
.001  
R916  
4.7k  
+5V  
OCXO 1 ALARM  
7
9
OCXO 1 ALARM +  
2
1
7
8
C906  
150pF  
10 OCXO 1 ALARM -  
J901  
REMOTE +  
6
10  
5
6
14  
+5V  
5
B2  
CEXT2  
CR902  
R905  
430  
S904  
Q
2
12  
Q2  
A2  
1
8
7
6
5
+5V  
CLOSE  
UPON ALARM  
A1  
6
+15V  
R906 200  
2
3
4
1
2
+15V  
K902  
J904  
P904  
1
2
3
R935  
27k  
Q908  
3658  
U908  
4N35  
4
U904B U904C  
3
U904D  
9
C909  
22  
4
5
6
8
FAIL  
STROBE  
R908  
10k  
+
+
CR903  
CR904  
OPEN  
R907  
2.4k  
R920  
1M  
R921  
30k  
UPON ALARM  
+5V  
REMOTE -  
OCXO +  
5
4
C910  
22  
R931  
0
U904A  
74HC04  
OCXO 1  
STANDBY  
YELLOW  
U902D  
U902A  
Q906  
3658  
U902C  
+5V  
5
12  
13  
U903D  
11  
9
10  
R909  
430  
8
1
2
12  
13  
S905  
11  
FAIL  
RED  
R932  
100  
ONLINE  
GREEN  
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
+5V  
6
R910 200  
1
2
1
2
3
+15V  
DS902  
R933  
150  
U903C  
9
10  
U912A  
74HC32  
8
R934  
0
U909  
4N35  
4
FAIL STROBE  
1
Q907  
3658  
3
2
R912  
10k  
CR905  
R911  
2.4k  
+5V  
OCXO -  
3
OCXO 2 ALARM  
11 OCXO 2 ALARM +  
12 OCXO 2 ALARM -  
1
7
8
R922  
10k  
+5V  
3
15  
14  
13  
4
14  
C907  
150pF  
+5V  
CLR1  
Q1  
Q1  
C908  
.01  
R919  
270  
R923  
5.1k  
R924 10k  
CLOSE  
UPON ALARM  
+15V  
OCXO 2  
Y902  
11  
R917  
1k  
REXT1 CLR2  
U907  
74HC123  
+5V  
K903  
J905  
P905  
C911  
150pF  
Q902  
3658  
R925  
270k  
5
3
1
2
3
R940  
27k  
DC IN  
RF OUT  
10 MHz  
CASE GND  
4
+5V  
1
C925  
.01  
Q911  
3658  
R918  
10k  
7
CEXT1  
REXT2  
CR906  
C912  
.047  
OPEN  
PRE  
U910A  
74HC74  
UPON ALARM  
2
5
2
6
+5V  
D
B1  
CEXT2  
FRONT PANEL SWITCH CONTROLS  
3
10  
12  
R936  
0
CLK  
Q
B2  
A1  
Q2  
A2  
OCXO 2  
STANDBY  
YELLOW  
Q909  
3658  
CLR  
4
P912  
NO  
R937  
100  
5
4
3
2
1
S902  
OCXO 2  
TEST  
+15V  
ONLINE  
GREEN  
FAIL  
RED  
+5V  
NC  
DS903  
R938  
150  
U903A  
74HC08  
NC  
S901  
OCXO 1  
TEST  
1
2
U912B  
74HC32  
3
NO  
R939  
0
+15V  
FAIL STROBE  
4
5
Q910  
3658  
S903  
DC ON/OFF  
6
CR908  
ENABLE  
P906  
1
+5V  
DELTA F ALARM  
J906  
13 DELTA  
14 DELAT  
F
F
ALARM +  
ALARM -  
C913  
.01  
C914  
.01  
1
7
8
F901  
2A  
2
+15V  
J901  
1
14  
3
DISABLE  
C925  
.01  
C926  
.01  
CR906  
2
CLOSE  
UPON ALARM  
COMP  
IN  
SIGN  
IN  
+15V  
3
14  
+5V  
K904  
J907  
P907  
U914A  
74HC08  
U913  
4046B  
R973  
470k  
R945  
27k  
1
2
3
P913  
1
2
VCO  
OUT  
Q914  
3658  
3
4
6
12  
1
2
3
4
FAIL STROBE  
A2  
AC/DC SENSE  
FROM  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
023-2000-930  
R949  
30k  
R948  
30k  
C1 A  
R974  
39k  
+15V  
+
OPEN  
C922  
2.2  
Q915  
3658  
Q916  
3657  
11  
5
UPON ALARM  
A1  
+5V  
+5V  
R946  
15k  
DELAT  
F
R950  
15k  
+5V  
R955  
1.3k  
C921  
2.2  
INH  
R941  
0
DC ALARM  
R951  
0
R952  
0
+
VCO  
OUT  
PCP OUT PC2 OUT  
Q912  
3658  
7
4
STANDBY  
YELLOW  
C1 B  
R927  
100  
OK  
GREEN  
ALARM  
RED  
Q917  
3658  
R954  
150  
R956  
1.3k  
+5V  
+15V  
C929  
.01  
OK  
GREEN  
ALARM  
RED  
1
13  
R953  
1k  
R928  
150  
13  
PRE  
U910B  
74HC74  
DS901  
C930  
.01  
C931  
.01  
C932  
.01  
DS905  
12  
D
8
9
Q
Q
ENABLE  
R944  
0
U914B  
J910  
P910  
4
11  
Q913  
3658  
1
2
CLK  
6
5
CLR  
10  
+5V  
FAIL STROBE  
ENABLE  
P908  
+5V  
J908  
DC ALARM  
+5V  
U914D  
11  
13  
3
DISABLE  
1
2
3
15 DC ALARM +  
16 DC ALARM -  
12  
FAIL STROBE  
1
7
R962  
30k  
14  
8
Q921  
3657  
+5V  
CLOSE  
UPON ALARM  
DISABLE  
R957  
30k  
Q918  
3657  
2-13  
6
J909 P909  
1
+15V  
+5V  
R966  
1.3k  
R959  
10k  
R963  
0
K905  
Q919  
3658  
AC ALARM  
2
3
R958  
15k  
OK  
GREEN  
Q922  
3658  
ALARM  
RED  
R965  
150  
R967  
1.3k  
R960  
36k  
R964  
1k  
OPEN  
UPON ALARM  
AC ALARM  
R961  
30k  
17 AC ALARM +  
18 AC ALARM -  
DS906  
Q920  
3658  
1
7
8
14  
R976  
15k  
NOTES:  
+5V  
CLOSE  
UPON ALARM  
J911 P911  
1
R968  
30k  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS  
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
Q923  
3657  
+15V  
+5V  
R970  
10k  
K906  
Q924  
3658  
2. IC PIN NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:  
PIN NUMBER  
IC  
U901, U902, U903, U904  
U905, U910, U912, U914  
U907, U911, U913  
2
R969  
15k  
C933  
.01  
C934  
.01  
C935  
.01  
C936  
.01  
C937  
.01  
+5V  
14  
GND  
7
R971  
36k  
3
OPEN  
UPON ALARM  
R972  
30k  
16  
8
C938  
.01  
C939  
.01  
C940  
.01  
C941  
.01  
C942  
.01  
Q925  
3658  
R977  
15k  
C943  
.01  
C944  
.01  
C945  
.01  
C946  
.01  
C947  
.01  
C948  
.01  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
OCXO SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE10-28  
10-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J101  
230V AC  
115V AC  
S101  
1
2
2
3
1
3
4
4
3
5
2
AC INPUT  
6
1
AC FUSE  
F101  
U102  
3
7
C103  
2
1
C111  
C110  
3
+ C105  
+ C102  
+ C112  
C109 +  
+
R102  
R101  
C107  
4
2
8
6
+
+ C106  
C104  
C108  
T101  
C101  
+
CR105  
1
5
WO101  
AC SENSE  
WO102  
+5V  
WO103  
+15V  
WO104  
GROUND  
OCXO POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-29  
March 1999  
10-24  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
S101  
115V  
WO101 AC SENSE  
WO103 +15V OUT  
5
4
6
5
4
1
2
3
F101  
1A  
J101  
3
2
6
7
3
4
U101 VOUT A  
1
2
3
+13.8V  
+
+15V  
+
2
U102  
V IN  
CR105  
LM117T  
VOUT B  
1
2
VOUT A  
WO102 +5V OUT  
WO104  
V IN  
C103  
.001  
+
+
C101  
1000  
C102  
6.8  
LM29940T-5  
GND  
230V  
ADJ  
1
+
+
C107  
.001  
C110  
.001  
C111  
.001  
AC POWER  
INPUT  
R102  
220  
C106  
15  
C108  
2200  
C109  
15  
C112  
4.7  
10  
8
3
+
+
R101  
2.49k  
C104  
220  
C105  
15  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
160W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE10-30  
10-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C11  
C13  
C2  
R36  
R37  
C12  
C5  
C31  
C40  
C30  
R10  
R35  
R27  
C9  
R12  
R29  
C7  
C26  
R21  
Q2  
C8  
C1  
C4  
R14  
R30  
C23  
Q3  
R24  
C7  
C20  
C21  
C16  
C15  
C28  
C24  
C11  
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-31  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P1  
50  
51  
EPROM  
MAIN MICROPROCESSOR  
FLASH MEMORY  
+15V  
11  
CR1  
CR2  
CR5  
CR4  
CR3  
D0  
10  
9
A0  
A1  
I/O1  
I/O2  
I/O3  
I/O4  
I/O5  
I/O6  
I/O7  
I/O8  
A0 42  
A1 10  
A2 41  
R17  
2.2k  
U15F  
U15E  
U15D  
U15C  
U15B  
13  
D0  
12  
13  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
13  
11  
9
12  
10  
8
4
5
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
12  
11  
10  
9
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
A0  
A1  
PO0  
PO1  
PO2  
PO3  
PO4  
NM1  
EA  
A0  
A1  
DQ0  
DQ1  
DQ2  
DQ3  
DQ4  
DQ5  
DQ6  
DQ7  
14  
15  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
8
A2  
R18  
2.2k  
U18  
60L256  
U25  
28F001BX  
7
A2  
A3  
A3  
A4 40  
A5  
A6 39  
A7  
A8 38  
A9  
A10 37  
A11  
A12 36  
A13  
A14 35  
A15  
A16 34  
A17  
A18 33  
9
A2  
U27  
MPD70320L-5  
8
A3  
A4  
R19  
2.2k  
A3  
6
8
5
A4  
A5  
5
A4  
7
4
A5  
A6  
R20  
2.2k  
A5  
5
6
7
6
5
A6  
A7  
7
A6  
5
25  
24  
21  
23  
2
A7  
A8  
R2  
2.2k  
A7  
3
4
8
27  
26  
23  
25  
4
A8  
A9  
6
A8  
A9  
A9  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
59  
3
5
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
A15  
A16  
A17  
A18  
A19  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
A15  
A16  
R12  
10k  
26  
1
4
DISPLAY DRIVER  
f
ALARM DISPLAY  
28  
29  
3
R/W  
27  
OE  
22  
CE  
43  
46  
2
2
3
3
DS1  
CTS0  
CTS1  
20  
3
g
e
4
1
2
2
U26  
dd  
5
15  
4
1
Vpp  
22  
J2-2 (2)  
14495L  
PW  
D
7
48  
51  
52  
54  
30  
5
+5V  
A19  
1
31  
32  
63  
64  
h 1  
cc  
DMARQ0  
DMAAK0  
A
B
C
D
OE  
CE  
RAM  
WE  
31  
8
14  
13  
12  
6
24  
13  
D0  
1
6
9
9
11  
10  
8
+5V  
bb  
aa  
A0  
A1  
DQ1  
DQ2  
DQ3  
DQ4  
DQ5  
DQ6  
DQ7  
DQ8  
TC0  
14  
15  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
10  
10  
76  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
DMARQ1  
VTH  
R14  
10k  
CL  
A2  
+12V  
U28  
28C64  
9
8
IC1  
IC2  
IC3  
IC4  
A3  
S2  
R11  
1.2k  
49  
53  
75  
7
A4  
9
8
7
6
A5  
R10  
200  
5
A6  
10  
4
R39  
A7  
270k  
R9  
1.2K  
1
4
3
45  
47  
63  
74  
A16  
A19  
A18  
A19  
23  
22  
21  
20  
1
29  
28  
24  
27  
3
+15V  
R
D
RXD1  
PT7  
A
B
C
D
A8  
O0  
U5  
74HC154  
U24  
SN65176B  
CR6  
4.7V  
A9  
6
7
IRDB+ 25  
IRDB- 57  
A
B
TXD1  
A10  
A11  
A12  
+5V  
R15  
10k  
81  
13  
18  
19  
DE  
INT POLL  
RESET  
D0  
G1  
G2  
GND  
RE  
2
CE  
OE  
25  
WE  
31  
R29  
10k  
R16  
10k  
5
+15V  
+5V  
23  
6
8
D0  
55  
58  
Vcc  
TDL  
U20A  
74HC00  
RST  
R38  
20k  
R34  
10k  
U15A  
74C906  
3
1
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
78  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
U20B  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
X1  
4
1
2
16  
17  
R3  
0
O14  
O15  
1
2
10  
44  
41  
84  
83  
2
6
3
13  
LPTT 21  
PO5  
U17  
O11  
5
O13  
15  
RNT TX DATA 22  
RNT RX DATA 23  
MSTB 16  
TXD0  
RXD0  
MSTB  
R/W  
PBRST  
S1  
5
RESE  
T
RESET  
J6  
G2B  
A13  
A14  
A15  
1
2
3
7
6
+5V  
3
DISABLE  
A
G1  
Y0  
Y1  
U4  
74HC138  
U6-9 (2)  
U7-1 (2)  
2
7
5
TD  
ST  
15  
14  
2
1
B
U6-10 (2)  
U7-2 (2)  
U6A  
74HC32  
U20C  
C8  
10pF  
Y1  
RST  
9
10 MHz  
79  
1
2
8
GND  
4
3
6
10  
READ 47  
X2  
WATCHDOG  
C
C1  
10pF  
U6B  
5
4
MREQ  
Y7  
G2A  
WRITE 48  
Y2  
13  
11  
67  
68  
66  
64  
69  
P06  
PT0  
U9-27 (2)  
U9-3 (2)  
R31  
10k  
R30  
10k  
DATA BUS (7:0)  
MREQ 15  
19  
+5V  
PT1  
U10-25 (2)  
U19-2 (2)  
U19-4 (2)  
READY  
TOUT  
PT2  
20  
54  
18  
INTP0  
60  
CLK OUT  
INTP1  
61  
D0 46  
D1 14  
D2 45  
D3 13  
D4 44  
D5 12  
D6 43  
D7 11  
HSDB- 24  
HSDB+ 56  
+15V IN 30  
+15V IN 62  
49  
12  
10  
WR  
13  
RD  
21  
RESET  
11  
CS  
U22  
CLOCK  
U2E  
82C51  
U2D  
9
12  
20  
8
10  
11  
S2-15 (2)  
S2-16 (2)  
C1 D  
SOURCE  
+15V  
SOURCE  
+12V  
1
J3  
J3  
R1  
10M  
CLK  
RESET  
U12  
78L12  
3
1
3
1
27  
D0  
D1  
14  
18  
76800  
38400  
19200  
9600  
12  
11  
9
2
Z1  
D0  
RxRDY  
TxE  
1
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
+
C15  
.01  
C17  
47  
28  
1
R4  
2k  
D1  
D2  
2
2
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
Y3  
3
5
7
9
U21  
MC14024  
2.4575 MHz  
2
U16F  
17  
D3  
SOURCE  
-5V  
145406  
U16C  
U16D  
J1  
C29  
62pF  
C19  
62pF  
6
3
4
11  
14  
13  
5
-5V IN 27  
-5V IN 59  
+5V IN 28  
+5v IN 29  
+5V IN 61  
+5V IN 60  
52  
MODEM DCD  
4
3
6
D4  
6
D5  
SOURCE  
+5V  
19  
3
6
7
TxD  
RxD  
COMPUTER RX  
COMPUTER TX  
8
D6  
3
1
8
Z2  
D7  
+
C16  
.01  
C18  
47  
9
4800  
5
2
1
TxC  
10  
2
25  
2400  
4
RxC  
11 12  
13 14  
C4  
.01  
C5  
.01  
C6  
.01  
C7  
.01  
C10  
.01  
C11  
.01  
C12  
.01  
C20  
.01  
C21  
.01  
C22  
.01  
C23  
.01  
C26  
.01  
C30  
.01  
C31  
.01  
C32  
.01  
C24  
.01  
C25  
.01  
C27  
.01  
C28  
.01  
CTS  
17  
DSR  
22  
53  
1200  
3
55  
58  
49  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)  
FIGURE10-32  
10-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
U7A  
74HC32  
U2C  
1
2
3
5
6
U4-14 (1)  
U8C  
U20D  
MSTB  
9
12  
13  
J1-16 (1)  
U6-15 (1)  
8
11  
10  
V25 DATA BUS (7:0)  
RX FIFO  
15  
DE  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
5
26  
D0  
SD  
6
24 D0  
D1  
Q0  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
TX FIFO  
4
7
23 D1  
22 D2  
21 D3  
20 D4  
19 D5  
18 D6  
17 D7  
D2  
S1  
3
8
24  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
U27-67 (1)  
U27-11 (1)  
DIR  
D3  
Q0  
U10  
74HC7030  
9
23  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
MR  
Q1  
27  
5
A5 10  
A6 11  
A7 12  
27  
22  
MR  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
Q2  
D0  
21  
Q3  
U9  
74HC7030  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
6
20  
Q4  
7
19  
Q5  
8
18  
Q6  
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH  
9
3
4
25  
13  
17  
DOR  
U27-68 (1)  
Q7  
DIR  
SI  
U6D  
U7B  
10  
11  
12  
25  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D8  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U2B  
U2A  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
12  
13  
5
4
11  
3
26  
4
6
1
2
SD  
U8  
74HC573  
15  
DE  
DO  
R
D8  
13  
D7  
D8  
OC  
C EN  
11  
HSDB  
MICROPROCESSOR  
RAM  
1
22  
27  
EPROM  
18  
17  
P3-7  
P1-0  
P3-8  
+12V  
OE  
IO1  
WE  
A8  
2
1
3
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
11  
12  
13  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
A8  
A9  
A0  
11  
12  
13  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
5
25  
24  
21  
23  
2
A8  
A9  
P1-1  
IO1  
IO2  
IO3  
IO4  
IO5  
IO6  
IO7  
IO8  
D0  
A8  
A9  
S2  
R7  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
IO2  
IO3  
A9  
1.2k  
3
4
14  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
23 A10  
24 A11  
25 A12  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
U1  
PD0  
PD1  
PD2  
PD3  
PD4  
PD5  
PD6  
PD7  
P1-2  
P2-0  
A10  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
HM6264LP-15  
IO4  
R6  
200  
A11  
A12  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
U14  
27C256A  
ADDRESS  
SELECT  
13  
21  
22  
A8  
A9  
IO5  
IO6  
IO7  
IO8  
14  
Y1  
13  
Y2  
R8  
P2-  
1
10  
9
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
26  
1.2k  
+5V  
23 A10  
24 A11  
25 A12  
26 A13  
27 A14  
28 A15  
A13  
A14  
A15  
1
2
3
4
5
P2-2  
P2-3  
P2-4  
A
U3  
20  
2
74HC138  
8
Vcc  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
B
J4  
J4  
U32A  
74CT244  
HSDB-  
HSDB+  
15  
7
A14  
+5V  
P1-56 (1)  
C
1
2
4
6
Y0  
CS1  
4
10  
18  
16  
14  
12  
6
6
G2A  
G2B  
D1  
GND  
6
5
7
27  
B2  
C2  
D2  
E1  
P1-24 (1)  
P2-6  
P2-7  
D2  
A14  
3
5
LTR  
MN  
+5V  
+5V  
G1  
6
8
26  
4
8
+5V  
CS2  
D3  
S3  
8
R35  
3.9k  
U13  
TP8052AH2  
3
9
D4  
Vcc  
U16B  
+5V  
1
5
8
2
3
4
1
7
6
16  
15  
5
1
7
6
1
3
4
15  
2
4
10  
11  
12  
OE  
B
DE  
P1-3  
D5  
U23  
65176  
R40  
15  
20  
D6  
CE  
2
31  
9
A
R
D7  
EA  
OE  
22  
U30B  
U31C  
U2F  
3
4
8
9
10  
13  
12  
12  
11  
10  
D
P3-1  
P3-0  
RST  
U17-6 (1)  
GND RE  
ADDRESS BUS (7:0)  
R28  
4.7k  
2
5
+5V  
ADDRESS/DATA BUS (15:8)  
R13  
150  
R5  
150  
29  
30  
PSEN  
ALE  
XTAL2  
U31B  
U30C  
5
5
6
XTAL1  
19  
6
4
Y2  
11.059 MHz  
18  
J5  
1
2
3
MULTI-SPEED  
19  
11  
13  
15  
17  
+5V  
OE  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
SOURCE  
+12V  
Q2  
3812  
9
7
5
3
+15V  
Y0  
Y1  
Y2  
Y3  
CRYSTAL OUT  
LTR SPEED  
U32B  
74ACT244  
U11  
78L12  
J2  
C2  
20pF  
12 MHz  
3
1
Y4  
1
2
3
FLASH  
+5V  
R21  
100k  
R25  
10k  
2
C13  
20pF  
R26  
10k  
U25-1 (1)  
R24  
4.7k  
U27-66 (1)  
U31A  
74ACT02  
+5V  
R23  
4.7k  
EPROM  
U30A  
74ACT1  
2
2
3
Q3  
1
1
4
1300  
U27-64 (1)  
R27  
10k  
R22  
10k  
MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)  
FIGURE 10-33  
March 1999  
10-28  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C179  
R248  
C235+  
R298  
R179  
R180  
R256  
C193  
C224  
R282 R286  
R177  
R211  
R207  
R208  
R209  
C266  
C264  
R317  
R210  
C218  
+ C255  
C194  
R258  
C209  
C188  
R298  
R314  
R267  
R264  
C265  
C223  
C210  
RT100  
C213  
R225  
R118  
R114 R117  
R214  
R215  
C117  
R295  
R296  
C114  
R113  
R126  
R231  
C230  
C116  
C174 C187  
R277  
+C240  
R121  
C119  
R230  
R298  
R298  
R298  
R115  
C138  
C291 R292  
R290  
C283  
C127  
C132  
C128  
R140  
C220  
R146  
R139  
R326  
R309  
R311  
R148  
C298  
C183  
C208  
R143  
R150  
R308  
C232  
C131  
C202  
C129  
R145  
C183  
R138  
+ C268  
R220  
R226  
C161  
R325  
R223  
C211  
+C207  
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT  
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)  
FIGURE10-34  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R278  
R221  
R318  
R282  
CR111  
CR112  
C196  
14  
8
7
C273 R202  
R204  
C141  
R157  
R176  
R158  
R156  
C195  
R201  
U100  
R232  
R287  
1
7
R174  
C150  
R274  
1
U126  
8
1 4 R168  
R173  
C146  
7
R165  
C142  
1
C215  
U129  
R167  
R162  
C136  
8
1 4  
C165  
C182  
C201  
R320  
R271  
C267 +  
C198  
R212  
R213  
R134  
C216  
C186  
R250  
R135 C164  
R136  
C171  
Y101  
R300  
5
8
U165  
4
C247  
8
1
5
U124  
4
1
R260  
C241 +  
C189  
C121  
C242 +  
R102  
C101  
R247  
R281  
C102  
C234  
R252  
C236  
C159  
R200  
R104  
C281  
R103  
C104  
R109  
R110  
R253  
C217  
C109  
C176  
C157  
C306  
C271  
C106  
R105  
C108  
16  
1
9
8
R108  
C279  
U131  
R106 R107  
C107  
C277  
C238  
C169  
C166  
3
2
1
C276 C110  
C294  
C177  
C155  
R197  
R307  
J105  
C278  
Y100  
C231  
C280  
C111  
+ C256  
R268  
5
8
1
U136  
CR118  
4
R306  
CR114  
CR113  
MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT  
(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)  
FIGURE 10-35  
10-30  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U115A-1 (2) VOTER AUDIO MUTE GATE  
U114D-16 (2) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE  
U113C-9 (2) RX MUTE GATE  
U108  
74HC573  
4
5
U114A-1 (2) RX OPTION GATE  
ADDRESS LATCH  
A0  
A1  
6
A0 42  
A1 10  
A2 41  
U115B-8 (2) RX VOICE GATE  
A12 23  
A13 22  
A14 21  
A15 20  
5
7
U116B-8 (2) RX AUDIO GATE  
A
B
C
D
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
Q9  
Q2  
Q1  
U133  
74HC574  
A2  
6
8
U115C-9 (2) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE  
U116A-1 (2) FSK TO AUDIO GATE  
A3  
7
9
A3  
A4 40  
A5  
A6 39  
A7  
A8 38  
A9  
A10 37  
A11  
A12 36  
A13  
A14 35  
A15  
A16 34  
A17  
A18 33  
A19  
9
ADDRESS LATCH  
A4  
11  
8
A5  
A16 23  
A17 22  
A18 21  
20  
9
8
A
U103  
74HC573  
A6  
10  
3
B
U154A  
74HC32  
A7  
RX FIFO  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
7
C
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U153C-9 (3) REPEAT GATE  
U107  
74HC573  
U101  
E
2
1
A8  
3
13  
12  
2
MPC LATCH  
D
U153D-16 (3) TXS TO FSK GATE  
U116D-16 (3) TXA TO FSK GATE  
U159C-9 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE  
U116C-9 (3) TX AUDIO GATE  
U158A-1 (3) TX VOICE GATE  
U153A-1 (3) DATA LEVEL TEST GATE  
U100B-5 (3) CWID CONTROL  
A9  
18  
4
6
G1  
1
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
A15  
A16  
A17  
A18  
A19  
19  
2
18  
19  
5
G2  
D1  
G1  
G2  
OC  
11  
C EN  
6
+5V  
5
RX FIFO  
15  
DE  
R319  
10k  
R209  
10k  
R207  
10k  
R208  
10k  
R210  
10k  
D0 19  
7
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
R217  
100  
U105  
74HC573  
P100  
O15  
17  
O3  
D1 18  
D2 17  
D3 16  
D4 15  
D5 14  
D6 13  
D7 12  
4
9
7
8
6
5
3
25  
26  
SO  
8
4
D3  
D8  
D6  
D7  
D5  
D4  
D2  
10 EXT REQ 1  
4
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
5
6
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
D0  
9
WO 107  
Q0  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
MR  
DIR  
U160  
74HC7030  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
11  
3
WO 105  
U101  
E
7
WO 106  
U154B  
TX FIFO  
4
R211 100  
10  
11  
6
8
2
WO 104  
5
CR120  
5.1V  
LOCAL MIC PTT  
Q102 (2)  
9
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U159A-1 (3) LEVEL DETECT GATE  
U158C-9 (3) TX OPTION GATE  
U117C-9 (3) LOCAL MIC MUTE  
U118C-9 (3) EXTERNAL MOD MUTE  
U118B-8 (3) NORMAL MOD MUTE  
U118D-16 (3) TX MOD MUTE  
INC U151-U149 (3)  
U106  
74HC573  
10  
11  
12  
27  
3
1
D1  
2
4
MREQ 15  
5
MSTB 16  
6
RD 47  
13  
7
WR 48  
D8  
SI  
4
8
HSDB+ 24  
9
HSDB- 56  
U-D U151-U149 (3)  
11  
IRDB+ 25  
U101D  
74HC04  
9
U154A  
9
IRDB- 57  
8
8
TX FIFO  
10  
3
TLA DB 26  
DIR  
EPROM  
LOWER ADDRESS LATCH  
16  
4
5
6
7
8
9
15  
26  
27  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
LPTT 21  
S1  
DE  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U137-7 (3) CS 0  
U138-7 (3) CS 1  
U139-7 (3) CS 2  
U141-7 (3) CS 3  
WO 125  
U154D  
U156  
74HC573  
U101C  
6
P3-6  
13  
12  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
5
11  
1
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
10  
11  
A0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
46  
SO  
MR  
P1-0  
P1-2  
P2-0  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
A0  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
CE  
U104  
74HC573  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
17  
4
U161  
74HC7030  
P3-7  
P1-3  
3
9
8
12  
13  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
4
14  
A1  
U112  
27C256A  
2
D0 39  
D1 38  
D2 37  
D3 36  
D4 35  
D5 34  
D6 33  
D7 32  
21  
A8  
5
U111  
TP8054AH2  
P2-1  
45  
DOR  
Q0  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
P1-1  
A2  
ADDRESS  
SELECT  
13 14  
Y1  
U102  
74HC138  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
22 A9  
23 A10  
24 A11  
25 A12  
26 A13  
27 A14  
28 A15  
19  
7
6
13  
A3  
PO-0  
PO-1  
PO-2  
PO-3  
PO-4  
PO-5  
PO-6  
PO-7  
Y2  
A13  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
44  
P2-2  
P2-3  
A
B
C
A4  
U142-7 (3) CS 5  
U143-7 (3) CS 6  
WO 126  
D5 10  
D6 11  
D7 12  
13  
A14  
A15  
5
8
12  
A5  
4
9
43  
P2-4  
A6  
3
11  
11  
P2-5  
G2A  
G2B  
A7  
6
C EN  
11  
OC  
1
25  
24  
21  
23  
2
A8  
+5V  
31  
P2-6  
G1  
A8  
A9  
32  
P2-7  
A9  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
63  
64  
XTAL 1  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U153B-8 (3) TX NET  
U115D-16 (2) RX NET  
U148-7 (3) CS 10  
U149-7 (3) CS 11  
U149-7 (3) CS 12  
WO 127  
U155  
74HC573  
C162  
20pF  
Y101  
11.059 MHz  
18  
U162D  
6
11  
10  
P3-0  
4
VOTER DATA IN 58  
XTAL 2  
C163  
20pF  
26  
27  
5
31  
30  
29  
7
6
EA  
ALE  
SOURCE  
+5V  
RESET  
7
+5V  
+5V 28  
+5V 29  
+5V 60  
+5V 61  
8
3
5
9
22  
8
Z101  
Z100  
WO 114  
WO 115  
Vcc1  
U119  
DS1232  
RST  
RESET  
PSEN  
P1-6  
P1-7  
P3-2  
P3-3  
P3-4  
OE  
U151-7 (3) CS 14  
CS 15  
R282  
10k  
R318  
10k  
9
U159B-8 (2) LOGIC SQUELCH  
U125D-14 (2) RX DATA  
R201 (3) TX DATA  
NOTES:  
TO  
L
8
11  
SOURCE  
-5V  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITOR ARE IN  
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
12  
13  
14  
WDOG  
1
J105  
2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN  
PIN NUMBER  
-5V 27  
-5V 59  
WO 108  
WO 109  
R202 (3) TX SHAPE  
P102  
7
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
ST  
2
3
U117B-8 (3) TX DATA EN  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
U117A-1 (3) TX INTERCOM GATE  
U113D-16 (3) RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE  
U159B-8 (3) LOGIC SQUELCH A-D GATE  
U159D-16 (3) TX MOD A-D GATE  
R284 (3) NORMAL RX GATE  
U118A-1 (3) DIGITAL MOD MUTE GATE  
WO118  
U157  
74HC573  
+15V  
+9V  
-5V  
4
GND  
IC  
U100  
U110  
7
14  
2
4
WO 110  
WO 111  
9, 22  
SOURCE  
+9V  
5
SOURCE  
+15V  
U113, U114, U115, U116, U117  
U118, U153, U158, U159  
U120, U124, U130, U135, U164  
U165, U166  
4
4
13  
8
6
U136  
LM78L08  
8
1
7
+15V 30  
+15V 62  
Z102  
V IN  
V OUT  
U121, U163  
8
4
4
+
B
C
+
C231  
.01  
C233  
.01  
C234  
.01  
C262  
.01  
C263  
.01  
C227  
.01  
C228  
C271  
C272  
C273  
C229  
.01  
C256  
15  
GND  
7
R303  
240  
C258  
47  
A
8
.01  
.01  
.01  
.01  
2
3
6
11  
U122, U123, U125, U126, U129  
U127, U128, U131, U167  
9
WO 117  
4
11  
+
C296  
10  
R304  
27  
11  
WO116  
U137, U138, U139, U141, U142  
U143, U147, U148, U149, U151  
4
8
8
U162  
16  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3)  
FIGURE10-36  
10-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
+5V  
+
C295  
220  
U114D  
+
C251  
15  
C254  
.1  
LOCAL AUDIO  
AMPLIFIER  
LOCAL AUDIO  
MUTE GATE  
R254  
47k  
ON/OFF/  
VOL  
LOCAL AUDIO  
OUTPUT  
J104  
5
14  
15  
C286  
10  
R291  
1k  
C285  
470  
R236  
10k  
EXTERNAL  
16  
1
4
2
C235  
1
R249  
36k  
R248  
120k  
R233  
100k  
SPEAKER  
P100  
U132  
TDA2003  
R292  
39  
R290  
1
VOTER AUDIO 25  
U108-18 (1)  
LOCAL AUDIO  
MUTE GATE  
J101  
U108-19 (1)  
1
C100  
470pF  
U120A  
SPKR/MIC  
2
3
2904  
C299  
.01  
C283  
.1  
R288  
220  
C291  
1
3
2
.1  
+
R287  
100  
R232  
100  
U115A  
VOTER AUDIO  
MUTE  
C284  
220  
C281  
820pF  
R452  
43k  
5253  
390k  
R237  
100k  
3
C236  
.001  
C101  
.0022  
R289  
2.2  
U121B  
C239  
68pF  
U115B  
RX VOICE  
GATE  
6
5
U121A  
2904  
R102  
147k  
VOICE AMPLIFIER  
2
3
7
2904  
C103  
R101  
R247  
54.9k  
R257  
36k  
R256  
R238  
100k  
1
+
.1  
29.4k  
36k  
6
7
RX WB AUDIO 27  
+
R103  
69.8k  
U122A  
2904  
C104  
100pF  
R281  
1M  
2
3
C102  
.001  
8
C292  
360pF  
1
U115C  
RX VOICE  
TO  
+
U108-15 (1)  
RX VOICE  
C305  
10  
U120B  
P100  
BACKPLANE  
6
5
2904  
R104  
15k  
7
10  
11  
C107  
.022  
C110  
C280  
.022  
31 RX VOICE  
.022  
+
CR117  
15V  
9
U114A  
RX OPTION  
GATE  
C105  
.033  
C111  
47k  
C276  
.0022  
C278  
.0068  
C112  
.01  
R111  
18.2k  
CR118  
15V  
U108-13 (1)  
RX VOICE  
TO BACKPLANE  
+9V  
3
2
C237  
.033  
U115D  
RX NET  
GATE  
C238  
.047  
C279  
.22  
C277  
.0047  
C239  
.068  
1
8
U121B  
+5V  
R112  
47k  
R300  
36k  
R302  
36k  
R110  
110  
R238  
100k  
SOURCE  
R293  
6.2k  
6
2904  
R105 100  
R108 110  
RX OPTION  
U108-16 (1)  
7
15  
14  
+1.25  
V
5
+
U113B  
NORMAL  
RX GATE  
U113C  
RX MUTE  
GATE  
U122B  
2904  
U122C  
2904  
U122D  
2904  
14  
C106  
C108  
.1  
C109  
.1  
R299  
10k  
6
5
9
13  
12  
U163A  
3303  
16  
U165B  
2904  
R178  
100k  
R294  
1k  
.068  
C294  
.1  
7
8
6
5
2
3
10  
6
7
11  
10  
7
6
7
1
+
+
+
U155-18 (1)  
RX NET  
+
+
R284  
10k  
R106  
R107  
1.07M  
R109  
1.07M  
U114B  
8
9
C289  
300pF  
1.07M  
NORMAL RX  
U157-15 (1)  
U116B  
RX AUDIO  
GATE  
MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER  
U108-17 (1)  
OPT  
1
R259  
10k  
R258  
2.2k  
R177  
10k  
R239  
100k  
U113D  
U166B  
MC33178  
C244  
5
R179  
300  
RX SQ ACT  
U157-18 (1)  
RX SQUELCH  
ACTIVE  
16  
6
7
6
5
10  
+
7
WO102  
WO101  
14 RXA-  
U114C  
GATE  
14  
8
C290  
300pF  
HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz  
+5V  
C115  
100pF  
+5V  
U108-14 (1)  
RX AUDIO  
R214  
3.9k  
U166A  
MC33178  
1
C243  
10  
CR107  
4.3V  
R180  
300  
2
3
C249  
.1  
2
R113  
150k  
13 RXA +  
EXP OUT  
+
U116A  
FSK TO  
AUDIO  
GATE  
R182 100k  
R215  
1k  
1
5
4
SECONDARY AUDIO  
EXP IN  
COMP IN  
A301  
WO 100 (3)  
AMPLIFIER  
R262  
C287 300pF  
R216  
10k  
C113  
100pF  
C114  
100pF  
NOISE AMPLIFIER  
COMPANDING  
OPTION  
R263  
10k  
R181  
10k  
R241  
100k  
U135A  
MC33178  
U131B  
C245  
10  
C116  
.001  
R115  
R277  
5.1k  
R183  
300  
2.2k  
R234  
100k  
S100  
2
3
2
6
5
NOISE  
RECTIFIER  
3303  
C119  
.1  
47k  
R117  
6.2k  
R122  
10k  
COMP OUT  
WO 103 (3)  
+
1
10  
9
7
8
7
2
1
RXS-  
R114  
18k  
3
1
C288  
300pF  
+
U135B  
C117  
.01  
R116  
1.5k  
SECONDARY  
AUDIO TO RNT  
MC33178  
U123A  
3303  
R118  
12k  
RT100  
10k  
6
5
CR101  
-5V  
C118  
.01  
R121 47k  
U108-12 (1)  
FSK TO AUDIO  
7
2
3
SCHMITT  
TRIGGER  
U123C  
3303  
R127  
470k  
U131A  
3303  
1
C246  
10  
+
R184  
300  
U123B  
2
3
+
3303  
R119  
47k  
C120  
.1  
6
5
1
11  
12  
6
5
R125  
100k  
R126  
100k  
RXS+  
U123D  
3303  
U117A-3 (1)  
TX INTERCOM  
GATE  
7
9
+
8
12  
13  
+
+
10  
14  
U162C  
14  
+5V  
+
R120  
10k  
+
C240  
1
C247  
1
3
R124  
1M  
R260  
36k  
R261  
300k  
R240  
100k  
11  
24  
Vcc  
TXOUT  
VBIAS  
M1  
-5V  
R123  
330k  
13  
6
5
14  
18  
U165A  
2904  
R230  
7.5k  
R130  
100k  
M0  
RXEQ  
CLK  
RECEIVE DATA FILTER  
2
+5V  
C159  
.1  
1
RS-232 DATA  
3
TO/FROM RNT  
+
U109  
R228  
5.1k  
7
C121  
.01  
RXIN  
LOGIC SQUELCH  
P101  
FSK AMPLIFIER  
CR100  
MX614TN  
GND  
R203  
10k  
12  
2
U159B-6 (3)  
R200  
2.2k  
DATA AMPLIFIER TP DCR  
C123  
.047  
U124B  
2904  
R229  
1K  
R231  
10k  
17  
R128  
100k  
R129  
47k  
R251  
51k  
R250  
R235  
R135  
47k  
XTAL/CLK  
23 RNT TX DATA  
TXD  
U135A  
MC33178  
1
6
+5V  
R131  
56k  
150k  
100k  
7
2
22 RNT RX DATA  
5
+
U125A  
+
C122  
.022  
C158  
10  
3
+
R132  
56k  
3303  
U125B  
3303  
S101  
2
3
U162C  
C124  
.0068  
1
5
5
2
1
7
8
15  
2
16  
1
U110  
MX614TN  
RXD  
R205  
7.5k  
R206  
10k  
+
CR108  
M0  
TXS+ TO S100-2 (3)  
7
+
R198  
10k  
6
19  
8
-5V  
+9V  
+5V  
+
U125D  
3303  
C241  
15  
R134  
100k  
R136  
10k  
12  
24  
6
+
Vcc RXAMPOUT  
M1  
RX DATA  
U111-8 (1)  
14  
R222  
100k  
C307  
13  
C156  
.1  
-5V  
CR110  
R199  
100k  
R276  
18k  
100pF  
+5V  
CR106  
U125C  
3303  
7
R133  
100k  
14  
18  
1
7
U153D-14 (3)  
U153C-7 (3)  
RXEQ  
CLK  
RXIN  
U159C-10 (3)  
DATA TO A-D GATE  
10  
9
CR109  
+
R213  
5.1k  
13  
VBIAS  
+
C306  
.1  
C242  
15  
XTAL  
R212  
1k  
Y100  
2.4576MHz  
R197  
1M  
12  
C155  
15pF  
GND  
-5V  
2
XTAL/CLK  
C166  
15pF  
TXD  
17  
-5V  
+
+
+
C207  
1
+
C230  
.01  
C186  
.01  
C187  
.01  
C188  
.01  
C189  
.01  
C190  
.01  
C191  
.01  
C192  
.01  
C193  
.01  
C194  
.01  
C195  
.01  
C196  
.01  
C197  
.01  
C198  
.01  
C199  
.01  
C200  
.01  
C201  
.01  
C202  
.01  
C203  
.01  
C204  
.01  
C205  
.01  
C206  
.01  
C264  
.01  
C265  
.01  
C266  
.01  
C208  
.01  
C209  
.01  
C210  
.01  
C211  
.01  
C212  
.01  
C213  
.01  
C214  
.01  
C215  
.01  
C216  
.01  
C217  
.01  
C218  
.01  
C229  
.01  
C255  
47  
C267  
47  
C268  
47  
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHMEATIC (2 OF 3)  
FIGURE 10-37  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
S100-1 (2)  
C154  
.1  
S100  
R194  
75k  
R191  
75k  
P100  
AUDIO AMPLIFIER  
2
15  
TXS+  
3
U153D  
TXS TO FSK  
GATE  
R196  
300  
U131C  
3303  
C156  
R265  
2.2k  
R264  
10k  
R242  
100k  
SECONDARY  
AUDIO  
FROM RNT  
9
.1  
U110-5 (2)  
FSK GATE  
8
15  
14  
U153A  
DATA LEVEL  
TEST GATE  
10  
+
J103  
J100  
R198  
100k  
R195  
300  
U131D  
3303  
16  
C153  
.1  
R193  
75k  
U107-18 (1)  
TXS TO FSK  
13  
12  
U153C-10 (2)  
REPEAT GATE  
3
4
14  
13  
14  
3
2
TXS-  
4
+
R192  
75k  
1
A-D LEVEL TP  
U158C  
TX OPTION  
GATE  
U159A  
LEVEL DETECT  
GATE  
U107-13 (1)  
DATA LEVEL TEST  
C282  
R286  
75k  
P100  
.1  
10  
11  
2
3
28 A-D LEVEL  
HIGH-PASS FILTER  
>
300 Hz  
9
1
U159C  
DATA TO A-D  
GATE  
U159D  
TX MOD A-D  
GATE  
+5V  
U106-19 (1)  
LEVEL DETECT  
U106-18 (1)  
TX OPTION  
C151  
.1  
R188  
75k  
R187  
75k  
U116D  
TXA TO FSK  
GATE  
R316  
25.5k  
DC RESTORATION  
U125A-1 (2)  
R314  
43.2k  
U167C  
3303  
R298  
10k  
10  
11  
14  
15  
TXA+ 15  
R267  
2.2k  
R266  
10k  
16  
R243  
100k  
U167B  
3303  
9
C302  
.0033  
C303  
.0039  
15  
R190  
300  
U167A  
3303  
6
8
14  
15  
14  
C300  
.0056  
C301  
.0047  
9
16  
U116C  
TX AUDIO  
GATE  
2
3
7
10  
MAIN  
AUDIO  
FROM RNT  
+
U107-16 (1)  
DATA TO A-D  
U157-16 (1)  
TX MOD A-D  
U167B  
2904  
7
16  
U158D  
OPTION  
1
5
+
8
U107-17 (1)  
TXA TO FSK  
R317  
909k  
6
+
TX DATA AMPLIFIER  
R189  
300  
10  
11  
6
7
C152  
.1  
R315  
86.5k  
R186  
75k  
U159B  
LOGIC SQ A-D  
GATE  
5
+
WO  
100  
WO  
103  
U151  
X9C10415  
100k  
IN  
C
U/  
9
U158B  
7
1
2
TXA- 16  
U155-13 (1)  
CS  
U106-13 (1)  
U106-12 (1)  
U107-15 (1)  
TX AUDIO  
U111-7 (1)  
CR100 (2)  
R185  
75k  
6
7
R307  
36k  
R268  
36k  
R164  
100k  
R244  
100k  
A301-5 (2)  
A301-4 (2)  
D
VL  
VW  
5
VH  
8
U153B  
TX NET  
GATE  
3
U130B  
U157-17 (1)  
LOGIC SQ A-D  
TX VOICE  
C142  
.01  
CR124  
6.2V  
CR126  
2904  
6
AMPLIFIER  
CR125  
6.2V  
6.2V  
7
7
6
C304  
.1  
R269  
36k  
R306  
36k  
R305  
100k  
5
+
R275  
36k  
U126B  
3303  
C142  
U126D  
3303  
8
R163  
100k  
TX VOICE 32  
R165  
47k  
R274  
36k  
U158A  
TX VOICE  
GATE  
U126C  
3303  
.047  
13  
12  
6
5
R167  
56k  
U155-19 (1)  
TX NET  
CR113  
15V  
U130A  
2904  
U117B  
TX DATA  
ENABLE GATE  
7
9
14  
R166 56k  
U126A  
3303  
2
3
8
+
+
V REF EX  
C143  
.022  
1
2
3
10  
2
CR114  
15V  
+
R202  
V REF EX  
7
6
1
C136  
.0068  
+
1M  
+3.5V  
U111-13 (1)  
TX SHAPE  
R168  
2.2k  
1
3
+
V REF EX  
7
R160  
1.1k  
R161  
3.01k  
+3.5V  
8
U107-14 (1)  
TX VOICE  
U111-14 (1)  
TX DATA EN  
R201  
270k  
R204  
47k  
R159  
2.74k  
R162  
18.2k  
U116A-2 (2)  
U116B-7 (2)  
MAIN AUDIO AMP  
U111-12 (1)  
TX DATA  
CWID  
GENERATOR  
U100B  
74HC02  
3
R173  
430k  
U117A  
U157-19 (1)  
TX INTCOM  
1
TX INTCOM  
GATE  
U100A  
74HC02  
R174  
160k  
C136  
.0047  
5
6
CWID CONTROL  
U129A  
3303  
2
HIGH-PASS FILTER  
>
300 Hz  
C150  
.022  
R219  
180k  
4
2
R176  
6.8k  
TX AUDIO BUFFER  
U107-12 (1)  
1
2
3
1
C139  
.1  
R154  
43k  
R152  
22k  
U117C  
LOCAL MIC  
MUTE  
C148  
.01  
R309  
R175  
4.3k  
3
+
J102  
LOCAL MIC  
JACK  
R151  
43.2k  
U127C  
3303  
R170  
1M  
R169  
54.9k  
25.5k  
C161  
.1  
R220  
16k  
R322  
0
U130A  
2904  
U127B  
2904  
7
9
C298  
C297  
R153  
43k  
C138  
.1  
J106  
GATE  
U164B  
2904  
2
3
6
5
8
C132  
.0056  
C133  
.0047  
.0056  
R172  
10k  
R171  
10k  
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
TX DATA OUT  
TX DATA IN  
.0047  
1
2
3
10  
+
6
P106  
P107  
R285  
2.2k  
7
+
+
-5V  
+5V  
1
5
+
R308  
909k  
+5V  
R150  
86.5k  
R223  
6.8k  
U106-17 (1)  
R323  
0
+5V  
LOCAL MIC MUTE  
R225  
10k  
Q101  
3657  
U105-5 (1)  
LOCAL MIC  
PTT  
R226  
10k  
TX AUDIO AMPLIFIER  
Q102  
3658  
U149  
X9C10415  
100k  
R227  
10k  
IN  
C
U/  
7
1
U155-15 (1)  
CS  
U106-13 (1)  
U106-12 (1)  
R158  
82k  
U118D  
TX MOD  
MUTE GATE  
U129B  
3303  
2
R321  
100  
D
U118A  
DIGITAL MOD  
MUTE GATE  
+
VL  
VW  
5
VH  
14  
15  
C131  
.0047  
R143  
3.3k  
R320  
180k  
29 TX MODE  
R157  
82k  
3
6
16  
3
2
R156  
82k  
CR122  
6.2V  
CR121  
6.2V  
U106-14 (1)  
CR123  
6.2V  
C141  
.1  
1
TX MOD MUTE  
CR103  
U157-14 (1)  
DIGITAL MOD MUTE  
LOWPASS FILTERS  
R271  
180k  
C146  
390pF  
R270  
39k  
C165  
360pF  
LIMITER  
+5V  
U118B  
C126  
R145  
150k  
LOWPASS FILTER  
U127A  
BUFFERS  
NORMAL MOD MUTE  
GATE  
C128  
.0033  
.01  
U128A  
3303  
U118C  
EXTERNAL MOD  
MUTE GATE  
R144  
1k  
CR112  
2.4V  
CR111  
2.4V  
CR104  
U128D  
R141  
3303  
22.6k  
14  
U129C  
3303  
2
3
C140  
.1  
C160  
.1  
R142  
17.4k  
R155  
82k  
R218  
82k  
U128C  
3303  
6
7
1
13  
9
R139  
35.7k  
R140  
17.4k  
C130  
470pF  
R279  
150k  
CR105  
U128B  
3303  
11  
10  
9
8
R312  
R313  
+
11 EXTERNAL MOD  
8
12  
+
10  
2
8
R310  
0
R311  
0
+
0
0
U127D  
3303  
3303  
9
2
1
10  
C125  
680pF  
U106-15 (1)  
NORMAL MOD MUTE  
R138  
121k  
R137  
121k  
+
U106-16 (1)  
EXT MOD MUTE  
13  
12  
1
3
+
C127  
680pF  
14  
3
+
+
C129  
470pF  
R280  
150k  
-5V  
-5V  
C232  
.01  
C170  
.01  
C171  
.01  
C172  
.01  
C173  
.01  
C174  
.01  
C175  
.01  
C176  
.01  
C177  
.01  
C178  
.01  
C179  
.01  
C180  
.01  
C181  
.01  
C182  
.01  
C183  
.01  
C184  
.01  
C185  
.01  
C219  
.01  
C220  
.01  
C221  
.01  
C222  
.01  
C223  
.01  
C224  
.01  
C225  
.01  
C226  
.01  
C257  
47  
C269  
47  
C270  
47  
+
+
+
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3)  
FIGURE10-38  
10-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 0  
1
Q505  
Q504  
R512  
1 0  
R551  
R563  
1
U521  
CR528  
R575  
U522  
11  
20  
U518  
1
7
C506  
U519  
J505  
11  
20  
1 2  
1
R505  
C526  
U508  
R554  
R568  
8
14  
R543  
U501  
R510  
C R 5 3 7  
13  
24  
1 0  
1
1
1 0  
1 2  
1
CR522  
U518  
U506  
CR510CR511  
11  
20  
U500  
11  
20  
U507  
U509  
U518  
13  
24  
C503  
R573  
1 0  
4
1
8
1
1
R574  
C528  
R571  
U518  
R528  
R541  
R553  
R567  
U503  
U504  
7
Q502  
C506  
Q503  
11  
1 0  
20  
1
CR513  
CR512  
CR506 CR507  
C517  
20  
11  
U512  
Q500  
Q501  
U520  
1 0  
1
R555  
R569  
U505  
20  
11  
R537  
R526  
C535  
CR532  
C537  
CR508 CR509  
R534  
R533  
U514  
C538  
U510  
C534  
C521  
C511  
R523  
R522  
CR526  
INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE10-39  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P500  
P500  
+5V  
D0 46  
D1 14  
D2 45  
D3 13  
D4 44  
D5 12  
D6 43  
D7 11  
A12 36  
R536  
10k  
ALARM 1 IN +  
+5V  
5
CR507  
S500  
R502 430  
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
P501  
+5V  
R541 200  
ADDRESS LATCH  
6
5
4
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
1
R520  
2.7k  
CR503  
CR502  
CR505  
CR504  
CR500  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
OC  
12 RF MUX 1 INH  
13 RF MUX 2 INH  
14 RF MUX 3 INH  
15 PC STR  
1
2
+15V  
U508B  
C
EN  
U505  
74HC574  
A16 23  
A17 22  
A18 21  
A19 20  
18  
19  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
19  
18  
17  
15  
4
3
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
1
11  
A
B
C
D
G1  
G2  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
CLK  
OC  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q5  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
OC  
D1  
U501  
74HC154  
U518  
74HC574  
U517  
74HC573  
R513  
10k  
R514  
10k  
R559  
10k  
4
R516  
2.7k  
U508C  
U520  
4N35  
4
6
5
8
7
5
6
5
D7  
D6  
D4  
D5  
R528  
1.2K  
5
U508A  
74HC906  
6
CR506  
ALARM 1 IN -  
ALARM 2 IN +  
R517  
2.7k  
16 HS CS EX  
37  
6
+5V  
6
2
1
7
26 SYN CS EX  
25 HS CS RX  
D3  
4
R562  
10k  
7
8
R519  
2.7k  
A13  
A14 35  
A15  
A16 34  
A17  
A18 33  
A19  
MREQ 15  
4
CR509  
S501  
U508E  
R548 430  
R539  
100k  
8
10  
11  
9
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
+5V  
ADDRESS LATCH  
10 SYN CS RX  
R569 200  
18  
6
5
4
9
11  
+15V  
R518  
2.7k  
1
2
3
U508D  
G1  
A12 23  
A
19  
11  
1
16  
13  
8
9
Q4  
Q7  
O3  
+5V  
U500  
74HC154  
A13 22  
B
2
4
2
D3  
11 WO 1  
U510  
4N35  
Q8  
12  
D2  
Q6  
D8  
9
R507  
10k  
A14 21  
C
1
GROUND  
R555  
1.2K  
3
14  
A15 20  
D
3
6
8
5
2
CR508  
R563  
ALARM 2 IN -  
1
9
AC FAIL IN  
38  
O2  
O5  
O7  
O4  
O1  
19  
2
D1  
3
D2  
G2  
10k  
1
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
31  
OC  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q6  
Q7  
Q8  
CR535  
R545  
10k  
R549  
10k  
R550  
10k  
R551  
10k  
R564  
3.9k  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
4.3V  
32  
U521  
74HC573  
63  
64  
R552  
10k  
O6  
7
6
7
8
9
4
5
EXT REQ 2  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
D3  
D4  
10  
11  
CR533  
15V  
THERMAL SENSOR 56  
WO 503  
CLK  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
2
3
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
13  
12  
CR534  
15V  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
Q6  
Q1  
Q2  
Q3  
Q4  
Q5  
Q7  
Q8  
29 RF DATA 1  
30 RF DATA B  
31 RF DATA C  
32 RF DATA  
WO 504  
10  
U507D  
U504  
74HC574  
12  
WO 505  
J500  
11  
4
2
1
1
13  
5
U507A  
+5V  
CS  
20  
5
6
Vcc  
INTR  
VIN+  
DO  
8
RF CLOCK  
R504  
1K  
U513C  
J503  
R509  
10k  
9
6
7
10  
11  
23 AC FAIL OUT  
24 WO 2  
3
2
1
4
3
P503  
CR533  
5.1V  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
5
8
U507B  
VREF  
12  
U509A  
3403  
R503  
5.1k  
U506  
ADC0804  
C502  
.1  
R508  
10k  
U509B  
3403  
1
5
3
+
9
D1  
IFA D1  
IFA D2  
RSSIO  
5
1
+
+
+
C520  
.1  
C507  
10  
R575  
82k  
7
8
2
7
14  
1
ALARM 3 IN +  
V IN -  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
OC  
7
+
C509  
6
+5V  
1
15  
GND A  
GND D  
CLK IN  
C528  
.01  
C505  
10  
R561  
10k  
10  
4
U519  
SAG04AD  
CR511  
S511  
+5V  
R547 430  
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
+5V  
R573  
5.1k  
R568 200  
C503  
150pF  
5
4
6
R510  
10k  
19  
R543  
10k  
14  
12  
U508E  
74HC906  
12  
+15V  
IFA OUT  
1
2
R544  
1k  
R574  
51k  
6
R505  
2k  
13  
U509C  
3403  
CLKR  
RD  
7
EXT REQ 1  
C510  
33  
R570  
1k  
9
9
8
CR533  
15V  
R572  
16k  
2
16  
3
8
RD 47  
WR 48  
57  
LIM IN  
IFA IN  
10  
U507C  
+12V  
U511  
4N35  
+
C501  
.015  
3
CR534  
15V  
WR  
R554  
1.2K  
+
C524  
10  
R571  
10k  
+8V  
CR510  
ALARM 3 IN -  
39  
10  
11  
LIM D2 MUTE IN  
LIM D1  
28 A D LEVEL  
S50  
8
+
C506  
10  
C508  
33  
+
+
R506  
1K  
U513B  
SOURCE  
+5V  
J504  
C504  
10  
3
4
+5V IN 28  
+5V IN 29  
+5V IN 60  
+5V IN 61  
3
2
1
P504  
CR528  
5.1V  
Z501  
1
ALARM 3 OUT+  
5
+
C521  
.01  
C522  
47  
R515  
1k  
11  
2
15  
14  
8
14  
1
CLK  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
Q5  
Q6  
17 ALARM 3 OUT-  
U503  
74HC574  
7
2,1  
3
ALARM 4 IN +  
D0  
8
+5V  
+5V  
+15V  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
3
CR501  
FILTERED  
+15V  
R529  
4.7k  
R560  
10k  
6
4
+15V  
R521  
4.7k  
R546  
430  
CR513  
S503  
ACCESSORY  
+15V  
+15V  
FILTERED 26  
+15V  
FILTERED 58  
L501  
17  
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
+5V  
Q3  
K502  
2
ALARM 4 OUT+  
Q502  
3658  
R567 200  
+
C529  
.01  
6
C530  
220  
R578  
2.7k  
5
8
14  
1
6
+15V  
18 ALARM 4 OUT-  
1
2
R575  
2.7k  
7
2,1  
3
7
WO 512  
WO 513  
WO 514  
WO 515  
WO 516  
WO 517  
WO 518  
4
+5V  
CR525  
+15V  
8
5
ACCESSORY  
+15V  
4
U512  
4N35  
CR523  
R501  
4.7k  
6
9
R500  
4.7k  
6
R553  
1.2K  
FILTERED  
+15V  
+15V  
ACCESSORY 24  
16  
CR512  
ALARM 4 IN -  
C534  
100pF  
F501  
1A  
K503  
19  
Q4  
40  
Q503  
3658  
+15V  
C535  
100pF  
+15V  
ACCESSORY 25  
20  
R523  
10k  
+
C531  
.01  
C532  
1000  
CR526  
21  
R526  
10k  
R558  
R511  
20k  
R522  
10k  
27 I/O 13  
U514A  
LM2904  
10k  
R522  
2
3
SQUELCH  
ENABLE OUT  
P505 J505  
U514B  
LM2904  
SQUELCH ENABLE  
10k  
ALARM 2 OUT+ 20  
ALARM 2 OUT- 52  
R537  
1k  
9
6
1
Q504  
3616  
R512  
10k  
CR529  
15V  
14  
8
7
7
+
22 BUF RX WBAND  
1
+5V  
5
R531  
4.32k  
R533  
1k  
INVERTED  
+
CR531  
15V  
1
+5V  
2
3
4
2,1  
3
+5V  
NON-INVERTED  
+15V  
CR530  
15V  
CR534  
15V  
Q505  
3616  
C536  
C537  
R530  
10k  
R534  
1M  
U503 CONTROL NON-  
INVERTED  
.1  
.1  
R532  
4.7k  
R557  
10k  
R556  
10k  
6
R524  
4.7k  
WO 501  
18  
12  
13  
K501  
Q2  
Q8  
Q7  
Q501  
3
RX WBAND  
WO 502  
3658  
ALARM 1 OUT+ 19  
ALARM 1 OUT- 51  
14  
1
8
7
2,1  
3
+5V  
+15V  
R535  
4.7k  
6
R527  
4.7k  
19  
K500  
Q1  
SOURCE  
+12V  
SOURCE  
+8V  
Q500  
3658  
OC  
1
+15V  
+
+5V  
-5V  
U522  
78L12  
U523  
78M08  
3
1
1
3
-5V IN 27  
-5V IN 59  
+
+
C539  
.01  
C512  
.01  
C513  
.01  
C514  
.01  
C515  
.01  
C516  
.01  
C517  
.01  
C518  
.01  
C519  
.01  
C500  
.01  
C527  
.1  
C525  
10  
C526  
1
2
2
C538  
.01  
R577  
1k  
NOTES:  
CR524  
+15V  
+15V IN 30  
+15V IN 62  
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN  
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.  
J502  
+15V OUT  
Z500  
+
C511  
.01  
C523  
47  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE10-40  
10-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P14  
P18  
P16  
P3  
P12  
P1  
P7  
P5  
1
33  
1
33  
1
33  
1
33  
1
33  
1
33  
1
33  
1
33  
F3  
F2  
F1  
32 64  
32 64  
32 64  
32 64  
32 64  
32 64  
32 64  
32 64  
P6  
1 17  
P2  
1 17  
P8  
P15  
P13  
P4  
P17  
P9  
1 17  
1 17  
1 17  
1 17  
1 17  
1 17  
16 32  
16 32  
16 32  
16 32  
16 32  
16 32  
16 32  
16 32  
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-41  
March 1999  
10-36  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P10  
1
2
25 26  
WO16  
WO17  
P11  
1
6
WO2  
WO6  
WO4 WO1  
WO7  
WO3  
WO13  
WO5 WO8  
J1  
J2  
1
2
1
2
33 34  
33 34  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE)  
FIGURE10-42  
10-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IAC SLOT  
P1  
P3, P5, P7, P12, P14, P16, P18  
A19  
A18  
A16  
A14  
A12  
A10  
A8  
A19  
A17  
A18  
1
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
1
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
A17  
A16  
2
2
A15  
A15  
A14  
3
3
A13  
A13  
A12  
4
4
A11  
ALARM 1 IN +  
ALARM 2 IN +  
ALARM 3 IN +  
ALARM 4 IN +  
SQUELCH ENABLE  
EXT REQ 2  
D7  
ALARM 1 IN -  
ALARM 2 IN -  
ALARM 3 IN -  
ALARM 4 IN -  
IAC 41  
5
5
A9  
6
6
A7  
A6  
7
7
A5  
A4  
8
8
A3  
A2  
9
9
A1  
A0  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
D7  
D6  
D6  
D5  
D4  
D5  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D3  
D2  
D1  
D0  
D1  
D0  
MREQ  
MSTB  
COM 17  
SYNC IN  
RD  
MREQ  
RD  
WR  
COM 49  
COM 50  
MSTB  
WR  
SYNC IN  
COM 50  
COM 17  
COM 49  
WO 16  
WO 17  
SYNC IN  
ALARM 1 OUT +  
ALARM 2 OUT +  
COM 50  
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J1)  
+15V  
FILT  
+15V  
FILT  
ALARM 1 OUT -  
ALARM 2 OUT -  
COM 53  
P10  
P11  
P11  
TLA+  
LPTT  
TLA-  
ALARM 3 IN +  
ALARM 4 IN +  
SQUELCH ENABLE  
EXT REQ 2  
COM 17  
ALARM 3 IN -  
ALARM 4 IN -  
IAC 41  
2
1
1
2
COM 53  
COM 54  
COM 55  
HSDB-  
IRDB-  
3
4
RNT TX DATA  
RNT RX DATA  
HSDB+  
COM 54  
5
6
COM 55  
EXT OUT 1  
COM 49  
7
8
+15V  
ACC  
THERMAL SENSOR  
POWER SWITCH  
+15V  
6
4
5
3
WO 4  
WO 1  
9
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
26  
IRDB+  
SYNC IN  
COM 50  
11  
13  
15  
17  
19  
21  
23  
25  
COM 26  
+15V  
FILT  
ALARM 3 OUT +  
ALARM 4 OUT +  
TX DATA OUT  
COM 53  
ALARM 3 OUT -  
ALARM 4 OUT -  
TX DATA IN  
RX VOICE  
F3  
1A  
FILT  
WO 6  
WO 7  
-5V  
-5V  
-5V  
-5V  
+5V  
F2  
4A  
+5V  
+5V  
+5V  
F1  
4A  
COM 54  
TX VOICE  
WO 3  
WO 5  
WO 8  
+15V  
+15V  
+15V  
+15V  
COM 55  
BUF RX WBAND  
COMM 6  
I/O 13  
WO 13  
ALARM BUS (1-2)  
ALARM BUS (3-8)  
(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J2)  
RF INTERFACE CONNECTOR  
J2  
P9  
J1  
P2, P4, P6, P8, P13, P15, P17  
RF MUX 3 INH  
ALARM 3 OUT +  
ALARM 4 OUT +  
RX WBAND  
ALARM 3 OUT -  
ALARM 4 OUT -  
RX VOICE  
SQ ENABLE  
TX AUDIO  
WB DISC  
LOGIC NOISE SQ  
SUB TX DATA  
HS DATA  
RX DATA  
MB  
RXS+  
TX AUDIO  
SUB TX DATA  
PTT EN  
1
2
1
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
1
2
1
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
PC STR  
LPTT  
RXS-  
4
3
4
3
2
2
HS CS EX  
SYN CS EX  
TX MOD  
TXS+  
5
6
3
5
6
3
PTT ENABLE  
HS DATA ENABLE  
MA  
TXS-  
HS DATA  
7
8
4
7
8
4
WO 4  
WO 1  
I/O 13  
HS DATA ENABLE  
RX DATA  
MA  
9
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
26  
28  
30  
32  
34  
5
9
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
26  
28  
30  
32  
34  
5
WO 3  
COMM 6  
EXT OUT 1  
RF CLOCK  
AC FAIL IN  
SYN CS RX  
WO 1  
BUF RX WBAND  
AC FAIL OUT  
WO 2  
COMM 6  
V REF EX  
TX DATA OUT  
TX DATA IN  
EXT REQ 1  
EXT MOD  
RSSI  
11  
13  
15  
17  
19  
21  
23  
25  
27  
29  
31  
33  
6
11  
13  
15  
17  
19  
21  
23  
25  
27  
29  
31  
33  
6
RX WBAND  
RF DATA A  
RF DATA C  
RF MUX 2 INH  
RF CLOCK  
HS CS RX  
WO 2  
RXS+  
RXS-  
7
7
RF DATA B  
A-D LEVEL  
RF DATA  
SYN CS RX  
RSSI  
TXS+  
TXS-  
MB  
8
8
WO2  
HS CS RX  
SYN CS EX  
I/O 13  
VOTER AUDIO  
VOTER DATA IN  
EXT MOD  
EXT REQ 1  
VOTER AUDIO  
A-D LEVEL  
RX WBAND  
WO 3  
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
+15V  
ACC  
+15V  
ACC  
RF MUX 1 INH  
RF MUX 2 INH  
RF MUX 3 INH  
PC STR  
A-D LEVEL  
RF DATA A  
RF DATA B  
RF DATA C  
RF DATA  
RF MUX 1 INH  
V REF EX  
RSSI  
ALARM 1 IN +  
AC FAIL OUT  
ALARM 1 IN -  
ALARM 2 IN -  
ALARM 1 OUT -  
ALARM 2 OUT -  
RX VOICE  
WB DISC  
SQ ENABLE  
TX MOD  
WO 4  
RX VOICE  
TX VOICE  
ALARM 2 IN +  
LOGIC NOISE SQ  
HS CS EX  
ALARM 1 OUT +  
ALARM 2 OUT +  
AUDIO/DATA BUS 2  
AUDIO/DATA BUS 1  
BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-43  
10-38  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R216  
C213  
C214  
Q126  
Q102  
R280  
U120  
C191  
R255  
R249  
R250  
R222  
R211  
C235  
U119  
R279  
R246  
R215  
R239  
R235  
R236  
R237  
R198  
C171  
R199  
R200  
R217  
R189  
CR130  
U121  
C170  
R210  
R209  
R242  
CR124  
R205  
R206  
R238  
R243  
R201  
U122  
R276  
CR125  
R247  
R248  
CR131  
R303  
CR136  
CR127  
C160  
+
C184  
Q130  
R240  
C211  
R287  
Q124  
Q123  
Q131  
C161  
Q130  
C212  
R267  
R268  
R286  
U118  
C185  
C159  
+
C164  
R232  
R208  
+C198  
R261  
R260  
C196  
CR102 CR111  
Q128  
R266  
R202  
C102  
R224  
C176  
R234  
R225  
C182  
C181  
R223 R226  
R259  
R264  
R256 C192  
C180  
+
R305  
R228  
R197  
R153  
R273  
R190  
C109  
R257  
R192  
R193  
R194  
R196  
R195  
Q121  
C229  
R137  
R136  
R158  
+C230  
U106  
C154  
R181  
R179  
R180  
U106  
C155  
R184  
R184  
Q111  
+
C132  
+
C232  
C233  
+C153  
R182  
U109  
+
C133  
R176  
C149  
C134  
R160  
R152  
CR123  
CR117  
CR118  
U103  
Q115  
R173  
C115  
CR112  
R175  
C236  
Q107  
Q108  
R115  
R163  
R165  
R262  
C135  
C114  
Q117  
C225  
R156  
R274  
R157  
R222  
R263  
CR114  
C103  
U115  
1
R167  
R166  
R168  
R103  
Q114  
C122  
R134  
Q106 R133  
R107  
C108  
R119  
1
R141  
Q105  
C148  
R132  
R131  
R130  
R144  
R143  
C124  
R105  
R155  
U102  
R313  
R312  
R314  
R124  
CR137  
R122 R123  
C147  
+C123  
C112  
R127  
C126  
C130  
CR115  
Q104  
R149  
C141  
C146  
CR116  
+
C128  
C129  
R148  
R147  
R272  
C210 C207  
C219  
C221  
C217  
C218  
800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT  
(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)  
FIGURE10-44  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CR129  
CR135  
RT101  
RT102  
L107  
C165  
C188  
+
+
EP105  
W113  
W111  
C166  
R254  
W109  
+
+
EP101  
R216  
C187  
+
W115  
C209  
+
C169  
T108  
T109  
W107  
L105  
C163  
+
C186  
T101  
+
CR132 Q132  
CR126  
Q125  
U114  
U111  
+
C205  
EP103  
EP104  
+
C101  
+
C106  
R113  
R114  
J102  
J101  
Q116  
CR109  
Q118  
Q101  
A803  
CR145  
CR121  
CR128  
W116  
T105  
+
C107  
C110  
+
+
C143  
T106  
W105  
W106  
T106  
L101  
+
C111  
+
C144  
EP106  
W104  
+
C145  
T  
(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)  
FIGURE 10-45  
10-40  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
18,19,20  
16,17  
PRE-CONTROLLER  
+15V  
R117  
14,15  
POWER FACTOR CHOKE  
L107  
330  
12,13  
11  
C105  
1
+
CR145  
C104  
1
R128  
51  
+400V  
+
CR112  
CR106  
CR105  
T105  
9,10  
7,8  
5,6  
3,4  
1
EP108  
150V DC  
BATTERY BACKUP  
+
+
+
+
R116  
36k  
C106  
1500  
C107  
1500  
C110  
330  
C111  
330  
R311  
100k  
R121  
100k  
3
4
IN RUSH CURRENT  
LIMITERS  
R125  
13  
RT101  
RT102  
PRI  
SEC  
EP105  
DC INPUT (+)  
RED  
R312  
100k  
R122  
100k  
1
2
R101  
330k  
R105  
330k  
R307  
0
R108  
20k  
R109  
20k  
CR103  
EP104  
DC INPUT (-)  
BLACK  
C114  
.1  
Q108  
6027  
R313  
100k  
R123  
100k  
R102  
330k  
R106  
330k  
R110  
20k  
R120  
20k  
R126  
10  
EP109  
HV GROUND  
R314  
100k  
R124  
100k  
BATTERY BACKUP  
R103  
240k  
R107  
330k  
CR104  
18V  
R302  
20k  
R306  
20k  
R112  
10  
Q101  
R127  
6354  
1.27k  
2
C103  
.22  
R104  
100k  
400V  
CONTROLLER IC  
12  
R111  
220  
IAC  
PFC  
OUT  
Q107  
6026  
4
V RMS  
U102  
ML4841IS  
+C117  
.47  
C118  
270pF  
R140  
15k  
R115  
4.7k  
CR114  
R153  
100  
15  
9
3
5
FB  
I SENSE  
SS  
R146  
100  
C116  
.1  
R113  
RAMP2  
.03  
C125  
U108  
.0033  
6
+
R114  
.03  
C119  
1
10  
6
7
8
1
5
1
2
VDC  
R169  
1k  
C113  
.0047  
R143  
3k  
R144  
24.3k  
R170  
820  
R171  
820  
R172  
100k  
C149  
.1  
GND  
4
16  
RTCT  
RAMP1  
IEA0  
V EAO  
+
C122  
470pF  
C123  
1
C124  
.1  
C127  
.01  
R119  
24.3k  
R173  
16.9k  
R142  
560k  
C150  
.01  
MAIN OUTPUT VOLTAGE SET/  
FEEDBACK  
(25.9-27.3V)  
C108  
470pF  
C126  
.1  
R174  
1k  
1
2
3
4
8
CATHODE  
U109  
ANODE A ANODE D  
REF  
+400V  
+2.5V  
R141  
10k  
R175  
1.8k  
7
6
5
C120  
270pF  
ANODE B ANODE C  
TL431ID  
R159  
20  
CR123  
PRE-CONTROLLER  
SWITCHED  
C121  
.0027  
Q116  
6351  
PRE-CONTROLLER  
Q104  
NC A  
NC B  
EP106  
C136  
2.2  
14  
13  
C197  
2.2  
REF  
Vcc  
+15V  
+15V  
R161  
20  
67V TO BATTERY BACK-UP  
T106  
6026  
Q115  
6026  
CR117  
18V  
3
6
4
5
CR118  
R272  
51  
+
C128  
6.8  
TO SYNC CIRCUIT U104, Q110,  
Q111, Q112 (2)  
APPROXIMATELY 100V PEAK  
C147  
.1  
R149  
1k  
C139  
6.8  
3
C129  
.1  
C140  
6.8  
R160  
470  
CR115  
CR116  
C207  
.0022  
C210  
.0022  
PWM  
OUT  
R222  
0
11  
1
1
8
R148  
4.7k  
C137  
2.2  
12  
C228  
2.2  
R163  
20  
CR119  
14  
15  
16  
8
L101  
CR121  
R165  
20  
F102  
10A  
U107  
CR134  
5
2
Q118  
6351  
R166  
R167  
10  
R168  
10  
+26.5V  
10  
4
+
+
+
C146  
C141  
CR120  
18V  
C143  
2700  
C144  
2700  
C145  
2700  
18  
19  
20  
CR128  
.1  
.1  
6
C142  
.001  
Q117  
6026  
EP101  
EP102  
REMOTE ENABLE POWER SUPPLY  
5
AC HOT INPUT (BRN)  
R164  
470  
CR102  
CR111  
CR101  
1
R133  
100k  
+
C102  
C101  
220  
6
CR110  
AC COLD INPUT (BLU)  
CR148  
13V  
CR107  
.01  
WO105  
+26.5V DC  
Q105  
3612  
EXTERNAL INPUT  
POWER  
CONNECTOR  
R134  
20k  
R155  
36k  
R137  
1M  
R129  
36k  
CR138  
CR137  
WO106  
C109  
.1  
R280  
10k  
CR113  
5.1V  
R257  
10k  
R136  
100k  
R135  
13k  
R131  
36k  
R150  
2k  
U110C  
LMC550AM  
8
10  
9
+
Q102  
3612  
Q106  
3600  
R154  
100k  
C236  
.1  
R118  
18.2k  
Q103  
C236  
.1  
3600  
EP111  
EP112  
C148  
.1  
R132  
100k  
CGR  
BATTERY BACKUP  
+5V  
R138  
2.26k  
R130  
100k  
ON/OFF  
SENSE  
BATTERY  
BACKUP  
EP110  
C225  
.01  
R156  
1k  
R274  
1k  
+5V  
R279  
10k  
CR143  
CR142  
C234  
.001  
R139  
2.26k  
R262  
29.4k  
GROUND  
BATTERY BACKUP  
R157  
20k  
WO104  
R278  
100k  
TO REMOTE  
ENABLE  
Q114  
3612  
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
CATHODE  
U115  
ANODE A ANODE D  
REF  
SHUTDOWN  
OVER-VOLTAGE  
C135  
.1  
R275  
20k  
R263  
2.49k  
R277  
10k  
U121  
TL431AID  
R202  
20k  
8
1
ANODE B ANODE C  
TL431ID  
REF  
CATH  
R192  
8.2k  
GND  
2,3,4,5,6,7  
R276  
10k  
NC A  
NC B  
R193  
8.2k  
WO116  
TEMP OUTPUT  
R187  
95.3k  
THERMAL  
SENSOR  
SOURCE  
+5V  
SHUTDOWN DRIVE  
TO U119, U120, U122 (2)  
R230  
100  
R185  
1k  
BUFFER/  
HYSTERESIS  
U110A  
LMC550AM  
R194  
8.2k  
R197  
10k  
+26.5V  
R186  
10k  
U110A  
LMC550AM  
U106  
8
1
1
2
A803 OUT  
3
VIN  
VOUT  
LM78L05  
IN  
+
R190  
1k  
CR139  
FAN CONTROLLER/  
DRIVE  
1
12  
13  
+
GND  
C229  
.1  
+
+
C233  
.1  
C154  
.1  
C115  
.1  
GND  
+
C230  
1
C232  
6.8  
C153  
1
2
14  
R184  
357k  
R195  
8.2k  
C156  
.01  
Q120  
3600  
2,3,4,5,6,7  
3
Q121  
R188  
10M  
R191  
3.3k  
3600  
J201  
R182  
75  
R183  
95.3k  
+5V  
R273  
1k  
R196  
8.2k  
2
1
FAN HIGH  
FAN LOW  
R189  
6.81k  
J102  
2
BATTERY  
BACKUP  
1
FAN CONTROL  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)  
FIGURE10-46  
10-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER  
11  
I REF  
U112  
C182  
470pF  
R233  
3.3k  
R234  
1k  
16  
V REF  
R228  
2k  
2
NI  
C173  
.1  
R220  
2k  
5
R
T
R223  
13k  
3
EA OUT  
L103  
WO 115  
WO 107  
WO 108  
C175  
.22  
HIGH CURRENT OUT  
+15V DC OUTPUT  
GROUND  
+
C173  
.0022  
+
C170  
.01  
+
C165  
1500  
C166  
1500  
C167  
.01  
R215  
6.2k  
C169  
1500  
8
S S  
+
C178  
1
R221  
36k  
1
6
INV  
R216  
1k  
R224  
0
Q127  
3600  
R219  
470  
+15V  
C
T
R217  
1.2k  
15  
13  
Vcc  
VC  
C176  
.001  
Q128  
3612  
R225  
68  
C172  
.01  
C181  
+
C180  
6.8  
12  
R315  
820  
R218  
4.7k  
.01  
R226  
24  
GND  
10  
GND A  
7
9
RAMP  
SD  
R229  
820  
R227  
180  
I
14  
OUT  
INPUT CURRENT  
SENSOR  
C183  
270pF  
R232  
820  
+26.5V  
T108  
CR127  
1
2
+ C163  
2700  
R209  
620  
R210  
620  
CR124  
3
4
R200  
18  
R198  
18  
R199  
18  
R308  
0
Q122  
6026  
R205  
10  
CR125  
Q125  
6352  
U104  
SOURCE  
R206  
10  
SOURCE  
+15V  
Q124  
6026  
+5V  
R201  
180  
U119  
IL205A  
U105  
R207  
8
1
VIN  
VOUT  
LM78L05  
R281  
470  
6
51  
L102  
GND  
2,3,4,5,6,7  
C131  
.1  
+
+
C134  
.1  
C162  
.1  
5
C132  
1
C133  
1
R204  
2k  
1
2
R231  
180  
R208  
51  
R211  
12.4k  
R214  
1k  
+26.5V  
Q123  
6110  
U111  
LM317T  
GND  
Q126  
3612  
2
3
CR126  
8
7
1
4
CATHODE  
U116  
ANODE A ANODE D  
REF  
VIN  
VOUT  
C152  
+
+
C161  
C164  
.001  
C220  
.1  
C159  
R267  
430  
C160  
15  
R180  
7.5k  
R212  
2.26k  
2
3
4
.1  
R203  
2k  
.01  
6.8  
R158  
15k  
1
CR129  
TL431ID  
ANODE B ANODE C  
Q112  
3600  
6
5
C168  
.01  
R268  
+C199  
6.8  
Q111  
3600  
R179  
4.7k  
R213  
200  
SYNC  
NC A  
NC B  
4.7k  
TO SYN CIRCUIT CR128/CR121/L101  
APPROXIMATELY 100V PEAK  
+15V BUCK CONTOLLER  
R181  
1k  
C196  
.001  
C195  
.01  
R260  
68  
U104A  
74HC08  
R151  
20k  
U104B  
5
6
R178  
2k  
R
T
C
T
1
74HC08  
SHUTDOWN  
DRIVE  
TO U115  
3
4
5
U113  
Q110  
3600  
SYNC PULSE OUTPUT  
BUFFER  
R259  
R261  
24  
2
6
C138  
13k  
R152  
4.7k  
.001  
CR140  
R176  
100  
8
3
S S  
EA OUT  
+5V  
CR122  
WO 109  
WO 110  
+
C194  
.22  
C198  
1
+5V DC OUTPUT  
C193  
.0022  
+
+
SYNC PULSE WIDTH  
CONTROLLER  
C187  
1500  
C188  
1500  
C189  
.01  
R253  
4.7k  
R258  
36k  
+5V DC GROUND  
+15V  
15  
13  
1
INV  
Vcc  
VC  
R254  
1k  
11  
I REF  
+
C191  
.0047  
C201  
.01  
C202  
470pF  
C200  
6.8  
12  
R265  
3.3k  
R266  
1k  
R255  
4.3k  
GND  
10  
16  
2
GND A  
V REF  
NI  
R264  
2k  
C192  
.1  
R256  
2k  
7
9
RAMP  
14  
C203  
270pF  
OUT  
I
SD  
R269  
360  
+26.5V  
T109  
CR133  
1
3
2
4
+
C186  
1500  
R247  
36  
CR130  
U120  
IL205A  
R246  
470  
6
OVER-VOLTAGE 6V  
MAXIMUM  
R237  
5
R235  
18  
R236  
18  
R309  
0
Q129  
1
2
18  
R242  
10  
6026  
CR131  
Q132  
R249  
R252  
1k  
6352  
3.4k  
Q133  
3612  
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
4
R243  
10  
CATHODE  
U117  
REF  
C222  
.1  
Q131  
6026  
R250  
2.49k  
R238  
180  
ANODE A ANODE D  
CR135  
TL431ID  
ANODE B ANODE C  
R244  
180  
L104  
C184  
.1  
C190  
.01  
R241  
2k  
R251  
200  
NC A  
NC B  
R245  
51  
Q130  
6110  
CR132  
U122  
IL205A  
C185  
.001  
R240  
2k  
R303  
200  
6
UNDER-VOLTAGE -6V  
MINIMUM  
5
1
2
-5V CONVERTER  
OUT  
R284  
3.4k  
R286  
1k  
CR136  
Q138  
3612  
2
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
4
CATHODE  
U118  
ANODE A ANODE D  
REF  
C208  
.1  
+
C209  
1500  
C227  
.1  
R285  
2.49k  
5
1
3
COMP  
L105  
CR141  
TL431ID  
ANODE B ANODE C  
U114  
C204  
.047  
MC33166T  
C211  
.01  
R287  
200  
+26.5V  
R270  
33k  
NC A  
NC B  
4
Vcc  
V FB  
WO 111  
+
C205  
1500  
R271  
3.3k  
-5V DC OUTPUT  
C212  
.01  
GND  
800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)  
FIGURE 10-47  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-48  
L1  
1.8uH  
F1  
20A  
L2  
8.67nH  
BRN  
RED  
AC HOT  
WO1 AC HOT  
WO5 POS OUT  
WO3 NEUTRAL  
C3  
.0022  
C1  
.22  
C2  
.22  
C5  
.22  
R1  
1M  
RV1  
RV2  
CR1  
EARTH GROUND  
NEUTRAL  
C4  
.0022  
BLU  
CHASSIS  
GROUND  
WO4 NEG  
OUT  
BLK  
GRN/YEL  
WO2 CHASSIS GND  
POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-49  
March 1999  
10-43  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C131  
C132  
CR101  
R101  
C155  
C114  
C130  
C129  
8
1
4
W106  
C
E
B
W103  
5
R143  
Q105  
F101  
R157  
CR118  
R158  
B
C
E
C107  
8
1
4
EP102  
EP101  
5
C105  
Q111  
+
W102  
+
K101  
MH107  
C126  
R111  
C101  
2
CR113  
1
3
R165  
R104  
L101  
R103 R105  
R138  
CR102  
C119  
R139  
+
R106  
C116  
EP103  
R140  
R136  
R137  
W104  
Q103  
3
R121  
4
+ C124  
CR114  
C107  
8
5
S101 2  
8
5
1
4
R124  
C125  
U102  
R125  
5
4
14  
1
8
7
CR117  
+ C118  
1
4
5
8
U101  
1
R117  
R128  
R129  
R115  
CR104  
1
R127  
R147  
R146  
CR111  
CR105  
+ C103  
C133  
C134  
BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-50  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BATTERY  
+24V  
F101  
4A  
+26V  
HIGH CURRENT  
TRACE (30A)  
INPUT RECTIFIER FILTER  
L101  
PROTECTION ON/OFF  
C101  
.01  
R111  
51  
REGULATOR  
CR109  
Q104  
2021  
CR116  
+24V  
BATTERY  
BATTERY CHARGER  
OUTPUT  
+67V  
2
U107  
3
VIN  
V OUT  
(2.2A MAX)  
LM317M  
+
+
+
+
C106  
.1  
C109  
.1  
C119  
220  
C105  
1000  
R136  
3.3k  
R137  
3.3k  
R138  
240  
C110  
6.8  
C111  
1000  
4/3  
GND  
Q105  
6026  
+26.5V DC OUTPUT  
W102  
1
REMOTE ENABLE  
ON/OFF  
SOURCE  
+24V  
2
R139  
3.3K  
Q101  
6026  
Q102  
6026  
R142  
10k  
HIGH CURRENT GROUND  
W103  
+26V  
CR113  
EP101  
5
6
DC INPUT (+)  
TEMPERATURE SLOPE  
R140  
1k  
R143  
2k  
ON  
CR101  
REVERSE  
BATTERY  
CR102  
+26V  
R102  
330  
R107  
1k  
R149  
82k  
+26V  
BATTERY INPUT  
+24V DC  
K101  
R145  
15k  
CHARGER  
DISABLE  
SWITCH  
S101  
R148  
15k  
R101  
4.7k  
R103  
2k  
R108  
2k  
CR117  
13V  
U104B  
EP103  
R151  
100  
BATTERY  
TEMP SENSE  
6
5
LM2904  
EP102  
CR111 GREEN  
CHARGER  
ACTIVE  
7
DC INPUT (-)  
REMOTE ENABLE  
67V INPUT  
U104  
OFF  
+
LM2904  
C107  
.1  
C115  
.1  
R165  
2k  
R104  
2k  
R106  
2k  
R109  
2k  
R150  
10k  
8
4
R144  
15k  
BATTERY OK  
2
3
6
8
ANODE A  
REF  
+
+26V  
R105  
2k  
R110  
2k  
U103  
R146  
3.9k  
ANODE B  
TL431ID  
WO 101  
1
ANODE C  
CATHODE  
Q103  
6110  
7
R147  
10k  
ANODE D  
+26V  
NC A  
4
NC B  
5
SOURCE  
+67V  
CR118  
18V  
WO104  
HEAT SINK THERMAL SENSE  
U105  
LM2904  
8
4
CR114  
U105A  
R155  
1k  
R156  
10k  
R159  
100k  
LM2904  
8
2
3
4
1
7
6
5
3
VIN  
VOUT  
+
W106  
1
+
OUTPUT TO FAN  
+
C118  
1
U106  
+
C112  
.1  
C113  
1
2
NC2  
NC7  
NC6  
NC5  
U105B  
LM2904  
7
R121  
62k  
R154  
300k  
C114  
.1  
5
OVER VOLTAGE  
LM35D  
+
R157  
15k  
U101C  
NC3  
8
9
6
LM2901  
+26V  
R152  
75  
R153  
100k  
R160  
10k  
14  
GND  
THERMAL SENSE CHASSIS MOUNTING  
STUD TO TRACE UNDER THERMAL  
SENSOR U106  
R122  
4.7k  
R158  
1k  
+
CR103  
12V  
SOURCE  
MH107  
R115  
470  
+18V  
R125  
1k  
R126  
42.2k  
C126  
R141  
0
+2.5V  
.1  
+
CR104  
18V  
C103  
6.8  
C104  
.1  
R117  
3.3k  
CR115  
R130  
33k  
AC FAIL ENABLE  
R128  
10k  
R112  
7.5k  
CR105 RED  
BATTERY FAULT  
U101A  
LM2901  
5
4
U101D  
+
LM2901  
2
11  
10  
+
R113  
13  
+2.5V  
1k  
R129  
20k  
+2.5V  
UNDERVOLTAGE  
R118  
10.5k  
U101B  
LM2901  
6
1
R119  
1k  
7
+
R120  
1K  
R127  
82.5k  
+2.5V  
+2.5V REGULATOR  
SOURCE  
R123  
10k  
1
2
ANODE A  
CATHODE  
+2.5V  
U102  
8
3
4
7
6
5
REF  
ANODE D  
TL431ID  
+
C125  
.1  
C124  
1
R124  
10k  
ANODE B  
NC A  
ANODE C  
NC B  
REVERT SECTION  
CHARGER SECTION  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE10-51  
10-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
+5V  
EP106  
C106  
.01  
EP101  
EXPAND IN  
(WO101 MAC)  
14  
C101  
4.7  
C103  
1
3
1
+
+
+
+
EXP CAP  
V REF  
GCELL IN 1  
R101  
3.9k  
C104  
4.7  
2
RECT IN 1  
C102  
4.7  
+
5
POWER HARNESS  
EP102  
4
10  
9
J2  
U101  
EXP OUT  
RECT IN 2  
GCELL IN 2  
COMP OUT  
COMP IN  
EXPAND OUT  
(WO102 MAC)  
+26.5V  
SA577D  
C109  
1
A
B
C
1
R103  
2.7k  
11  
COMP CAP1  
COMP CAP2  
I REF  
GROUND  
+15V  
TO  
RFIB  
C105  
.001  
C110  
1
13  
6
C108  
4.7  
EP104  
8
COMPRESS OUT  
(WO103 MAC)  
R102  
39k  
12  
GND  
C107  
4.7  
2
7
EP105  
J2  
3
COMPRESS IN  
(WO100 MAC)  
BACKPLANE  
AC FAIL IN  
4
2
1
4
5
3
9
6
8
7
COMPANDOR SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-53  
4
5
6
1
2
3
7
8
A
B
POWER SWITCH  
5
2
3
4
5
6
1
10  
11  
12  
THERMAL SENSOR  
7
8
9
6
9
7
TO  
+15V  
C
8
REPEATER  
BACKPLANE  
GROUND  
9
GROUND  
10  
11  
12  
+5V  
-5V  
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC  
FIGURE 10-52  
COMPANDOR COMPONENT LAYOUT  
FIGURE 10-54  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
POWER HARNESS  
J2  
+26.5V  
GROUND  
+15V  
A
B
C
1
TO  
RFIB  
2
J2  
3
BACKPLANE  
AC FAIL IN  
4
2
1
4
5
3
9
6
8
7
4
5
6
1
2
3
7
8
A
B
POWER SWITCH  
5
2
3
4
5
6
1
10  
11  
12  
THERMAL SENSOR  
7
8
9
6
9
7
TO  
+15V  
C
8
REPEATER  
BACKPLANE  
GROUND  
9
GROUND  
10  
11  
12  
+5V  
-5V  
Figure 10-54 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS  
+5V  
EP106  
C106  
.01  
EP101  
EXPAND IN  
(WO101 MAC)  
14  
C101  
4.7  
C103  
1
3
1
+
+
+
+
EXP CAP  
V REF  
GCELL IN 1  
R101  
3.9k  
C104  
4.7  
2
RECT IN 1  
C102  
4.7  
+
5
EP102  
4
10  
9
U101  
EXP OUT  
RECT IN 2  
GCELL IN 2  
COMP OUT  
COMP IN  
EXPAND OUT  
(WO102 MAC)  
SA577D  
C109  
1
R103  
2.7k  
11  
COMP CAP1  
COMP CAP2  
I REF  
C105  
.001  
C110  
1
13  
6
C108  
4.7  
EP104  
8
COMPRESS OUT  
(WO103 MAC)  
R102  
39k  
12  
GND  
C107  
4.7  
7
EP105  
COMPRESS IN  
(WO100 MAC)  
Figure 10-55 COMPANDOR SCHEMATIC  
Figure 10-56 COMPANDOR COMPONENT LAYOUT  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
10-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX A 900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
Program  
Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Channel  
Number  
Frequency  
Number  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
935.0125  
935.0250  
935.0375  
935.0500  
935.0625  
935.0750  
935.0875  
935.1000  
935.1125  
935.1250  
935.1375  
935.1500  
935.1625  
935.1750  
935.1875  
935.2000  
935.2125  
935.2250  
935.2375  
935.2500  
935.2625  
935.2750  
935.2875  
935.3000  
935.3125  
935.3250  
935.3375  
935.3500  
935.3625  
935.3750  
935.3875  
935.4000  
935.4125  
935.4250  
935.4375  
935.4500  
935.4625  
935.4750  
935.4875  
935.5000  
935.5125  
935.5250  
935.5375  
935.5500  
896.0125  
896.0250  
896.0375  
896.0500  
896.0625  
896.0750  
896.0875  
896.1000  
896.1125  
896.1250  
896.1375  
896.1500  
896.1625  
896.1750  
896.1875  
896.2000  
896.2125  
896.2250  
896.2375  
896.2500  
896.2625  
896.2750  
896.2875  
896.3000  
896.3125  
896.3250  
896.3375  
896.3500  
896.3625  
896.3750  
896.3875  
896.4000  
896.4125  
896.4250  
896.4375  
896.4500  
896.4625  
896.4750  
896.4875  
896.5000  
896.5125  
896.5250  
896.5375  
896.5500  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
935.5625  
935.5750  
935.5875  
935.6000  
935.6125  
935.6250  
935.6375  
935.6500  
935.6625  
935.6750  
935.6875  
935.7000  
935.7125  
935.7250  
935.7375  
935.7500  
935.7625  
935.7750  
935.7875  
935.8000  
935.8125  
935.8250  
935.8375  
935.8500  
935.8625  
935.8750  
935.8875  
935.9000  
935.9125  
935.9250  
935.9375  
935.9500  
935.9625  
935.9750  
935.9875  
936.0000  
936.0125  
936.0250  
936.0375  
936.0500  
936.0625  
936.0750  
936.0875  
936.1000  
896.5625  
896.5750  
896.5875  
896.6000  
896.6125  
896.6250  
896.6375  
896.6500  
896.6625  
896.6750  
896.6875  
896.7000  
896.7125  
896.7250  
896.7375  
896.7500  
896.7625  
896.7750  
896.7875  
896.8000  
896.8125  
896.8250  
896.8375  
896.8500  
896.8625  
896.8750  
896.8875  
896.9000  
896.9125  
896.9250  
896.9375  
896.9500  
896.9625  
896.9750  
896.9875  
897.0000  
897.0125  
897.0250  
897.0375  
897.0500  
897.0625  
897.0750  
897.0875  
897.1000  
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Number  
Number  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
936.1125  
936.1250  
936.1375  
936.1500  
936.1625  
936.1750  
936.1875  
936.2000  
936.2125  
936.2250  
936.2375  
936.2500  
936.2625  
936.2750  
936.2875  
936.3000  
936.3125  
936.3250  
936.3375  
936.3500  
936.3625  
936.3750  
936.3875  
936.4000  
936.4125  
936.4250  
936.4375  
936.4500  
936.4625  
936.4750  
936.4875  
936.5000  
936.5125  
936.5250  
936.5375  
936.5500  
936.5625  
936.5750  
936.5875  
936.6000  
936.6125  
936.6250  
936.6375  
936.6500  
936.6625  
936.6750  
936.6875  
936.7000  
897.1125  
897.1250  
897.1375  
897.1500  
897.1625  
897.1750  
897.1875  
897.2000  
897.2125  
897.2250  
897.2375  
897.2500  
897.2625  
897.2750  
897.2875  
897.3000  
897.3125  
897.3250  
897.3375  
897.3500  
897.3625  
897.3750  
897.3875  
897.4000  
897.4125  
897.4250  
897.4375  
897.4500  
897.4625  
897.4750  
897.4875  
897.5000  
897.5125  
897.5250  
897.5375  
897.5500  
897.5625  
897.5750  
897.5875  
897.6000  
897.6125  
897.6250  
897.6375  
897.6500  
897.6625  
897.6750  
897.6875  
897.7000  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
936.7125  
936.7250  
936.7375  
936.7500  
936.7625  
936.7750  
936.7875  
936.8000  
936.8125  
936.8250  
936.8375  
936.8500  
936.8625  
936.8750  
936.8875  
936.9000  
936.9125  
936.9250  
936.9375  
936.9500  
936.9625  
936.9750  
936.9875  
937.0000  
937.0125  
937.0250  
937.0375  
937.0500  
937.0625  
937.0750  
937.0875  
937.1000  
937.1125  
937.1250  
937.1375  
937.1500  
937.1625  
937.1750  
937.1875  
937.2000  
937.2125  
937.2250  
937.2375  
937.2500  
937.2625  
937.2750  
937.2875  
937.3000  
897.7125  
897.7250  
897.7375  
897.7500  
897.7625  
897.7750  
897.7875  
897.8000  
897.8125  
897.8250  
897.8375  
897.8500  
897.8625  
897.8750  
897.8875  
897.9000  
897.9125  
897.9250  
897.9375  
897.9500  
897.9625  
897.9750  
897.9875  
898.0000  
898.0125  
898.0250  
898.0375  
898.0500  
898.0625  
898.0750  
898.0875  
898.1000  
898.1125  
898.1250  
898.1375  
898.1500  
898.1625  
898.1750  
898.1875  
898.2000  
898.2125  
898.2250  
898.2375  
898.2500  
898.2625  
898.2750  
898.2875  
898.3000  
97  
98  
99  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
A-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Number  
Number  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
937.3125  
937.3250  
937.3375  
937.3500  
937.3625  
937.3750  
937.3875  
937.4000  
937.4125  
937.4250  
937.4375  
937.4500  
937.4625  
937.4750  
937.4875  
937.5000  
937.5125  
937.5250  
937.5375  
937.5500  
937.5625  
937.5750  
937.5875  
937.6000  
937.6125  
937.6250  
937.6375  
937.6500  
937.6625  
937.6750  
937.6875  
937.7000  
937.7125  
937.7250  
937.7375  
937.7500  
937.7625  
937.7750  
937.7875  
937.8000  
937.8125  
937.8250  
937.8375  
937.8500  
937.8625  
937.8750  
937.8875  
937.9000  
898.3125  
898.3250  
898.3375  
898.3500  
898.3625  
898.3750  
898.3875  
898.4000  
898.4125  
898.4250  
898.4375  
898.4500  
898.4625  
898.4750  
898.4875  
898.5000  
898.5125  
898.5250  
898.5375  
898.5500  
898.5625  
898.5750  
898.5875  
898.6000  
898.6125  
898.6250  
898.6375  
898.6500  
898.6625  
898.6750  
898.6875  
898.7000  
898.7125  
898.7250  
898.7375  
898.7500  
898.7625  
898.7750  
898.7875  
898.8000  
898.8125  
898.8250  
898.8375  
898.8500  
898.8625  
898.8750  
898.8875  
898.9000  
233  
234  
235  
236  
237  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
260  
261  
262  
263  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
233  
234  
235  
236  
237  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
260  
261  
262  
263  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
937.9125  
937.9250  
937.9375  
937.9500  
937.9625  
937.9750  
937.9875  
938.0000  
938.0125  
938.0250  
938.0375  
938.0500  
938.0625  
938.0750  
938.0875  
938.1000  
938.1125  
938.1250  
938.1375  
938.1500  
938.1625  
938.1750  
938.1875  
938.2000  
938.2125  
938.2250  
938.2375  
938.2500  
938.2625  
938.2750  
938.2875  
938.3000  
938.3125  
938.3250  
938.3375  
938.3500  
938.3625  
938.3750  
938.3875  
938.4000  
938.4125  
938.4250  
938.4375  
938.4500  
938.4625  
938.4750  
938.4875  
938.5000  
898.9125  
898.9250  
898.9375  
898.9500  
898.9625  
898.9750  
898.9875  
899.0000  
899.0125  
899.0250  
899.0375  
899.0500  
899.0625  
899.0750  
899.0875  
899.1000  
899.1125  
899.1250  
899.1375  
899.1500  
899.1625  
899.1750  
899.1875  
899.2000  
899.2125  
899.2250  
899.2375  
899.2500  
899.2625  
899.2750  
899.2875  
899.3000  
899.3125  
899.3250  
899.3375  
899.3500  
899.3625  
899.3750  
899.3875  
899.4000  
899.4125  
899.4250  
899.4375  
899.4500  
899.4625  
899.4750  
899.4875  
899.5000  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Number  
Number  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
286  
287  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
293  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
319  
320  
321  
322  
323  
324  
325  
326  
327  
328  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
286  
287  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
293  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
319  
320  
321  
322  
323  
324  
325  
326  
327  
328  
938.5125  
938.5250  
938.5375  
938.5500  
938.5625  
938.5750  
938.5875  
938.6000  
938.6125  
938.6250  
938.6375  
938.6500  
938.6625  
938.6750  
938.6875  
938.7000  
938.7125  
938.7250  
938.7375  
938.7500  
938.7625  
938.7750  
938.7875  
938.8000  
938.8125  
938.8250  
938.8375  
938.8500  
938.8625  
938.8750  
938.8875  
938.9000  
938.9125  
938.9250  
938.9375  
938.9500  
938.9625  
938.9750  
938.9875  
939.0000  
939.0125  
939.0250  
939.0375  
939.0500  
939.0625  
939.0750  
939.0875  
939.1000  
899.5125  
899.5250  
899.5375  
899.5500  
899.5625  
899.5750  
899.5875  
899.6000  
899.6125  
899.6250  
899.6375  
899.6500  
899.6625  
899.6750  
899.6875  
899.7000  
899.7125  
899.7250  
899.7375  
899.7500  
899.7625  
899.7750  
899.7875  
899.8000  
899.8125  
899.8250  
899.8375  
899.8500  
899.8625  
899.8750  
899.8875  
899.9000  
899.9125  
899.9250  
899.9375  
899.9500  
899.9625  
899.9750  
899.9875  
900.0000  
900.0125  
900.0250  
900.0375  
900.0500  
900.0625  
900.0750  
900.0875  
900.1000  
329  
330  
331  
332  
333  
334  
335  
336  
337  
338  
339  
340  
341  
342  
343  
344  
345  
346  
347  
348  
349  
350  
351  
352  
353  
354  
355  
356  
357  
358  
359  
360  
361  
362  
363  
364  
365  
366  
367  
368  
369  
370  
371  
372  
373  
374  
375  
376  
329  
330  
331  
332  
333  
334  
335  
336  
337  
338  
339  
340  
341  
342  
343  
344  
345  
346  
347  
348  
349  
350  
351  
352  
353  
354  
355  
356  
357  
358  
359  
360  
361  
362  
363  
364  
365  
366  
367  
368  
369  
370  
371  
372  
373  
374  
375  
376  
939.1125  
939.1250  
939.1375  
939.1500  
939.1625  
939.1750  
939.1875  
939.2000  
939.2125  
939.2250  
939.2375  
939.2500  
939.2625  
939.2750  
939.2875  
939.3000  
939.3125  
939.3250  
939.3375  
939.3500  
939.3625  
939.3750  
939.3875  
939.4000  
939.4125  
939.4250  
939.4375  
939.4500  
939.4625  
939.4750  
939.4875  
939.5000  
939.5125  
939.5250  
939.5375  
939.5500  
939.5625  
939.5750  
939.5875  
939.6000  
939.6125  
939.6250  
939.6375  
939.6500  
939.6625  
939.6750  
939.6875  
939.7000  
900.1125  
900.1250  
900.1375  
900.1500  
900.1625  
900.1750  
900.1875  
900.2000  
900.2125  
900.2250  
900.2375  
900.2500  
900.2625  
900.2750  
900.2875  
900.3000  
900.3125  
900.3250  
900.3375  
900.3500  
900.3625  
900.3750  
900.3875  
900.4000  
900.4125  
900.4250  
900.4375  
900.4500  
900.4625  
900.4750  
900.4875  
900.5000  
900.5125  
900.5250  
900.5375  
900.5500  
900.5625  
900.5750  
900.5875  
900.6000  
900.6125  
900.6250  
900.6375  
900.6500  
900.6625  
900.6750  
900.6875  
900.7000  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
A-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
Program  
Channel Channel  
Number  
FCC  
Repeater  
Transmit  
Frequency  
Repeater  
Receive  
Frequency  
Number  
377  
378  
379  
380  
381  
382  
383  
384  
385  
386  
387  
388  
389  
390  
391  
392  
393  
394  
395  
396  
397  
398  
399  
377  
378  
379  
380  
381  
382  
383  
384  
385  
386  
387  
388  
389  
390  
391  
392  
393  
394  
395  
396  
397  
398  
399  
939.7125  
939.7250  
939.7375  
939.7500  
939.7625  
939.7750  
939.7875  
939.8000  
939.8125  
939.8250  
939.8375  
939.8500  
939.8625  
939.8750  
939.8875  
939.9000  
939.9125  
939.9250  
939.9375  
939.9500  
939.9625  
939.9750  
939.9875  
900.7125  
900.7250  
900.7375  
900.7500  
900.7625  
900.7750  
900.7875  
900.8000  
900.8125  
900.8250  
900.8375  
900.8500  
900.8625  
900.8750  
900.8875  
900.9000  
900.9125  
900.9250  
900.9375  
900.9500  
900.9625  
900.9750  
900.9875  
March 1999  
A-5  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
900 MHz CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHART  
This page intentionally left blank.  
March 1999  
Part No. 001-2009-600  
A-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

TechniSat CRT Television 100Hz Television sets Colani TV Classic Line User Manual
Thomas Betts Fan UDAP User Manual
Toshiba Computer Hardware TLCS 900 User Manual
Toshiba Flat Panel Television 32 40 50L2400U User Manual
Tricity Bendix Freezer TBFF 55 User Manual
Tripp Lite Network Cables N002 014 OR User Manual
USRobotics Switch 7931 User Manual
Vector Automobile Battery Charger VEC011 User Manual
ViewSonic Computer Monitor VA1928WM User Manual
Vivotek Digital Camera IP3132 User Manual